The New Zealand Government: A United States SEC Registered Corporation  |  Who Owns New Zealand's Banks - And Australia's Banks - Anyone's Banks?
Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
 
 
 
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

· Home / Introduction

CURRENT AFFAIRS

· Current Events & Breaking News

· Cabal / Illuminati / NWO Watch

· Mainstream Media Manipulation

· Banking Crimes & Criminals

· Political Crimes & Criminals

· Feature Articles

· Positive Developments

ILLUMINATI / NWO

· NWO Globalist Agenda

· Secret Societies & The Illuminati

· Conspiracy To Rule The World

· What / Who Is "The Crown"?

· Agenda 21 In New Zealand

· Surveillance Society/Police State

· 'Terrorism' & Engineered Wars

· Eugenics / Depopulation Agenda

· Religion As A Tool For Control

· Common Law Vs Statute Law

SCIENCE / TECHNOLOGY

· The Climate Change Scam

· Chemtrails & Geoengineering

· Suppressed Science

· Positive New Technologies

· Cures, Health & Wellbeing

· Dangerous & Dirty Technology

· Spiritual Aspects & Metaphysics

· The Extra-Terrestrial Presence

HISTORY

· Suppressed / Hidden History

· Real New Zealand History

· The Opal File: NZ / AUS History

· 150+ NWO Globalist Quotes

MISCELLANEOUS

· Political Commentary

· Positive Resources

· Resistance, Resources & Links

· Contact


Newsletter archive - click here

Site Search:









 

Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi


Political Crimes & Criminals

The bald faced-lies and warped reasoning that are thinly disguised and hidden within a club sandwich that also contains some elements of truth and reference to reality; are what the 'ruling class' have arrogantly served to us, and relied upon for so long - in order to pull the wool over the eyes of what they term as the "sheeple".

But the people are becoming more and more aware that they are being lied to - that there is a thin veil, an opaque veneer of deception that exists between what they are being told and a set of hidden agendas.

The people are increasingly seeing now that they are being decieved, being fed cover stories. They are getting a sense of what is really going on with the politicians and their masters, the multinational corporatocracy.


One of the latest and most obvious examples of their shams is the TPPA - the Trans Pacific Partnership Agreement.

If this agreement is really so beneficial to us all - why is it being negotiated in secret; why are the people not allowed to know what they 'rulers' are attempting to shoe-horn us into?

This section not only details the activities of the Cabal, but also positive movements countering their agendas.

We see this playing out with the recent developments with respect to the likes of Nigel Farage and Donald Trump (despite the negative spin that the Cabal-controlled mainstream media attempts to put on such developments that are in fact positive).


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Ardern Effect: A Disturbance In The Force & Jacinda Ardern And Labour: The Truth Exposed
September 3 2017 | From: Uncensored / VinnyEastwood

Not so long ago in a galaxy not very far away... A planet divided: Two factions battle for control: The Republic Alliance and the Democratic Independant Union. But behind the scenes, a dark power is manipulating both sides to instigate an all-powerful New World Order.



Readers familiar with my blogs will know of my fondness for comparing science fiction plots to real-world politics and conspiracies, so I was amused to see that New Zealand Labour Party’s new leader, the charismatic and much-hyped Jacinda Ardern, has now been compared to Star Wars character Princess Leia, in association with the phrase “A New Hope.”

Related: Vinny Eastwood Rips Apart Mike Hosking, National & Labour

Not so long ago in a city, far, far away, Sam Sharpe held a sign different from all others. That sign – a stencil picture of Jacinda Ardern as Princess Leia – was spotted among the hundreds of supporters who gathered to hear the Labour leader speak in Dunedin on Friday.





Ardern called out Sharpe’s name, thanked him for his artwork, and later posed for a photo with the artist.

Ardern, who was shown the Princess Leia ‘A New Hope picture’ before her Dunedin visit, said the work was “pretty flattering”.

It wasn’t the first time she had come across Sharpe’s work, with Ardern owning a stencil piece of Michael Joseph Savage.

“When she does her interviews it is always there behind her,” Sharpe said. Sales of the Ardern prints had “gone bananas” and he was fielding sales request from all over the country.

The Princess Leia piece was easily his most popular artwork.

So something becomes clear from the details.

Jacinda Arden was already familiar with the work of this artist, and the placard in question has made a somewhat contrived and pre planned appearance.

I’ve even noticed that Arden appears to be wearing a white robe in her new bill boards!

But the Star Wars comparisons, as I hinted in the intro to this article, run deeper.




Jacinda Ardern & Labour: The Truth Exposed








The Star Wars galaxy is initially controlled by two forces: the Republic and the Trade Federation.

But a crafty senator is manipulating these powers to his own ends, instigating The Empire, which is opposed by  group of rebels known as the Alliance, who wish to re-instate the Old Republic.

Republic... Alliance? And does not the Trade Federation evoke comparisons to the DIU and their TPPA?

Here’s George Lucas’s own explanation of the meaning of Star Wars:




“People who don’t play by the rules…”



Related Articles:

GCSB Blocking Political Opposition Websites - Andrew Hampton Treason

Princess Leia, Wonder Woman and... Jacinda Ardern

Blue Vs. Red: NZ Opposition Accused Of Trying To “Bring Down” Australian Government!


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Explosive 'Conspiracy Theories' Confirmed By Whistleblower Shatter Matrix And Prove Something Is Very Wrong In America
September 2 2017 | From: AllNewsPipeline

With Globalists Dark Agenda Now Public, They're Unleashing The Full Fury Of Their Satanic Plans For America. Comment: And If Anyone Believes This Stops With The US - They Are Woefully Ignorant.




While back on November 8th of 2016, a hugely 'awakened' America voted for 'change' and 'America 1st' by electing Donald Trump as President, as tens of millions of Americans have found out since then as was perfectly described in the words of Steve Bannon, the "Trump presidency we voted for is over".

Related: AIPAC 101: What Every American Should Know - How Zionists Bribe & Blackmail Most Members of Congress

And while President Trump is still in office and fighting for America, his agenda has been stifled with a very real coup attempt taking place before our eyes being carried out by the same 'political entity' that lost the election, a 'beast' with tentacles stretching back many, many years in Washington DC and around the world.  

With the never-ending attacks upon President Trump and his America-1st agenda being carried out by not only the political establishment, both left and right, but the 'media establishment' as well, we take a look within this story at numerous bombshell conspiracy theories that have now been confirmed with the attempted 'take down' of this presidency. 



Related: Someone Just Noticed That Trump Is Getting Stuff Done + By The Numbers: President Trump’s Historic First 200 Days – Promises Kept And Records Broken

We also break down the 2nd video below from this new story from Dane Wigington over at his Geoengineering Watch Blog within which we hear from a former CIA employee, whistleblower Kevin Shipp, who quite literally has put his life on the line to expose the shadow government.

Shipp explains for us the pertinent differences between the 'shadow government' and the 'deep state' and helps us to understand why, despite Trump being in office, very little has changed in America and in fact, the globalist agenda has accelerated.  

In the first video below we hear from Greg Hunter's USA Watchdog guest Steve Quayle that it's become completely clear that America is in a spiritual war between good and evil and as we see outlined within this story, if we don't stand up strongly to help awaken the masses to truth, we may soon witness the total overthrow of all we hold dear in America.    



Related: Brave Congressman Explains How US Keeps Afghan Heroin Trade Alive at Your Expense

As Shipp tells us, most Americans get the feeling that something isn't quite right with our government and as he confirms for us, the two very separate entities 'shadow govt' and 'deep state' have been controlling our elected government in Washington DC for quite some time, functioning secretly and outside of the US Constitution. "We are a Constitutional government that has been superseeded...we are now in a 'post-Constitutional government'.

Shipp reminds us that proof of that comes to us from the fact that if we were still living in a Constitutional Republic, everyone in Washington DC who has been desecrating the US Constitution, creating laws that make it null and void, would be locked away for many years for committing felonies against the American people yet there they sit in their high places, further ripping down America and getting paid very well to destroy it.

The enemies of America within. 

As we learn in Wigington's video from Shipp as most ANP and independent news readers know, America under Barack Obama and the Clinton and Bush administrations took huge strides towards tyranny.

And while the election of President Trump clearly threw a monkey wrench in the plans of those who've long been working to take down America, their agenda has been kicked into overdrive as perfectly exemplified in the takedowns of long-standing war monuments which are now being called symbols of hatred despite simply being memories of a history we hope we never revisit yet are being pushed towards right now by the msm.



Related: Gun Control Is Not About Safety - It Is About The Deep State Fascists Controlling The Dumbed-Down Public

Shipp confirms that what we're witnessing is very real - the dark agendas of the global power structure, carried out criminally and against the US Constitution by 'globalist enemies of America within', have taken precedent over President Trump's agenda, proving to us what has been long warned of, the 'America' we grew up in is gone.

Shipp explains for us the difference between the 'shadow government', which he says includes the CIA, the NSA and many of the other 'alphabet soup agencies' and is run by fear and intimidation, and the 'deep state', which he says is run by power, money and greed and includes the military industrial complex and is 'below' the 'shadow government' but functions within the same matrix.

Intimately connected and manipulating our 'government' behind the scenes
, Shipp warns us that if the government violates the Constitution, they have committed a felony yet they do so over and over and over again with no fear of reprisal, helping to prove that America already exists under 'tyranny'. 

As we learn, with the globalists long-held plans to take down America kicked into overdrive proving yet another 'conspiracy theory' as true, tremendous dangers lay ahead for all Americans if we allow them to complete the destruction of our nation. From Wigington


"Kevin Shipp (author of "From The Company Of Shadows") was a decorated CIA officer who refused to look the other way in regard to government criminality and cover-up.

At a very important public awareness event, held by GeoengineeringWatch.org in Northern California, on July 28th, 2017, Mr. Shipp presented a shocking and compelling presentation on numerous, horrific and ongoing government crimes.

The total persecution of anyone who dares to tell the truth about rampant government tyranny is also fully exposed. The paradigm we have all known has been built on deception and the dark agendas of the global power structure.

The courage Kevin Shipp has shown by doing his best to expose government criminality and tyranny serves as a stellar example to us all.


We desperately need other individuals in government agencies and the US military to follow Kevin's lead. All of us are essential in the battle to help wake the masses to the truth so that the whistleblowers have the support they need to come forward.

If we have any chance of stopping the completely out of control criminal cabal that currently runs our country and much of the world, we must all make our voices heard, we must all join the fight for the greater good."

With this new story over at Zero Hedge reporting that Sears death spiral is accelerating just the latest piece of the 'retail collapse puzzle' showing America falling apart at the seams, we hope that everybody is prepared for the dangers ahead as we expect even more efforts to destroy America being made as the globalists dark agenda is now out in the open, they no longer need to move slowly and stealthfully but can unleash the full fury of their satanic plans for America

As Steve Quayle recently mentioned in this new story over at Greg Hunter's USA Watchdog, we are now witnessing the attempted overthrow of America and our legally elected government by a conglomerate of deep state and shadow government, Hillary Clinton-supporting losers whose long held agenda to take down the United States and bring us under the control of a satanic, dictatorial global govt is moving closer to completion every day. 



Related: Congress Quietly Passed A Bill Allowing Warrantless Searches of Homes - Only 1% Opposed It

With a 'takedown' of President Trump providing us with absolute proof that America is simply another low-lying fruit in an increasingly tyrannical global dictatorship, is there any way that America can take back our country from the globalists dark agenda that has been working to take down our nation for many, many years?

In the 1st video below we hear from Steve Quayle along with Greg Hunter that it has never been more clear that America is in a spiritual war between good and evil. We'll close with this excerpt from USA Watchdog as heard in the 1st video below:  


“You have to understand, we are not just facing turmoil, we are facing the dedicated and very well positioned and financed overthrow of the United States government by former federal officers and by those in the military. I want to read the 13th rule of Saul Alinsky’s “Rules for Radicals.”

They are doing this to President Trump. It’s character assassination. This is what people have to understand.

The 13th rule is what Hillary Clinton, the Marxists and what all of the Obama Administration believe in, and they are following this blueprint. Saul Alinsky dedicated his book “Rules for Radicals” to Lucifer. He said at least he got his own kingdom. . . .


So, here it is:

‘Pick the target (President Trump). Freeze it. Personalize it. Polarize it.

Cut out the support network, and isolate the target from sympathy. Go after the people and any of the support, any of the institutions that support him.’

The point being is that is what we are watching. And this is the killer statement: ‘People hurt faster than institutions.’ The fact that these monsters, and that’s what they are, these media monsters, those mongrels from hell . . . going after the President’s son and going after his wife. . . .

I am concerned with the treason, the treachery and total assault upon the military. When you see these people turning their backs on the President, former NSA, CIA, DIA, military commanders . . . kick their sorry butts out.

I would also say this to anybody that has political clout. Call President Trump and tell him to bring back the commanders that Obama fired. Then, fire the ones that are there now.”


Steve Quayle – America in Spiritual War Between Good and Evil






CIA Agent Whistleblower Risks All To Expose The Shadow Government






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Socialism: Thick Lipstick On A Global Pig
September 2 2017 | From: JonRappoport

To give you an idea of the deception inherent in socialism, here is a quote from none other than Andrew Carnegie, once one of the richest men in America:




“I believe Socialism is the grandest theory ever presented, and I am sure it will someday rule the world. Then we will have attained the Millennium…Then men will be content to work for the general welfare and share their riches with their neighbors.” (The New York Times, 1 January 1885, “A Millionaire Socialist”)

Related: The World Economy Explained With Just Two Cows

Carnegie, of course, like several of his ultra-rich compatriots, devised a method to give away his riches while keeping them: the non-profit foundation.

The last thing on Carnegie’s bloated mind was becoming “equal” with the great unwashed.

He was a liar of the first order. He recognized that, when you win the game of free enterprise, your most corrupt bet is to turn around and find every possible way to block others from winning. Then, you stand at the top of the heap, unchallenged.

That is exactly what he had in mind. That’s what socialism actually meant to him.

Let’s see socialism for what it is. Not in the abstract, but in reality.


Socialism is:

The taking of money (taxes) from some people who work for it and giving it to others who don’t work for it. On a grand scale.

The vast expansion of freebies doled out by central government. In order to create and sustain dependence.

The government protection of favored persons and corporations, permitting them and aiding them to expand their fortunes without limit, regardless of what crimes they commit in the process. (Monsanto would be a fine example.)

The squeezing out of those who would compete with the favored persons and corporations.

The dictatorship by and for the very wealthy, pretending to be the servant of the masses.

The lie that the dictatorship is being run by the masses.

The gradual lowering of the standard of living for the overwhelming number of people.

The propaganda claiming socialism is the path to a better world for all.

In other words, socialism is a protection racket and a long con and a heartless system of elite control, posing as the greatest good.

Except in the specifics of its updated lies, it is just another form of top-down tyranny - as old as the hills.

A year or two ago, a person living in Europe told me that the European Union was not a problem, because it was just another layer of socialism placed over the existing socialist governments of European nations, and no one really noticed the existence of the EU.

As if blindness were a reason not to worry. As you can see from the elements of socialism I’ve listed above, America is moving more and more into the socialist orbit.

Protesting that America is, instead, a system of greed and inequality is merely saying that the central government is protecting certain corporations and favored persons.



Related: Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People & Cartels That Run The World

The real and true definition of socialism accounts for that favoritism and protection.

SOCIALISM WAS NEVER ABOUT UNIVERSAL EQUALITY AND UNIVERSAL SHARING.

THERE IS NO SUCH THING AS UNIVERSAL AND COMPLETE EQUALITY AND SHARING, ONLY A FAKE VERSION DICTATED FROM ABOVE.

Socialism is, in the minds of most people who advocate it, a vague sentiment about people being kinder to each other. Consider this fatuous and ludicrous statement, uttered by the mob boss of bosses of the Soviet Union, Nikita Khrushchev, in 1961:


“The socialist economy has become so strong, so vigorous that from the summits we have reached we can issue an open challenge of peaceful economic competition to the most powerful capitalist country - the United States of America.”

Here is a correct translation:


“Bankrolled and given vital technology by a few elites from the West, our vast society of socialist slave workers is now able to engage in capitalist competition with America.”

The raving of a madman.Today’s youth who push and protest and riot and censor, on behalf of socialism, are working for the ultra-rich whom they despise.

That’s the long and short of “the glorious revolution.”



Related: Snowden Smashes The Police State In Most Epic Rant Ever, ‘Terrorists Don’t Take Our Rights, Government Does’

The Carnegies and Rockefellers of today (including a miniature Rockefeller named George Soros) have engaged the young as foot soldiers, and they know the young are willing dupes for socialism, because they created, for the young, an education system that makes them clueless and mindless.

The Carnegies and Rockefellers of today are saying:


“Bring on the new world, the better world, the more just world, the happier world - whatever you want to call it - so we can run it from the top and show you what we really think of you. Make every conceivable lever of power ours, and then we’ll reveal what we really have planned for you.”

Here is a relevant backgrounder I recently wrote about private property:


Once private property is abolished, the socialist crime bosses win. They build their heaven on earth, which means they can take what they want and run civilization, top-down. They can keep saying nobody owns anything, but in fact they own it all.

They execute this squeeze play as if they were messiahs eradicating the prime evil: private ownership. This is such a preposterous stage play that, in a sane society, it would close down after one night.

Newsflash: There is a difference between an idea and the way that idea is applied in practice.

For example, certain groups will take the idea of freedom and interpret it to mean, “We have the freedom to steal everything we can.”

Based on this practice, many people will claim freedom was always a failed and corrupt idea at the core. This is wrong, absurd, and dim. Very dim.

In the same way, the idea of private property can certainly be twisted to mean, “I, an elite banker, will steal what you have, make it my own, and then declare it is my property, over which I have control.”

But the idea of private property remains independent of what people will do to distort it. A child used to be able to see this.

Centuries of struggle resulted in a shift from monarchs and priest classes owning all available land, to individuals having the right to own land. Once that principle was firmly established, groups immediately tried to modify the principle to their advantage.

In 1776, a group called the Illuminati declared its existence in Bavaria. One of its guiding ideas was: the abolition of all private property. That concept traveled down to Karl Marx and the Communist agenda.



Related: An Illustrated History Of The House Of Rothschild: 1743 - 2006 & The Illuminati Grand Plan

Private property was called an inherent crime. Instead, the people/everybody would own all property. This garbled incoherent pronouncement would be backed up by the ruling government, who would act as stewards for the masses - meaning the government would take control of all property until such time as the people evolved to the point where the State was unnecessary.

As a straight con, it was very weak. A two-bit hustler on a street corner with a folding table and three cards could see through it in a second.

The people evolving? The State withering away on its own? Equality defined as everybody owning everything?

Of course, if people injected their own utopian fantasies into the mix, if people assumed the government was a beneficent force for good, if people assumed there was an “everybody” operating unanimously, if people fantasized about a history of peaceful tribes (who fought wars against each other) gracefully abdicating the whole notion of individual property…well then, yes, the abolition of private property became a marvelous proposition.

In the light of day, however, with a clear mind, the idea was terrible. It was quite insane. It signaled a transfer of property from the individual to power-mad lunatics.

Needless to say, this idea of no-private-property is alive and well on planet Earth today. We are in another round of fantasy-drenched propaganda.



Related:
Privatisation Of Australia And New Zealand's Natural Resources & Is The Australian Government Crossing The Line Into A Totalitarian State?

In a nutshell, the threat of pure private property is: it establishes individual rights that stand against the unchecked force of the government-corporate-banking nexus. It implies the individual is free, independent, and the ruler of what he owns.

To which the addled mind replies: “But suppose a person is polluting his land and the poison is running beyond his borders and endangering others?”

Well, that is called a crime. It should be prosecuted. It should be stopped. The fact that it is often ignored doesn’t negate the whole assumption of private property. It points to the corruption of public officials who refuse to prosecute the protected and favored offender.

Here is utopia laid bare: the government and its partners, who are doing everything they can to limit, squash, and outlaw the individual right to own property, are the same force that is acting as the wondrous representative of all the people. Surrender to this force; give it power to appropriate all property and hold it in trust, for that day when the population has risen to enlightenment, when the open sharing of “everything” is a natural impulse. Then victory will be ours.

Not the iron fist. The open helping hand. Not the hammer. The smiling guide. Not the monarch. The servant of humanity.

If you buy that one, I have waterfront condos for sale on Jupiter’s four moons. No terms. Cash up front. Construction begins in 2058. Promise.



Related: Socialism: opiate of the masses

The Homeowners Association actually owns the condos and the land. They are a subsidiary of the Jupiter Government Authority. There are rules. No flags of any kind flying from porches. No privately owned electricity generators. No growing of vegetables or fruit on the land. No weapons.

Domiciles must be shared with migrants arriving from Earth. The migrants are given beds, meals, and clothing. Possessions are shared. The prime directive: everything belongs to everybody.

Power to the people.

Any alert mind blows apart this delusional nightmare in a minute.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
“Weather Wars” Theorists Claim Hurricane Harvey Was Engineered, “Steered” Toward Houston As A “Weather Terrorism” Weapon + Ritualistic Astrology Used In False Flag Hurricane Harvey?
August 31 2017 | From: NaturalNews / StillnessInTheStorm / Various

We’re bringing this claim to your attention because a growing number of observers, websites and analysts are concluding that Hurricane Harvey was “engineered” and made into a “weather weapon” through a combination of ground-based temperature manipulation tools and “chemtrail” seeding.




Yes, it sounds absurd at first, until you realize that Al Gore tells us that human activity controls the climate every day. It’s called “climate change,” and in fact, Al Gore and the climate alarmists directly tell us that we created Hurricane Harvey and all the other “extreme” weather events anyone sees.

Related: Helping Others Despite Divide and Conquer: Diverse Groups of People Helping Each Other in Houston Shows Mainstream Media Divide FAIL

Weather modification, in other words, has become the de facto belief of climate alarmists. The entire mainstream media routinely insists that hurricanes, droughts, floods, snowstorms and tornadoes are all unintentionally created by human activity.

The key difference between Al Gore and the “weather wars” theories is that those who believe in weather wars insist these hurricanes are deliberately created, selectively amplified and steered into selected targets.


Environmental Warfare

Environmental Warfare is defined as the intentional modification or manipulation of the natural ecology, such as climate and weather, earth systems such as the ionosphere, magnetosphere, tectonic plate system, and/or the triggering of seismic events (earthquakes) to cause intentional physical, economic, and psycho-social, and physical destruction to an intended target geophysical or population location, as part of strategic or tactical war.

Al Gore believes hurricanes are created by Man, in other words, and the weather wars theorists say they are precisely controlled and deployed as weapons of terrorism to inflict economic damage and achieve psychological goals involving terror and death.

This claim seems absurd to most people at first glance, but there is a growing community of weather skeptics who insist that such events are not accidents but weapons.



Related: Hurricane Harvey Is Far From Over

That’s why we’re covering this story: Not as an endorsement of such conclusions but rather as a look at a curious corner of the internet where weather wars, weather modification and geoengineering have become popular, alternative explanations for significant weather events.

In fact, there are at least two key patents (linked below) that describe this technology in great detail, including a “space-based power system” that can alter “weather elements” including hurricanes. (Keep reading for details…)

One of the most popular sites asserting such claims is WeatherWar101.com, whose author - a former network engineer - explains:


"For ten years, I have been proving the irrefutable reality of daily manufactured flash flood deluge and severe weather – every single day. Denying the reality of these daily manmade weather events is akin to denying the existence of the combustion engine, and it is just as easy to prove.

If you can understand boiling water, you can understand where trillions of gallons of water vapor come from that create and fuel the daily trillion-gallon floods we see washing a different community away, somewhere in the world. This isn’t debatable, and it is as easy to observe as sunrise.
"

Unless I have the names mixed up, the author seems to go by the name of “Sofia Smallstorm” (to avoid being identified by name, of course) and goes to great lengths to protect his or her identity. This person also wrote the foreward to No Natural Weather: Introduction to Geoengineering 101.

The site has published a 14-minute analysis of Hurricane Harvey, asserting that the hurricane was augmented by “On-Land Water Vapor Generation from Texas, Louisiana, etc.” The video description also states:


"It’s also no coincidence that Hurricane Harvey is hitting the United States, 25 years to the day after Hurricane Andrew hit Florida. Since all of these storms are very clearly and very obviously deliberated manufactured, this “Anniversary Hurricane” was clearly intentional.”


Hurricane Harvey Origin: Targeting Texas




Another video from APlaneTruth.info offers a more detailed explanation of “weather geoengineering” phenomena and how they say it relates to Hurricane Harvey, citing numerous patents, weather control conference, military technology and so on:


Hurricane Harvey & the Weather Terrorists from Land, Sea and Air

The National Weather Service, NOAA, and the Geoengineers of the military and NASA have known about how to create and dissipate weather, including hurricanes.

You will learn in this video exactly how they are making Hurricane Harvey into a never before seem deluge that started with a tiny front back on Aug. 16th.






Do Water Vapor Generators Exist that Can Unleash Clouds?

The idea of land-based water vapor generators that could contribute any meaningful amount of water to Hurricane Harvey seems absurd to those who have never looked into all this. According to recent estimates, Hurricane Harvey dumped 11 trillion gallons of water on Houston and surrounding areas.

For any land-based machinery to contribute even 1/1000th of that volume - just 11 billion gallons of water - would take a massive fleet of mechanized water vapor generators burning through an enormous quantity of fuel or electricity. That seems unrealistic by any rational analysis.

Yet as the BBC video shows in the following video clip (starting at 15:12), there do exists large buildings that literally generate massive clouds and rainfall. Before I saw this video, even I had no idea such buildings existed. Watch the BBC explain:


Manmade Weather; Hurricane Harvey

Hurricane Harvey is a never before seen weather machine that begin on Aug. 16th and was a tropical storm until it hit the coast of Mexico where the Wet Surface Water Vapor generators were able to intensely magnify and create the massive Hurricane into the Gulf.

Once it gets on shore it will rotate around and we can watch the entire storm system be manipulated using NEXRAD/Doppler radar devices to keep the rains a 'comin'.




Despite the existence of the technology, it is difficult to imagine the existence of such a massive operation operating covertly. That’s why the existence of a large-scale water vapor generating network seems highly unlikely.

Besides, solar power does all that work for free by warming the oceans and evaporating water into the storm system. Trying to augment 11 trillion gallons of water evaporation carried out by the sun seems futile.

The forces of nature are so much larger than anything mankind can contribute to them that supposing we can generate massive storm systems seems rather unlikely.

At the same time, so does the idea that human activity can drastically alter Earth’s climate in the first place.

Despite all the hysteria and fear mongering of the climate change alarmists, human activity is nothing but a tiny sliver of contribution to the grand-scale phenomena driven by solar activity, volcanoes and other such events.


Weather Modification Technology Does Exist (Read These Patents to See for Yourself)

There’s no question, by the way, that weather modification technology exists and is in widespread use across the globe. Weather control advocates are currently citing this U.S. patent #20100074390 A1, titled, “Method for weather modification and vapor generator for weather modification.”

As the patent summary states:


"A nuclear fusion reactor (2) or nuclear fission reactor (22) is used as a heat source. A heat exchanger (11 or 37) that contains water to be heated (15) is used for water vapor generation.

A circulating pipe (10 or 26) through which a fluid for cooling the nuclear fusion reactor or nuclear fission reactor or for conducting heat exchange circulates is disposed so as to extend in the heat exchanger and be in contact with the water to be heated.

Water vapor is thus generated. This water vapor is jetted toward the sky at a state of collimation through a vapor discharge pipe (12 or 36). A cloud for blocking sunlight is formed in the sky from the water vapor jetted to reduce the temperature of the earth surface.

This enables a weather modification without discharging any greenhouse gas, e.g., CO2.“

Another U.S. patent (#20100224696 A1) is entitled, “Weather management using space-based power system.”



Related: Weather Weapons Are Real, They Have A Treaty To Regulate Them

It describes a space-based technology for generating and controlling hurricanes:


"Space-based power system and method of altering weather using space-born energy. The space-based power system maintains proper positioning and alignment of system components without using connecting structures.

Power system elements are launched into orbit, and the free-floating power system elements are maintained in proper relative alignment, e.g., position, orientation, and shape, using a control system.

Energy from the space-based power system is applied to a weather element, such as a hurricane, and alters the weather element to weaken or dissipate the weather element.

The weather element can be altered by changing a temperature of a section of a weather element, such as the eye of a hurricane, changing airflows, or changing a path of the weather element..“

Weather modification technology isn’t a conspiracy theory, either: It’s already in use! For example, this article from SingularityHub describes Dubai’s “weather wizards” and how they use advanced electronics to create rain.

It’s not a conspiracy theory; it’s just clever physics:


"Meteo Systems, a Swiss company [is] developing a technology they’ve dubbed Weathertec. The idea is to erect giant ionizers wherever you’d like to have some rain.

If the ambient humidity in the area reaches the required minimum of 30%, then you turn the ionizers on and start pumping electrons into the atmosphere.

Assuming that you have high temperatures, the electrons will rise with the heat and water molecules will start condensing around them. At this point, you have clouds that will produce rain once they are dense enough.“




HAARP: How it Works and What it Does

This is a informative and brief you tube for those not familiar with HAARP.  The acronym stands for “High Active Auroral Research Project” a creation of the U.S. Air Force and Naval Research. 



The main station being in Gakona, Alaska, but which has spread its tentacles into more than 20 locations throughout the world. United States, Canada, Norway,  the former Soviet Union, the United Kingdom, Australia, New Zealand, China, and Puerto Rico to name a few all have this ionospheric capability.

Related: HAARP, NEXRAD, Weather Modification Explained

HAARP can be used in conjunction with cellular towers, NEXRAD’s, satellite systems to focus huge amounts of particle beam energy directly up into the ionosphere.

Based on Bernard Eastlund’s patents from 1985 (and derived from Tesla technologies “free energy” invention), HAARP has many functions, one of which is to direct electrons along the naturally occurring magnetic field lines of the earth and accelerate/charge them to the near speed of light to form a shell of highly excited particles that can block communications worldwide, destroy missiles and their trajectories as they descend from space.



Related: What Is This GWEN Tower Really For? + ELF, GWEN Towers, And HAARP Connection

HAARP can steer and control the weather by altering solar absorption, alter and manipulate people’s moods states, the military have deep knowledge of how to manipulate brain waves through these electromagnetic frequencies, and perform tomography; mineral exploration below the earth’s surface (oil companies certainly have a vested interest in this technology). 

Billions of watts of power, HAARP is immensely powerful and has the capabilities of a nuclear bomb.

If our military were doing their jobs they would disable and destroy this destructive and deadly weapon used against peoples and it’s nations.  The deadly consequences of this runaway train are played down and minimized by military and government simply stating “it’s a research project”.

Everyone needs to understand the monolith of disaster and  manipulation we are dealing with.





Related Articles:

'Conspiracy Theorists' Vindicated: HAARP Confirmed Weather-Manipulation Tool

A Search for Clues to What Causes Whale Strandings

Alaska Gets 'Artificial Aurora' As HAARP Antenna Array Listens Again

Cue The “Star Wars” Analogies: US Army Laser Tests Laser Weapons


Adding to the intrigue of all this, Bill Gates announced serious funding for “seawater-spraying cloud machines” designed to generate rain-producing weather systems for targeted communities. As Inhabitat.com explains:


"The Microsoft founder recently announced plans to invest $300,000 into research at the University of Calgary for unique solutions and responses to climate change.

Part of that research included lab tests on machines that suck up seawater and spray it into the air, seeding white clouds that reflect rays of sunlight away from Earth.


Silver Lining’s floating machines can suck up ten tons of water per second. If all goes well, Silver Lining plans to test the process with 10 ships spread throughout 3800 square miles of ocean..“

By the way, that was seven years ago, in 2010. Do such weather-generating fleets already exist? If so, they’ve been kept very quiet.

Another popular site that reports on Geoengineering, by the way, is Geoengineering Watch by Dane Wigington. Very informative and interesting. Check it out.


The History of Hurricanes Shows That Mother Nature Generates Them Without any Human Engineering at All

Creating rainfall, however, is a far cry from generating a hurricane and steering it onto an intended target. That idea would likely be considered outlandish by meteorologists and scientists.

The far more likely explanation, of course, is that the coriolus effect - a derivative of a spinning globe - causes rotational forces in the atmosphere that spin storm systems one way in the Northern hemisphere and the opposite way in the Southern hemisphere. (That’s why hurricanes look like opposites of each other when comparing Northern vs. Southern hemisphere storms.)



Related: Geoengineering And Weather Modification Exposed

Solar-heated ocean water results in large-scale water evaporation, saturating the air with vapor. That vapor condenses due to changes in temperature or pressure, causing the formation of water droplets which are now heavier than air and therefore fall to the ground. With enough solar energy, natural forces can generate truly catastrophic storms.

To think that every major storm is a “weather weapon” generated by a nefarious operation seems far-fetched to me. But then again, so does Al Gore and all his nonsense prognostications from his quack science Church of Climatology. Nevertheless, “altering” or “steering” hurricanes is technically a far easier task than generating them wholesale.

What some of the weather wars people are saying is not that the hurricanes are generated wholly by artificial systems but rather that they are “steered” or “influenced” in terms of their direction or intensity. Is that really possible? Multiple patents obviously say it is, and the U.S. patent office didn’t reject those patents, interestingly.

On the other side of the argument, history has recorded dozens of hurricanes striking Gulf Coast regions over the last century. Most of these hurricanes took place long before the rise of modern technology or exotic weather modification capabilities. So how are all these hurricanes explained? (Answer: Natural phenomena.)




Conclusion: Keep Asking Questions and Stay Curious, But Also Think Critically

My conclusion in all this? Creative, critical thinking is a healthy practice, and I always encourage people to keep asking questions and challenge official explanations for everything. We do know we’re all constantly lied to by the fake news media about almost everything, from vaccines to economics to history.

And don’t forget the “Russia! Russia! Russia!” conspiracy theory that’s been pushed by the fake news media for the last 18 months, based on absolutely nothing but faked sources and shoddy journalism.

If there’s anything I can say about the weather wars websites and commentators, it’s that I applaud all efforts to challenge current paradigms with clear thinking, and I readily admit I’m no expert in weather modification technology.

Perhaps there are things I will learn in the future that will change my own view on this subject. Until then, I hope to encourage critical thinking about everything, which means that I don’t believe anything by default.

The mainstream media is lying to us all the time. Most of what’s labeled “mainstream science” is often just a consensus collection of corporation-induced lies. Mainstream medicine is a corruption racket shrouded in fake science and media propaganda.

You are right to question everything
for the simple reason that almost everything you’re told is complete bulls##t. Yet that doesn’t justify believing every alternative theory, either.



Related: Trump Visits Texas in Wake of Hurricane Harvey

You need to think critically about which theories you believe vs. reject. For example, I’ve publicly stated that the Flat Earth theorists are flat-out wrong (although they do offer a fun thought experiment to play with).

I also think Ray Kurzweil’s singularity is a misguided pipe dream rooted in self-delusion and an unhealthy God complex.

Can hurricanes be artificially generated in totality? Almost certainly not. Can they be steered into intended targets? It seems incredibly unlikely, but within the realm of technical feasibility. Does weather modification technology exist? Absolutely, yes. But that doesn’t mean that every weather event is a nefarious plot.

We live on a dynamic, chaotic planet that’s home to all sorts of bizarre natural phenomena. Although I know as a fact that the status quo can fake the news, brainwash the masses and pull off massive false flag events, I very much doubt they can fake entire hurricanes.

Do you have a different take on all this? Do your research. Think critically. Don’t believe everything you read, view or hear. Most importantly, make up your own mind and don’t let the establishment tell you what’s true, because the establishment is lying to you about almost everything.



Ritualistic Astrology Used In False Flag Hurricane Harvey?

Notice to readers: The usage of the term false flag does not mean that the hurricane that has hit Texas did not happen. The hurricane is clearly real.




The term false flag in this article refers to this event being created or manufactured for a specific purpose (to create fear, destruction and trauma). Prayers go out to all who have been affected by this event.

Related: Occult Holidays And Sabbats: Why Holidays Are Satanic Rituals

Weather modification from HAARP and related technologies is nothing new. The global elite using certain astrological timing for events is also nothing new. Both of these phenomena have been discussed and shown true extensively over the past several years, which can be glimpsed at in the links cited above.

Combine weather modification and astrological timing and the result is what has just happened in and around Houston, Texas with Hurricane Harvey.

Astrologer Laura Walker, the owner of OracleReport.com has once again accurately predicted a major event that is being labeled a false flag.

On Friday August 25th, 2017, Laura noted that because Saturn was stationing direct (and conjunct the Black Moon) and that the Moon was conjunct Jupiter and in a square to Pluto, there was potential for false flag rituals over the coming couple days. She explained further, “These planets are all in hard aspect to the Eris Point, making false flag potential strong, but the power of rebirth even stronger.”

Backing up to August 1st, 2017, Laura was on Phoenix Rising Radio and highlighted the eastern part of Texas by saying, “in the United States, the conjunction (of the Sun and Moon at the time of the eclipse) goes right through the mid to Eastern part of Texas. So that means a lot of energy will be focused there. ”



Since the astrocartographic location of the new moon was near Houston, it is not a surprise that this event took place exactly there. This is occult astrology being used for a dark purpose

Then today on August 28th, 2017, Laura put out a special note in her daily update that details much more on why she believes this is a weather modification false flag event that was used ritualistically in accordance to the astrology taking place at this time:


"As expected, we are witnessing and experiencing the archontic tantrum-response to the stellar harmonics of the Total Solar Eclipse/New Moon one week ago.

The Sun bathed the highest octaves of love and renewal (recall that the eclipse occurred at the degree of “a mermaid emerges from the ocean ready for rebirth in human form”).

Source is telling the archons that they are loved and to return home, but the archons do not want to hear it (their ego-centric hive mind perceives it as oblivion, for now). Look at how archons are going wild, individually and collectively. Pretty much everyone has a dramatic story of their own or someone they know since the eclipse.

All of this is happening very fast. Remember that solar eclipses make things start happening at a rapid clip.

The eclipse’s energetic was epic, and the archons countered on Friday, as the Crescent Moon phase (challenge to keep going) began. Saturn (home of archontic energies) stationed direct conjunct the Black Moon (shadow, rebirth), aspecting the Eris Point (false flags, rebirth, revolt) along with the Moon and Pluto. (see Friday’s post for more details).

Harvey is the false flag that was predicted. It is a false flag against Mother Nature. Make no mistake. This storm is anything but natural.

We are beyond the debate of the science and reality of geo-engineering and the ability to control weather.

Storms can be extinguished just as easily as they can be created or amplified. This technology has been used since at least the Vietnam War era.

Monstrous hurricanes like Katrina and Harvey are summoned when they are needed for various purposes. Most all of the hurricanes of recent years have been “busted” before they did much damage. They weren’t needed. In fact, the lack of storms helped maintain the status quo.

The archons expended a lot of stored (and specific) resources (seeded by ancient cultures of present day Mexico and the Yucatan Peninsula) to make Harvey. This process began back at the Full Moon/Partial Lunar Eclipse on August 7.

The key thing to see here is that stored resources had to be expended. Those resources are finite, like fuel. The archons will never be able to produce this kind of thing ever again.

They had an unprecedented energetic with which to work (the natural electromagnetics of the Total Solar Eclipse/New Moon that remain in effect all month combined with the Saturn-Black Moon conjunction).

The archons were so pummeled by the Sun at the eclipse that they had to expend precious and ancient resources to “stay alive.”

They are “attacking” the psyche of humanity, and hoping to suck from America as much pain and suffering (as much trauma response) as 9/11 and Katrina as possible.

Our response should not come from the place of victimhood. If we accept the narrative, we are victims (and angry at Mother Nature). If we question the data, we see through the veil.

The only way to honor this tragedy is to be brave enough to seek the truth about it. Hearts and prayers continue to go out to my beloved Texas and to the fellowship of humanity.“

To reiterate what Laura wrote: We must have the courage to look for the truth in this event and must stay in a place of empowerment, while sending love and light to all affected by this event.

Quantum physics tells us how powerful our minds are as individuals and as a collective. Let’s send strong, loving, healing energy there to all affected by this event.

What is interesting to also note is that this event has taken place in attempts to subvert movements of peace that were associated with this eclipse.

Recall that on the eclipse (August 21st, 2017), many synchronized global meditations for peace took place. The elite are in a panic to try and stop peace from spreading.

The attempts will fail. Peace, truth and love are indeed spreading and will only accelerate with the outpouring of love and prayers being sent to all affected by Hurricane Harvey.

For more information on the astrological significance of this event, take a closer look at the links cited in here or visit OracleReport.com


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People
& Cartels That Run The World

August 27 2017 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / JonRappoport

In the West “conspiracy theory” is the name given to explanations that differ from those that serve the ruling oligarchy, the establishment or whatever we want to call those who set and control the agendas and the explanations that support the agendas.




The explanations imposed on us by the ruling class are themselves conspiracy theories. Moreover, they are conspiracy theories designed to hide the real conspiracy that our rulers are operating.

Related: Yesterday’s Conspiracy Theory Is Today’s News + Spies Tell Lies, Spying Is Lying & Wikileaks Says Less Than 1% Of Vault 7 Released

For example, the official explanation of 9/11 is a conspiracy theory. Some Muslims, mainly Saudi Arabians, delivered the greatest humiliation to a superpower since David slew Goliath.

They outsmarted all 17 US intelligence agencies and those of NATO and Israel, the National Security Council, the Transportation Safety Administration, Air Traffic Control, and Dick Cheney, hijacked four US airliners on one morning, brought down three World Trade Center skyscrapers, destroyed that part of the Pentagon where research was underway into the missing $2.3 trillion, and caused the morons in Washington to blame Afghanistan instead of Saudi Arabia.

Clearly, the Saudia Arabians who humiliated Ameria were involved in a conspiracy to do so. Is it a believable conspiracy?



Related: The Tide Is Turning: The Official Story Is Now The Conspiracy Theory + A Conference To Clear The Mind Of The 9/11 Brainwashing

The ability of a few young Muslim men to pull off such a feat is unbelievable. Such total failure of the US National Security State means that America was blindly vulnerable throughout the decades of Cold War with the Soviet Union. If such total failure of the National Security State had really occurred, the White House and Congress would have been screaming for an investigation.

People would have been held accountable for the long chain of security failures that allowed the plot to succeed. Instead, no one was even reprimanded, and the White House resisted all efforts for an investigation for a year. Finally, to shut up the 9/11 families, a 9/11 Commission was convened. The commission duly wrote down the government’s story and that was the “investigation.”

Moreover, there is no evidence to support the official conspiracy theory of 9/11. Indeed, all known evidence contradicts the official conspiracy theory.

For example, it is a proven fact that Building 7 came down at freefall acceleration, which means it was wired for demolition. Why was it wired for demolition? There is no official answer to this question.

It is the known evidence provided by scientists, architects, engineers, pilots, and the first responders who were in the twin towers and personally experienced the numerous explosions that brough down the towers that is described as a conspiracy theory.



Related: American Pravda: How The CIA Invented "Conspiracy Theories"

The CIA introduced the term “conspiracy theory” into public discourse as part of its action plan to discredit skeptics of the Warren Commission report on the assassination of President John F. Kennedy.

Any explanation other than the one handed down, which is contradicted by all known evidence, was debunked as a conspiracy theory.

Conspiracy theories are the backbone of US foreign policy. For example, the George W. Bush regime was active in a conspiracy against Iraq and Saddam Hussein.

The Bush regime created fake evidence of Iraqi “weapons of mass destruction,” sold the false story to a gullible world and used it to destroy Iraq and murder its leader. Similarly, Gaddafi was a victim of an Obama/Hillary conspiracy to destroy Libya and murder Gaddafi. Assad of Syria and Iran were slated for the same treatment until the Russians intervened.

Currently, Washington is engaged in conspiracies against Russia, China, and Venezuela. Proclaiming a non-existant “Iranian threat,” Washington put US missiles on Russia’s border and used the “North Korean threat” to put missiles on China’s border.



Related: Are You A Mind-Controlled CIA Stooge? + The Term “Conspiracy Theory” Was Invented By The CIA In Order To Prevent Disbelief Of Official Government Stories

The democratically elected leader of Venezuela is said by Washington to be a dictator, and sanctions have been put on Venezuela to help the small Spanish elite through whom Washington has traditionally ruled South American countries pull off a coup and reestablish US control over Venezuela.

Everyone is a threat: Venezuela, Yemen, Syria, Iran, Iraq, Aghanistan, tribes in Pakistan, Libya, Russia, China, North Korea, but never Washington. The greatest conspiracy theory of our time is that Americans are surrounded by foreign threats. We are not even safe from Venezuela,

The New York Times, the Washington Post, CNN, NPR, and the rest of the presstitutes are quick to debunk as conspiracy theories all explanations that differ from the explanations of the ruling interests that the presstitutes serve.



Related: 9 Indisputable Truths About “Conspiracy Theorists”

Yet, as I write and for some nine months to date, the presstitute media has itself been promoting the conspiracy theory that Donald Trump was involved in a conspiracy with the president of Russia and Russian intelligence services to hack the US presidential election and place Trump, a Russian agent, in the White House.

This conspiracy theory has no evidence whatsoever. It doesn’t need evidence, because it serves the interests of the military/security complex, the Democratic Party, the neoconservatives, and permits the presstitutes to show lavish devotion to their masters. By endless repetition a lie becomes truth.

There is a conspiracy, and it is against the Western people. Their jobs have been offshored in order to enrich the already rich. They have been forced into debt in a futile effort to maintain their living standards. Their effort to stem their decline by electing leaders who spoke for them is being subverted before their eyes by an utterly corrupt media and ruling class.

Sooner or later it will dawn on them that there is nothing they can do but violently revolt. Most likely, by the time they reach this conclusion it will be too late. Westerners are very slow to escape from the false reality in which they live. Westerners are a thoroughly brainwashed people who hold tightly to their false life within The Matrix.



Related: Escaping The Matrix: 10 Ways To Deprogram Yourself

For the gullible and naive who have been brainwashed into believing that any explanation that differs from the officially-blessed one is a conspiracy theory, there are available online long lists of government conspiracies that succeeded in deceiving the people in order that the governments could achieve agendas that the people would have rejected.

If liberty continues to exist on earth, it will not be in the Western world. It will be in Russia and China, countries that emerged out of the opposite and know the value of liberty, and it will be in those South American countries, such as Venezuela, Ecuador, and Bolivia that fight for their sovereignty against American oppression.

Indeed, as historians unconcerned with their careers are beginning to write, the primary lesson in history is that governments deceive their peoples.

Everywhere in the Western world, government is a conspiracy against the people.



Cartels That Run The World

The following information comes from insider interviews with Ellis Medavoy and Richard Bell, two people I interview extensively in my collection, The Matrix Revealed. This is just a brief taste of what they have to say…



Major institutions on this planet that control Military, Money, Energy, Government, Medical, Corporate, Media, and Education are becoming, more and more, global cartels, horizontally integrated across national borders.

This is more than a top-down command process. It’s organically evolving. Three steps forward, two steps back. There is a great deal of competition among the components of a given cartel, but there is also cooperation. And in the long run, the see-saw is tipping in the direction of cooperation, as these entities realize they may well have more to gain that way.

I can’t stress too strongly this EVOLVING process. All attempts to merely assume twelve men in a room run the planet fall woefully short.

Instead, over time, people who lead a powerful institution (like Energy, for example) look out and recognize more major players, and in this recognition there is an impulse to compete and win and destroy, but there is also an impulse to build commonality and therefore monopolize the entire territory.

During one conversation with retired master propagandist Ellis Medavoy, I asked him about the extent of mutual cooperation in his given field, psychological warfare. He responded:


“Twenty years ago, I would have said we were all operating separately and jealously. Each of us was mining his own contacts and building his false pictures of reality for the masses. But then things began to change. Globally. First of all, more of us were pushing the same holograms.

And because communication and travel were speeding up so rapidly, we were working a lot of the same venues. We would run into each other more often. We began to share information. I mean, it was cautious. We weren’t gushing with unbridled love, I assure you. The competitive factor was still strong. And we had fights.

But through all that, we began to see through the fog, so to speak. We began to understand the effectiveness of cooperating. We would test each other with privileged information, to see if we could trust each other to keep it private. A tidbit here, a tidbit there.

And you see, behind us, other groups were finding commonality, too. For example, in the area of medical propaganda, where I operated a lot of the time. And these groups saw they could join together for specific operations, on an international scale.

They could push enormous lies globally, and everyone of their class would profit and gain wider control. So I would find myself working with a psy warfare guy from, say, France, or Germany in a joint venture. We would rub elbows. We’d be feeding from the same basic money trough.

We’d both be briefed by a team of intelligence experts, and those experts would be of several nationalities. Slowly, I saw a new kind of umbrella structure emerging.

See, suppose during the secret lead-up to a planned economic crisis [money cartel], you can distract everybody with a phony epidemic [medical cartel]. Do you see? Leaders perceive a reason to cooperate. Planners become more intelligent and clever. They reach across lines they never would have reached across before…

You begin to see the outlines of a much more inclusive future structure. This is multi-front warfare.”




Richard Bell, another former insider, said to me:


“People like to assume that money is everything. If you can limit the amount of money the public has, eventually they weaken and cave in and they’re easier to control. And this is certainly true.

But on the other hand, as mega-corporations gain more power and range and markets, you have a clash, because those corporations, which are now cooperating in ways they never have, as a cartel in some respects, want customers for their products.

They don’t want abject poverty across the board. People have to be able to buy their products.

“So there is a heavy conflict. It’s a conflict between elite bankers [money cartel] and mega-corporations [corporation cartel]. It needs to be resolved through advance planning, over the long term.

So now you have these powerful men sitting down and talking in a new way. Other big-time players get involved, too [government, media, energy cartels, for example].”

This is just the beginning of what these people have to say about the Matrix in their interviews and how it really works.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Pope Francis’ Vatican: A Cesspool Of Pedophiles And Homosexuals
August 27 2017 | From:

In a sobering message at the funeral of Cardinal Joachim Meisner on July 15, 2017, Pope Emeritus Benedict XVI described the Catholic Church as a “boat” that “has taken on so much water as to be on the verge of capsizing.”




Cardinal Meisner was one of four Catholic clergymen who wrote a letter (dubia) to Pope Francis asking him to clarify his Amoris Laetitia apostolic exhortation that can be understood as giving permission to civilly-divorced-and-remarried Catholics (and therefore living in adultery, according to the Church) as well as unmarried cohabiting Catholics (i.e., living in fornication) to receive Holy Communion.

Related: ‘Pope Francis is Not A Man Of God’ | Putin

Reportedly, Francis published the exhortation despite having received corrections from theologians. Months after Meisner et al. sent Francis their letter, the pope still has not responded.

If the Church is a “boat” that “has taken on so much water as to be on the verge of capsizing,” then Pope Francis’ Vatican is already submerged - in a cesspool of child porn, child rape, homosexual sex-and-drug orgy, and an in-your-face homoerotic church mural.


1. Child Porn & Child Rape



Former Archbishop Jozef Wesolowsk

Related: In Shock Warning, Pope Emeritus Benedict XVI says Catholic Church is ‘on the verge of capsizing’

Michael Stone reports for Patheos, Oct. 3, 2014, that police found more than 100,000 child porn videos and photos on the computer of former Archbishop Jozef Wesolowski in his office at the Holy See diplomatic compound in the Dominican Republic. Wesolowski was the Vatican’s papal nuncio or ambassador in Santo Domingo.

Under house arrest at the Vatican, Wesolowski is also accused of raping numerous children in the Dominican Republic and Poland, and is one of the highest-ranking church officials to be accused of sexually abusing children during the Catholic Church’s widespread and costly sexual abuse scandal.

Wesolowski is also suspected of having sexually abused children while serving in other posts during his career - in South Africa, Costa Rica, Japan, Switzerland, India and Denmark.

After being publicly accused of procuring child prostitutes in 2013, Vatican officials secretly removed Wesolowski from his post as papal nuncio in Santo Domingo so as to avoid criminal prosecution.

In September 2014, Weslowski was placed under house arrest at the Vatican in response to popular outrage after reports began to circulate that the accused child rapist was free to wander the streets of Rome.



Related: The Crown Of England Is Owned And Operated By The Vatican

Authorities in both the Dominican Republic and Poland - Wesolowski’s country of origin where he has also been accused of sexually abusing children - want him extradicted to face criminal charges.

According to Vatican detectives, some of the horrors found on the former Archbishop’s computer included around 160 videos showing teenage boys forced to perform sexual acts on themselves and on adults, and more than 86,000 pornographic photos methodically archived in several category-based folders.

At least another 45,000 pictures were deleted, while even more child pornography was found on a laptop Wesolowski used during his trips abroad.

Wesolowski was charged with sexually abusing minors and child porn possession; if convicted, he would face 12 years in jail. Scheduled for July 11, 2015, his trial was postponed because of an “unexpected illness”. On August 27, 2015, Wesołowski was found dead in his residence from a heart attack. (Wikipedia)



Related: Australia: A New Church Pedophile Scandal Erupts & Vatican's 3rd Most Powerful Figure, Cardinal Pell, Charged With Multiple Sex Assaults

More recently, another high-ranking Vatican official was charged with sexual assault.

The New York Post reports that on June 22, 2017, Australian police charged Cardinal George Pell - Pope Francis’ chief financial adviser and Australia’s most senior Catholic - with multiple counts of “historical sexual assault offenses,” meaning offenses that generally occurred some time ago. Police gave no other details.

Pell, the highest-ranking Vatican official to ever be charged in the church’s long-running sexual abuse scandal, had also been accused of mishandling cases of clergy abuse when he was archbishop of Melbourne and, later, Sydney. He has denied all abuse allegations.

Meanwhile, the AP reports that, ignoring advice from the Vatican’s Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith, “Pope Francis has quietly reduced sanctions against a handful of pedophile priests, applying his vision of a merciful church even to its worst offenders in ways that survivors of abuse and the pope’s own advisers question.”

At least one case has come back to bite Francis:


“An Italian priest who received the pope’s clemency was later convicted by an Italian criminal court for his sex crimes against children as young as 12. The Rev. Mauro Inzoli is now facing a second church trial after new evidence emerged against him”.


2. Homosexual Cocaine Orgy

In late June, 2017, Vatican police raided a cocaine-fueled gay-sex party at the apartment of Monsignor Luigi Capozzi, 49 - the secretary of one of Pope Francis’ key advisers and president of the Vatican’s Pontifical Council for Legislative Texts, Cardinal Francesco Coccopalmerio.



Capozzi

Related: Pope Francis makes a law..destroys every Corporation in the world

Ironically, the apartment is in a building right next to St. Peter’s Basilica, which belongs to the Vatican’s Congregation for the Doctrine of Faith - the arm charged with tackling clerical sex abuse. As such, the building enjoys the extraterritorial rights of the Vatican, unchecked by the Italian State.

After neighbors complained repeatedly about constant comings and goings of visitors to the building during all hours of the night, Vatican police raided the apartment and found multiple men engaged in rampant drug use and homosexual activity.

Police arrested Capozzi, whom Italian media called an “ardent supporter of Pope Francis,” after taking him to a clinic to detox from the cocaine he’d ingested. Capozzi is now on a spiritual retreat in an undisclosed convent in Italy. Despite his arrest, he is still listed as an active staff member on the website of the Pontifical Council for the Interpretation of Legal Texts.

Capozzi, who on his LinkedIn page calls himself an “expert in canon law and dogmatic theology,” managed to evade suspicion from Italian police by using a BMW luxury car with license plates of the Holy See, which made him practically immune to stops and searches.

This privilege, usually reserved for high-ranking prelates, allowed the monsignor to transport cocaine for his frequent homosexual orgies without being stopped by the Italian police.



Coccopalmeiro

Related: The Top Of The Pyramid: The Rothschilds, The Vatican And The British Crown Rule World

In response to the news of the police raid, Pope Francis decided to “accelerate” the retirement of Cardinal Francesco Coccopalmerio. At age 79, Coccopalmerio is way beyond the age of retirement of 75, but was kept on by Francis. Incredibly, Coccopalmerio had recommended Capozzi for a promotion to bishop, despite Capozzi’s previous alleged drug overdoses.

Coccopalmerio, as President of the Pontifical Council for the Interpretation of Legal Texts, is the Vatican’s top canonical official and one of Pope Francis’ closest collaborators and ardent supporters. Earlier this year, the Vatican’s publishing house released with much fanfare a book by Coccopalmeiro that defended Francis’s Amoris Laetitia, even though it contradicted perennial Catholic teaching.

In a 2014 interview with Rossoporpora, Coccopalmerio said that while homosexual relationships are deemed “illicit” by the Church, Catholic leaders, such as himself, must “emphasize” the “positive realities” that he said are present in homosexual relationships:


“But if I see that the two persons truly love each other, do acts of charity to those in need, for example … then I can also say that, although the relationship remains illicit, positive elements also emerge in the two persons. Instead of closing our eyes to such positive realities, I emphasize them.”



Related: Vatican Police 'Break Up Gay Orgy' At Home Of One Of Pope Francis' Advisors & Germany Dismantles Huge Ring Of 87,000 Members Involved In Child Abuse

Michael Hichborn, president of the U.S.-based Lepanto Institute, said he highly suspects Coccopalmerio knew of his secretary’s homosexual cocaine orgies:


“Given the monitoring and whispering that goes on in the Vatican, it is unlikely to the point of absurdity that Cardinal Coccopalmerio was unaware of Msgr. Capozzi’s disgusting activities.

In fact, when we consider the 300-page document on the homosexual lobby that was handed to Pope Benedict XVI just before he resigned, the probability is that many who work in the Vatican were fully aware of what Capozzi was doing, and that such activities are taking place among other clergy as well.”

Hichborn said that the homosexual orgy happening right next to St. Peter’s is indicative that the Vatican is “ground zero for a mass apostasy that is happening right now within the Catholic Church.” Hichborn said that the Church’s enemies are now trying to destroy her from within:


“We know for a fact that Communists and homosexuals were specifically recruited as far back as the 1920’s to infiltrate seminaries. It was a concerted effort to destroy the Church from within. What we are seeing is the culmination of nearly 100 years worth of this effort playing itself out.”


3. Homoerotic Church Mural



Paglia

Related: Former Jesuit Priest Exposes How The Vatican Created Islam

In March 2017, reports surfaced that Archbishop Vincenzo Paglia, in 2007 when he was a diocesan bishop, had commissioned a homosexual artist to paint a gigantic blasphemous homoerotic mural in his cathedral church of the Diocese of Terni-Narni-Amelia in Umbria, central Italy.



Related: Holy Smoke And Mirrors - The Vatican Conspiracy

The mural that covers the opposite side of the facade of the church portrays Jesus carrying nets to heaven filled with writhing naked and semi-nude homosexuals, transsexuals, prostitutes, and drug dealers.

The image of the archbishop himself is depicted among those in the nets.



Cathedral mural depicting Archbishop Vincenzo Paglio clutching semi-nude-man

Archbishop Paglia defended the mural deemed by Catholic critics to be “blasphemous” and “disgusting,” as well as “demonic,” saying it was part of a commitment to evangelizing. Regarding his inclusion in the mass of nude bodies shown in the mural, he said, “I too am included in the mural as one who needs redemption no less than anyone else.”

Not coincidentally, Paglia also defended Pope Francis’ Amoris Laetitia on allowing adulterers and others living in mortal sin receive the Eucharist, which reinforces the suspicion of many that the real intent of Amoris Laetitia ultimately is to legitimate homosexuality.

Commenting on the cesspool in the Vatican, Riposte Catholique observes:


“One thinks one is dreaming: in the most deplorable of ways, the Rome of today seems to have fallen lower than the Rome of the Borgias.”



Related: The Vatican Is A Criminal Hornets’ Nest

In a talk given in Washington D.C. last October, the orthodox Bishop Athanasius Schneider of Kazakhstan points out that where there is heresy, there is also sexual immorality because “heresy” always goes hand-in-hand with an “unchaste life”.

No wonder some Catholics call Jorge Bergoglio (Pope Francis is his job title) an anti-Pope.

No wonder U.S. Catholic congregations are aging and dying off. At least 60% of most congregations today are over 65 years of age. (Catholic Journal)


Related Articles:

Catholic Church under Pope Francis: Critics censored, threatened with excommunication

The Illegitimate Pope: Election of Bergoglio as Pope Francis was contaminated by lobbying in violation of papal laws

‘Pope’ Francis joked about Christ’s crucifixion

Pope Francis is ashamed of the Cross, knows better than the Gospels

Pope Francis ‘grieves’ over death of Fidel Castro who persecuted Catholics & lived in luxury while Cubans starved

Pope Francis calls abortion activist a ‘great’ woman

Despotism: Bishop adviser to Pope Francis claims papal infallibility over climate change

Pope lectures U.S. on taking in ‘migrants’ while Vatican is protected by 40 ft. tall walls



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Reporter Who Exposed BBC Pedophilia Cover Up Found Dead
August 26 2017 | From: NewsPunch

Liz MacKean, the former British investigative reporter who exposed Jimmy Savile and the culture of pedophile protection at the BBC, has been found dead. She was 52.




MacKean worked at the BBC until she quit in 2013 after executives decided to ban her groundbreaking and brave investigation into predatory pedophile Jimmy Savile in order to protect him and other pedophiles.

Related: Something Very Strange About The Media Black Out On Major PedoGate Arrests - Worldwide Crackdowns Happening Now & Largest Sex Trafficking Ring In Western US Busted- Children Openly Sold ‘In Plain Sight’

Dismissed by the establishment as mad and dangerous, MacKean was finally vindicated when the truth about Savile’s pedophilia eventually came out in 2012, a full year after MacKean first tried to bring his notorious crimes to light
.

The BBC, who blocked her groundbreaking investigation from airing and spent the next few years attempting to destroy her reputation, are reporting that she died of “complications from a stroke.”

Acknowledging her life was under threat during the time she was investigating Savile and BBC elites, MacKean said her conscience left her no option but to pursue the truth and expose the culture of pedophila. The mother of two children believed it was her duty.



Related: Ex-Boy Scout Leader Gets More Than 7 Years In Federal Prison For Child Porn

When it became public that BBC News blocked her investigation from airing, she admitted on Panorama: “I was very unhappy the story didn’t run because I felt we’d spoken to people who collectively deserved to be heard. And they weren’t heard.


“I thought that that was a failure… I felt we had a responsibility towards them. We got them to talk to us, but above all, we did believe them. And so then, for their stories not to be heard, I felt very bad about that. I felt, very much, that I’d let them down.”





Big Name Stars

Liz MacKean is the second high profile BBC journalist to die in suspicious circumstances after attempting to expose the truth about the pedophile ring operating in the upper reaches of the establishment. Jill Dando, former Crimewatch host, also tried to alert her bosses to the pedophile ring at the BBC, warning that “big name” stars were implicated.

Jill Dando, who was 37, was shot dead on April 26, 1999 on the doorstep of her West London home in a crime that still remains unsolved.



Related: USA Gymnastics: Hundreds Of Children Abused In Massive Pedophile Ring

Before she died, Dando had passed a file to senior management in the mid-1990s, proving that big name BBC stars, including Savile, were involved in a pedophile ring, but senior management chose to cover up the child abuse rather than organize and investigation.

No one wanted to know” when Dando raised concerns about the alleged ring and other sexual abuse claims at the BBC, according to a former colleague and friend.


I don’t recall the names of all the stars now and don’t want to implicate anyone, but Jill said they were surprisingly big names.

 “I think she was quite shocked when told about images of children and that information on how to join this horrible paedophile ring was freely available.

“Jill said others had complained to her about sexual matters and that some female workmates also claimed they had been groped or assaulted.

“Nothing had been done and there seemed to be a policy of turning a blind eye.”

The former colleague said female BBC staff confided in Jill, one of the best-known TV faces of the day after fronting primetime shows including Holiday and the Six O’Clock News as well as Crimewatch.’

The source said: “I think it was in the mid-1990s. She was seen as the face of the BBC and a magnet for women with problems.

Related: Jodie Foster recalls how a Hollywood producer arranged a private meeting to 'see her body' at 14


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
It's Official: This Is Straight Out Of Orwell's 1984...
August 26 2017 | From: TruthstreamMedia

Google is actually stepping into the role of 1984's 'Ministry of Truth'.




New internal guidelines to filter search results of web pages - based upon "well established historical and scientific facts".

In other words, any website offering any information that contradicts the "official line" will be demoted in sear rankings.







Related: Not Just Surveillance: 3 Current Phenomena Exposing 1984 As An Instruction Manual For The State


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Vinny Eastwood Rips Apart Mike Hosking, National & Labour
August 25 2017 | From: VinnyEastwood

If anyone reading this still does not understand how the 'two party' "democratic" system in Western countries really works and what their objectives are; then Vinny Eastwood does a pretty bang-up job of succinctly laying it out.



He is somwhat of a drama queen (and he erroneously, albeit genuinely believes that he and he alone constitues the entirety of the independent news efforts in New Zealand), however the message is on point and quite significant...

Related: Jacinda Ardern Exposed As Globalist - Vinny Eastwood Live Stream





Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Twelve Days Before The 2008 'GFC' "Crash", The US Congress Was Secretly Told To Sell Off Their Stocks
August 25 2017 | From: DailyAlternative

In 2015 it was reported that less than two weeks before the economic collapse of 2008, several members of Congress took their money out of the stock market.




Many high ranking government employees were given a heads-up about the impending market crash in secret meetings with the Federal Reserve and the Treasury Department. Then they used that information to engage in insider trading.

Related: Global Financial Meltdown - One Of The Best Financial Crisis Documentary Films

It was revealed that Senator Shelley Capito and her husband sold $350,000 worth of Citigroup stock at $83 per share, just one day before the stock dropped to $64 per share.



Another shady trader was Congressman Jim Moran, who had his biggest trading day of the year days after the secret meeting, sellings stock in nearly 100 different companies.

These actions would be illegal for any American in any other circumstance, but members of Congress and high-ranking government officials are actually exempt from insider trading laws.

Years later, a 60 minutes investigation aired on television which highlighted the government’s deep history of insider trading.

The investigation sparked outrage, prompting Congress to pass “the STOCK Act” which was said to hold members of the government to the same standards as any American when it came to insider trading.



However, Congress watered down the bill and changed key elements that would hold them accountable, allowing them to return to business as usual, and escape any consequences for their prior crimes.

In an interview during the 60 minutes investigation, Peter Schweizer of the Hoover Institute told Steve Kroft that:


“It’s really the way the rules have been defined. And the people who make the rules are the political class in Washington and they’ve conveniently written them in such a way that they don’t apply to themselves.

These meetings were so sensitive – that they would actually confiscate cell phones and Blackberries going into those meetings.

What we know is that those meetings were held one day and literally the next day Congressman Bachus would engage in buying stock options based on apocalyptic briefings he had the day before from the Fed chairman and treasury secretary. I mean, talk about a stock tip,”
he added.

Since it was passed, the STOCK Act has been more or less worthless. Whenever a politician is accused of anything, they are defended by other politicians and the investigation is immediately stonewalled.

For example, a former staffer for the House Ways and Means Committee, Brian Stutter was guilty of insider trading. However, he avoided charges because House Speaker John Boehner refused to hand over the evidence, and claimed that Sutter had legal immunity.

It seems that the world operates on two different sets of laws – one set for those who claim to rule us, and another for everyone else.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Steve Bannon Speaks After White House Departure: ‘I’m Going To War For Trump’
August 23 2017 | From: TheGatewayPundit / Various

Former Chief White House Strategist Steve Bannon isn’t going anywhere anytime soon. In fact, the 63-year-old Virginia native is gearing up to defend President Trump against forces he believes are the enemies of America.



In an interview with Bloomberg News, Bannon issued the following warning:

Related: Bannon Breaks Silence – Issues Epic Warning to POTUS Trump’s Enemies


“If there’s any confusion out there, let me clear it up: I’m leaving the White House and going to war for Trump against his opponents - on capitol hill, in the media, and in corporate America,” Bannon said Friday in an interview hours after his departure was announced by the administration.

While reports of now former Chief White House Strategist Steve Bannon leaving the Trump administration have been circulating for months, Friday was the day those rumors became reality.



While Breitbart News is reportedly plotting to go ‘thermonuclear’ against ‘globalists’ inside the Trump administration, Bannon may be personally gearing up to take on the Drudge Report’s Matt Drudge.




Related: Trump Thanks Putin for Kicking Out US Embassy Staff - ‘Now We Have a Smaller Payroll’

According to former Trump aide Sam Nunberg, Bannon believes Drudge ‘accelerated’ his White House exit driven by continuous negative coverage.

Buzzfeed reports:


“Sources who have spoken to Bannon say the nationalist firebrand is expected to return to his old news site Breitbart. And one person close to Bannon says he has his eye on who he believes helped accelerate his ouster: Matt Drudge.

“Matt Drudge worked to remove Steve Bannon, that is the reality,” said former Trump campaign adviser Sam Nunberg, who regularly talks with Bannon.

“And I hope Matt is happy because his work helped Bannon not be in the West Wing, but it helped Democrats and people that didn’t vote for Trump be in the West Wing.”

Nunberg is specifically frustrated with the continued presence and influence of chief economic adviser Gary Cohn, National Security Adviser HR McMaster, and the duo he derisively calls Javanka, Jared Kushner and Ivanka Trump. Bannon has openly feuded with Cohn, and Breitbart has for weeks been waging a battle against McMaster.

Kushner developed a relationship with Drudge dating back to the campaign, and Bannon allies also blame the son-in-law for his ouster. People close to Bannon say Bannon privately hoped Kushner would “go down” over the intensifying Russia investigation.

But a source close to Kushner said anyone who thinks you can tell Matt Drudge what to do and have influence over him does not understand Matt Drudge.

Media relationships are important in the White House, Nunberg said, and the fact that Drudge hasn’t given Breitbart a hyperlink in months and didn’t like Bannon hurt him."

“It’s not lost on Steve or Breitbart staff that Drudge was out for Steve,” Nunberg said.



Related Articles:

Missouri State Senator Calls For Assassination of POTUS Trump on Facebook

The Neocons are pushing the USA and the rest of the world towards a dangerous crisis

Why Was This 'Crowd Hire' Company Recruiting $25 An Hour 'Political Activists' In Charlotte Last Week?


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
False Flag Terrorism Isn’t A “Theory”: It’s Admitted And Widespread
August 23 2017 | From: Geopolitics / Various

Presidents, Prime Ministers, Congressmen, Generals, Spooks, Soldiers and Police Admit to False Flag Terror.




Although some have not, just quite yet:



Where are your wings, Mr "Airplane"?

In the following instances, officials in the government which carried out the attack (or seriously proposed an attack) admit to it, either orally, in writing, or through photographs or videos:

Related: Busted: Parents Catch FBI in Plot to Force Mentally Ill Son to Be a Right Wing Terrorist


1) Japanese troops set off a small explosion on a train track in 1931, and falsely blamed it on China in order to justify an invasion of Manchuria. This is known as the “Mukden Incident” or the “Manchurian Incident”. The Tokyo International Military Tribunal found:


“Several of the participators in the plan, including Hashimoto [a high-ranking Japanese army officer], have on various occasions admitted their part in the plot and have stated that the object of the ‘Incident’ was to afford an excuse for the occupation of Manchuria by the Kwantung Army ….”

Also see this.


2) A major with the Nazi SS admitted at the Nuremberg trials that – under orders from the chief of the Gestapo – he and some other Nazi operatives faked several attacks on their own people and resources which they blamed on the Poles, to justify the invasion of Poland.



Related: False Flag Terrorism: Murdering The Innocent In Order To Support The Lie + 15 Ways To Detect A False Flag Operation

The staged attacks included:


The German radio station Sender Gleiwitz [details below]

The strategic railway at POSunka Pass (Jabłonków Incident), located on the border between Poland and Czechoslovakia

The German customs station at Hochlinden (today part of Rybnik-Stodoły)

The forest service station in Pitschen (Byczyna)

The communications station at Neubersteich (“Nieborowitzer Hammer” before 12 February 1936, now Kuznia Nieborowska)

The railroad station in Alt-Eiche (Smolniki), Rosenberg in Westpreußen district

A woman and her companion in Katowice

The details of the Gleiwitz radio station incident include:


“On the night of 31 August 1939, a small group of German operatives dressed in Polish uniforms and led by Naujocks seized the Gleiwitz station and broadcast a short anti-German message in Polish (sources vary on the content of the message). The Germans’ goal was to make the attack and the broadcast look like the work of anti-German Polish saboteurs.

To make the attack seem more convincing, the Germans used human corpses to pass them off as Polish attackers. They murdered Franciszek Honiok, a 43-year-old unmarried German Silesian Catholic farmer known for sympathizing with the Poles.

He had been arrested the previous day by the Gestapo. He was dressed to look like a saboteur, then killed by lethal injection, given gunshot wounds, and left dead at the scene so that he appeared to have been killed while attacking the station. His corpse was subsequently presented to the police and press as proof of the attack."


3) The minutes of the high command of the Italian government – subsequently approved by Mussolini himself – admitted that violence on the Greek-Albanian border was carried out by Italians and falsely blamed on the Greeks, as an excuse for Italy’s 1940 invasion of Greece.



4) Nazi general Franz Halder also testified at the Nuremberg trials that Nazi leader Hermann Goering admitted to setting fire to the German parliament building in 1933, and then falsely blaming the communists for the arson.


5) Soviet leader Nikita Khrushchev admitted in writing that the Soviet Union’s Red Army shelled the Russian village of Mainila in 1939 – while blaming the attack on Finland – as a basis for launching the “Winter War” against Finland.



Russian president Boris Yeltsin agreed that Russia had been the aggressor in the Winter War.


6) The Russian Parliament, current Russian president Putin and former Soviet leader Gorbachev all admit that Soviet leader Joseph Stalin ordered his secret police to execute 22,000 Polish army officers and civilians in 1940, and then falsely blamed it on the Nazis.


7) The British government admits that – between 1946 and 1948 – it bombed 5 ships carrying Jews who were Holocaust survivors attempting to flee to safety in Palestine right after World War II, set up a fake group called “Defenders of Arab Palestine”, and then had the psuedo-group falsely claim responsibility for the bombings (and see thisthis and this).


8) Israel admits that in 1954, an Israeli terrorist cell operating in Egypt planted bombs in several buildings, including U.S. diplomatic facilities, then left behind “evidence” implicating the Arabs as the culprits (one of the bombs detonated prematurely, allowing the Egyptians to identify the bombers, and several of the Israelis later confessed) (and see this and this).



Related: Israel Above All & Gaza Near Collapse

The U.S. Army does not believe this is an isolated incident. For example, the U.S. Army’s School of Advanced Military Studies said of Mossad (Israel’s intelligence service):


“Ruthless and cunning. Has capability to target U.S. forces and make it look like a Palestinian/Arab act.”


9) The CIA admits that it hired Iranians in the 1950's to pose as Communists and stage bombings in Iran in order to turn the country against its democratically-elected prime minister.




Related: This Story Could Be The Smoking Gun For False-Flag Operations + Santa Monica Terror Suspect Becomes Poster Child For Gun Grabbers

10) The Turkish Prime Minister admitted that the Turkish government carried out the 1955 bombing on a Turkish consulate in Greece – also damaging the nearby birthplace of the founder of modern Turkey – and blamed it on Greece, for the purpose of inciting and justifying anti-Greek violence.

The Economist notes:


“Starting in the 1950s Turkey’s deep state sponsored killings, engineered riots, colluded with drug traffickers, staged “false flag” attacks and organised massacres of trade unionists. Thousands died in the chaos it fomented."


11) The British Prime Minister admitted to his defense secretary that he and American president Dwight Eisenhower approved a plan in 1957 to carry out attacks in Syria and blame it on the Syrian government as a way to effect regime change.



12) The former Italian Prime Minister, an Italian judge, and the former head of Italian counterintelligence admit that NATO, with the help of the Pentagon and CIA, carried out terror bombings in Italy and other European countries in the 1950s through the 1980s and blamed the communists, in order to rally people’s support for their governments in Europe in their fight against communism.

As one participant in this formerly-secret program stated:


You had to attack civilians, people, women, children, innocent people, unknown people far removed from any political game. The reason was quite simple. They were supposed to force these people, the Italian public, to turn to the state to ask for greater security” … so that “a state of emergency could be declared, so people would willingly trade part of their freedom for the security” (and see this) (Italy and other European countries subject to the terror campaign had joined NATO before the bombings occurred).

And watch this BBC special. They also allegedly carried out terror attacks in France, Belgium, Denmark, Germany, Greece, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, the UK, and other countries.

The CIA also stressed to the head of the Italian program that Italy needed to use the program to control internal uprisings.

False flag attacks carried out pursuant to this program include – by way of example only:


The murder of the Turkish Prime Minister (1960)

Bombings in Portugal (1966)

The Piazza Fontana massacre in Italy (1969)

Terror attacks in Turkey (1971)

The Peteano bombing in Italy (1972)

Shootings in Brescia, Italy and a bombing on an Italian train (1974)

Shootings in Istanbul, Turkey (1977)

Atocha massacre in Madrid, Spain (1977)

The abduction and murder of the Italian Prime Minister (1978) (and see this)

The bombing of the Bologna railway station in Italy (1980)

Shooting and killing 28 shoppers in Brabant county, Belgium (1985)


13) In 1960, American Senator George Smathers suggested that the U.S. launch “a false attack made on Guantanamo Bay which would give us the excuse of actually fomenting a fight which would then give us the excuse to go in and [overthrow Castro]”.

A U.S. Navy HSS-1 Seabat helicopter hovers over Soviet submarine B-59, forced to the surface by U.S. Naval forces in the Caribbean near Cuba (October 28–29, 1962)


14) Official State Department documents show that, in 1961, the head of the Joint Chiefs and other high-level officials discussed blowing up a consulate in the Dominican Republic in order to justify an invasion of that country.

The plans were not carried out, but they were all discussed as serious proposals.


15) As admitted by the U.S. government, recently declassified documents show that in 1962, the American Joint Chiefs of Staff signed off on a plan to blow up AMERICAN airplanes (using an elaborate plan involving the switching of airplanes), and also to commit terrorist acts on American soil, and then to blame it on the Cubans in order to justify an invasion of Cuba.

See the following ABC news reportthe official documents; and watch this interview with the former Washington Investigative Producer for ABC’s World News Tonight with Peter Jennings.


16) In 1963, the U.S. Department of Defense wrote a paper promoting attacks on nations within the Organization of American States – such as Trinidad-Tobago or Jamaica – and then falsely blaming them on Cuba.




17) The U.S. Department of Defense also suggested covertly paying a person in the Castro government to attack the United States:


“The only area remaining for consideration then would be to bribe one of Castro’s subordinate commanders to initiate an attack on Guantanamo.”


18) A U.S. Congressional committee admitted that – as part of its “Cointelpro” campaign – the FBI had used many provocateurs in the 1950s through 1970s to carry out violent acts and falsely blame them on political activists.




Related: The First Question To Ask After Any Terror Attack: Was It A False Flag?


19) A top Turkish general admitted that Turkish forces burned down a mosque on Cyprus in the 1970s and blamed it on their enemy. He explained:


“In Special War, certain acts of sabotage are staged and blamed on the enemy to increase public resistance. We did this on Cyprus; we even burnt down a mosque.”

In response to the surprised correspondent’s incredulous look the general said, “I am giving an example”.


20) A declassified 1973 CIA document reveals a program to train foreign police and troops on how to make booby traps, pretending that they were training them on how to investigate terrorist acts:


“The Agency maintains liaison in varying degrees with foreign police/security organizations through its field stations ….

[CIA provides training sessions as follows:]

a. Providing trainees with basic knowledge in the uses of commercial and military demolitions and incendiaries as they may be applied in terrorism and industrial sabotage operations.

b. Introducing the trainees to commercially available materials and home laboratory techniques, likely to he used in the manufacture of explosives and incendiaries by terrorists or saboteurs.

c. Familiarizing the trainees with the concept of target analysis and operational planning that a saboteur or terrorist must employ.

d. Introducing the trainees to booby trapping devices and techniques giving practical experience with both manufactured and improvised devices through actual fabrication.

***

The program provides the trainees with ample opportunity to develop basic familiarity and use proficiently through handling, preparing and applying the various explosive charges, incendiary agents, terrorist devices and sabotage techniques."


21) The German government admitted (and see this) that, in 1978, the German secret service detonated a bomb in the outer wall of a prison and planted “escape tools” on a prisoner – a member of the Red Army Faction – which the secret service wished to frame the bombing on.



22) A Mossad agent admits that, in 1984, Mossad planted a radio transmitter in Gaddaffi’s compound in Tripoli, Libya which broadcast fake terrorist transmissions recorded by Mossad, in order to frame Gaddaffi as a terrorist supporter.



Ronald Reagan
bombed Libya immediately thereafter.


23) The South African Truth and Reconciliation Council found that, in 1989, the Civil Cooperation Bureau (a covert branch of the South African Defense Force) approached an explosives expert and asked him “to participate in an operation aimed at discrediting the ANC [the African National Congress] by bombing the police vehicle of the investigating officer into the murder incident”, thus framing the ANC for the bombing.


24) An Algerian diplomat and several officers in the Algerian army admit that, in the 1990s, the Algerian army frequently massacred Algerian civilians and then blamed Islamic militants for the killings (and see this video; and Agence France-Presse, 9/27/2002, French Court Dismisses Algerian Defamation Suit Against Author).


25) In 1993, a bomb in Northern Ireland killed 9 civilians. Official documents from the Royal Ulster Constabulary (i.e. the British government) show that the mastermind of the bombing was a British agent, and that the bombing was designed to inflame sectarian tensions. And see this and this.


26) The United States Army’s 1994 publication Special Forces Foreign Internal Defense Tactics Techniques and Procedures for Special Forces – updated in 2004 – recommends employing terrorists and using false flag operations to destabilize leftist regimes in Latin America.



False flag terrorist attacks were carried out in Latin America and other regions as part of the CIA’s “Dirty Wars“. And see this.


27) Similarly, a CIA “psychological operations” manual prepared by a CIA contractor for the Nicaraguan Contra rebels noted the value of assassinating someone on your own side to create a “martyr” for the cause.

The manual was authenticated by the U.S. government. The manual received so much publicity from Associated Press, Washington Post and other news coverage that – during the 1984 presidential debate – President Reagan was confronted with the following question on national television:


“At this moment, we are confronted with the extraordinary story of a CIA guerrilla manual for the anti-Sandinista contras whom we are backing, which advocates not only assassinations of Sandinistas but the hiring of criminals to assassinate the guerrillas we are supporting in order to create martyrs."


28) A Rwandan government inquiry admitted that the 1994 shootdown and murder of the Rwandan president, who was from the Hutu tribe – a murder blamed by the Hutus on the rival Tutsi tribe, and which led to the massacre of more than 800,000 Tutsis by Hutus – was committed by Hutu soldiers and falsely blamed on the Tutsi. [GR Editor:


This government report is contested. The alleged role of foreign powers in the shoot down is not acknowledged]


29) An Indonesian government fact-finding team investigated violent riots which occurred in 1998, and determined that “elements of the military had been involved in the riots, some of which were deliberately provoked”.


30) Senior Russian Senior military and intelligence officers admit that the KGB blew up Russian apartment buildings in 1999 and falsely blamed it on Chechens, in order to justify an invasion of Chechnya (and see this report and this discussion).


31) As reported by the New York TimesBBC and Associated Press, Macedonian officials admit that in 2001, the government murdered 7 innocent immigrants in cold blood and pretended that they were Al Qaeda soldiers attempting to assassinate Macedonian police, in order to join the “war on terror”.



They lured foreign migrants into the country, executed them in a staged gun battle, and then claimed they were a unit backed by Al Qaeda intent on attacking Western embassies”. Specifically, Macedonian authorities had lured the immigrants into the country, and then – after killing them – posed the victims with planted evidence – “bags of uniforms and semiautomatic weapons at their side” – to show Western diplomats.


32) At the July 2001 G8 Summit in Genoa, Italy, black-clad thugs were videotaped getting out of police cars, and were seen by an Italian MP carrying “iron bars inside the police station”.

Subsequently, senior police officials in Genoa subsequently admitted that police planted two Molotov cocktails and faked the stabbing of a police officer at the G8 Summit, in order to justify a violent crackdown against protesters.


33) The U.S. falsely blamed Iraq for playing a role in the 9/11 attacks - as shown by a memo from the defense secretary – as one of the main justifications for launching the Iraq war.



These are clearly not demolition charges that would make a building collapse within it's own footprint. Look the other way...

Related: Reflecting On The Truth Of 9/11 - What Will Be The Straw That Breaks The Camel's Back?

Even after the 9/11 Commission admitted that there was no connection, Dick Cheney said that the evidence is “overwhelming” that al Qaeda had a relationship with Saddam Hussein’s regime, that Cheney “probably” had information unavailable to the Commission, and that the media was not ‘doing their homework’ in reporting such ties.

Top U.S. government officials now admit that the Iraq war was really launched for oil … not 9/11 or weapons of mass destruction.

Despite previous “lone wolf” claims, many U.S. government officials now say that 9/11 was state-sponsored terror; but Iraq was not the state which backed the hijackers. (Many U.S. officials have alleged that 9/11 was a false flag operation by rogue elements of the U.S. government; but such a claim is beyond the scope of this discussion. The key point is that the U.S. falsely blamed it on Iraq, when it knew Iraq had nothing to do with it.). 

(Additionally, the same judge who has shielded the Saudis for any liability for funding 9/11 has awarded a default judgment against Iran for $10.5 billion for carrying out 9/11 … even though no one seriously believes that Iran had any part in 9/11.)


34) Although the FBI now admits that the 2001 anthrax attacks were carried out by one or more U.S. government scientists, a senior FBI official says that the FBI was actually told to blame the Anthrax attacks on Al Qaeda by White House officials (remember what the anthrax letters looked like).

Government officials also confirm that the white House tried to link the anthrax to Iraq as a justification for regime change in that country. And see this.


35) According to the Washington Post, Indonesian police admit that the Indonesian military killed American teachers in Papua in 2002 and blamed the murders on a Papuan separatist group in order to get that group listed as a terrorist organization.


36) The well-respected former Indonesian president also admits that the government probably had a role in the Bali bombings.


37) Police outside of a 2003 European Union summit in Greece were filmed planting Molotov cocktails on a peaceful protester.


38) In 2003, the U.S. Secretary of Defense admitted that interrogators were authorized to use the following method:

“False Flag: Convincing the detainee that individuals from a country other than the United States are interrogating him.”



While not a traditional false flag attack, this deception could lead to former detainees – many of whom were tortured – attacking the country falsely blamed for the interrogation and torture.


39) Former Department of Justice lawyer John Yoo suggested in 2005 that the US should go on the offensive against al-Qaeda, having “our intelligence agencies create a false terrorist organization.

It could have its own websites, recruitment centers, training camps, and fundraising operations. It could launch fake terrorist operations and claim credit for real terrorist strikes, helping to sow confusion within al-Qaeda’s ranks, causing operatives to doubt others’ identities and to question the validity of communications.”


40) Similarly, in 2005, Professor John Arquilla of the Naval Postgraduate School – a renowned US defense analyst credited with developing the concept of ‘netwar’ – called for western intelligence services to create new “pseudo gang” terrorist groups, as a way of undermining “real” terror networks.

According to Pulitzer-Prize winning journalist Seymour Hersh, Arquilla’s ‘pseudo-gang’ strategy was, Hersh reported, already being implemented by the Pentagon:


“Under Rumsfeld’s new approach, I was told, US military operatives would be permitted to pose abroad as corrupt foreign businessmen seeking to buy contraband items that could be used in nuclear-weapons systems.

In some cases, according to the Pentagon advisers, local citizens could be recruited and asked to join up with guerrillas or terrorists

The new rules will enable the Special Forces community to set up what it calls ‘action teams’ in the target countries overseas which can be used to find and eliminate terrorist organizations. 

‘Do you remember the right-wing execution squads in El Salvador?’ the former high-level intelligence official asked me, referring to the military-led gangs that committed atrocities in the early nineteen-eighties. ‘We founded them and we financed them,’ he said.

‘The objective now is to recruit locals in any area we want. And we aren’t going to tell Congress about it.’ A former military officer, who has knowledge of the Pentagon’s commando capabilities, said, ‘We’re going to be riding with the bad boys.’”



41) United Press International reported in June 2005:


“U.S. intelligence officers are reporting that some of the insurgents in Iraq are using recent-model Beretta 92 pistols, but the pistols seem to have had their serial numbers erased. The numbers do not appear to have been physically removed; the pistols seem to have come off a production line without any serial numbers.

Analysts suggest the lack of serial numbers indicates that the weapons were intended for intelligence operations or terrorist cells with substantial government backing. Analysts speculate that these guns are probably from either Mossad or the CIA.

Analysts speculate that agent provocateurs may be using the untraceable weapons even as U.S. authorities use insurgent attacks against civilians as evidence of the illegitimacy of the resistance.
"



42) In 2005, British soldiers dressed as Arabs were caught by Iraqi police after a shootout against the police. The soldiers apparently possessed explosives, and were accused of attempting to set off bombs.

While none of the soldiers admitted that they were carrying out attacks, British soldiers and a column of British tanks stormed the jail they were held in, broke down a wall of the jail, and busted them out. The extreme measures used to free the soldiers – rather than have them face questions and potentially stand trial – could be considered an admission.


43) Undercover Israeli soldiers admitted in 2005 to throwing stones at other Israeli soldiers so they could blame it on Palestinians, as an excuse to crack down on peaceful protests by the Palestinians.


44) Quebec police admitted that, in 2007, thugs carrying rocks to a peaceful protest were actually undercover Quebec police officers (and see this).


45) A 2008 US Army special operations field manual recommends that the U.S. military use surrogate non-state groups such as “paramilitary forces, individuals, businesses, foreign political organizations, resistant or insurgent organizations, expatriates, transnational terrorism adversaries, disillusioned transnational terrorism members, black marketers, and other social or political ‘undesirables.’”

The manual specifically acknowledged that U.S. special operations can involve both counterterrorism and “Terrorism” (as well as “transnational criminal activities, including narco-trafficking, illicit arms-dealing, and illegal financial transactions.”)


46) The former Italian Prime Minister, President, and head of Secret Services (Francesco Cossiga) advised the 2008 minister in charge of the police, on how to deal with protests from teachers and students:


“He should do what I did when I was Minister of the Interior … infiltrate the movement with agents provocateurs inclined to do anything …. And after that, with the strength of the gained population consent, … beat them for blood and beat for blood also those teachers that incite them. Especially the teachers. Not the elderly, of course, but the girl teachers yes."


47) An undercover officer admitted that he infiltrated environmental, leftwing and anti-fascist groups in 22 countries.


Germany’s federal police chief admitted that – while the undercover officer worked for the German police – he acted illegally during a G8 protest in Germany in 2007 and committed arson by setting fire during a subsequent demonstration in Berlin. The undercover officer spent many years living with violent “Black Bloc” anarchists.


48) Denver police admitted that uniformed officers deployed in 2008 to an area where alleged “anarchists” had planned to wreak havoc outside the Democratic National Convention ended up getting into a melee with two undercover policemen.

The uniformed officers didn’t know the undercover officers were cops.


49) At the G20 protests in London in 2009, a British member of parliament saw plain clothes police officers attempting to incite the crowd to violence.


50) The oversight agency for the Royal Canadian Mounted Police admitted that – at the G20 protests in Toronto in 2010 – undercover police officers were arrested with a group of protesters.

Videos and photos (see this and this, for example) show that violent protesters wore very similar boots and other gear as the police, and carried police batons. The Globe and Mail reports that the undercover officers planned the targets for violent attack, and the police failed to stop the attacks.


51) Egyptian politicians admitted (and see this) that government employees looted priceless museum artifacts 2011 to try to discredit the protesters.


52) Austin police admit that 3 officers infiltrated the Occupy protests in that city.



Prosecutors admit that one of the undercover officers purchased and constructed illegal “lock boxes” which ended up getting many protesters arrested.


53) In 2011, a Colombian colonel admitted that he and his soldiers had lured 57 innocent civilians and killed them – after dressing many of them in uniforms – as part of a scheme to claim that Columbia was eradicating left-wing terrorists. And see this.


54) Rioters who discredited the peaceful protests against the swearing in of the Mexican president in 2012 admitted that they were paid 300 pesos each to destroy everything in their path.

According to Wikipedia, photos also show the vandals waiting in groups behind police lines prior to the violence.


55) On November 20, 2014, Mexican agent provocateurs were transported by army vehicles to participate in the 2014 Iguala mass kidnapping protests, as was shown by videos and pictures distributed via social networks.


56) The highly-respected writer for the Telegraph Ambrose Evans-Pritchard says that the head of Saudi intelligence – Prince Bandar – recently admitted that the Saudi government controls “Chechen” terrorists.


57) Two members of the Turkish parliamenthigh-level American sources and others admitted that the Turkish government – a NATO country – carried out the chemical weapons attacks in Syria and falsely blamed them on the Syrian government; and high-ranking Turkish government admitted on tape plans to carry out attacks and blame it on the Syrian government.


58) The former Director of the NSA and other American government officials admit said that the U.S. is a huge supporter of terrorism. Jimmy Carter’s National Security Adviser Zbigniew Brzezinski admitted on CNN that the U.S. organized and supported Bin Laden and the other originators of “Al Qaeda” in the 1970s to fight the Soviets.

The U.S. and its allies have been supporting Al Qaeda and other Islamic terrorist groups for many decades, and providing them arms, money and logistical support in LibyaSyriaMaliBosniaChechnyaIran, and many other countries. U.S. allies are also directly responsible for creating and supplying ISIS.



Related: People Are Finally Learning About False Flag Terror

It’s gotten so ridiculous that a U.S. Senator has introduced a “Stop Arming Terrorists Act”, and U.S. Congresswoman – who introduced a similar bill in the House – says:


“For years, the U.S. government has been supporting armed militant groups working directly with and often under the command of terrorist groups like ISIS and al-Qaeda in their fight to overthrow the Syrian government.”


59) The Ukrainian security chief admits that the sniper attacks which started the Ukrainian coup were carried out in order to frame others. Ukrainian officials admit that the Ukrainian snipers fired on both sides, to create maximum chaos.



60) Speaking of snipers, in a secret recording, Venezuelan generals admit that they will deploy snipers to shoot protesters, but keep the marksmen well-hidden from demonstrator and the reporters covering the events so others would be blamed for the deaths.


61) Burmese government officials admitted that Burma (renamed Myanmar) used false flag attacks against Muslim and Buddhist groups within the country to stir up hatred between the two groups, to prevent democracy from spreading.


62) Israeli police were again filmed in 2015 dressing up as Arabs and throwing stones, then turning over Palestinian protesters to Israeli soldiers.


63) Britain’s spy agency has admitted (and see this) that it carries out “digital false flag” attacks on targets, framing people by writing offensive or unlawful material … and blaming it on the target.




64) The CIA has admitted that it uses viruses and malware from Russia and other countries to carry out cyberattacks and blame other countries.


65) U.S. soldiers have admitted that if they kill innocent Iraqis and Afghanis, they then “drop” automatic weapons near their body so they can pretend they were militants.


66) German prosecutors admit that a German soldier disguised himself as a Syrian refugee and planned to shoot people so that the attack would be blamed on asylum seekers.


67) Police frame innocent people for crimes they didn’t commit. The practice is so well-known that the New York Times noted in 1981:


“In police jargon, a throwdown is a weapon planted on a victim."

Newsweek reported in 1999:


“Perez, himself a former [Los Angeles Police Department] cop, was caught stealing eight pounds of cocaine from police evidence lockers.

After pleading guilty in September, he bargained for a lighter sentence by telling an appalling story of attempted murder and a “throwdown” – police slang for a weapon planted by cops to make a shooting legally justifiable.

Perez said he and his partner, Officer Nino Durden, shot an unarmed 18th Street Gang member named Javier Ovando, then planted a semiautomatic rifle on the unconscious suspect and claimed that Ovando had tried to shoot themduring a stakeout.
"



Wikipedia notes:


“As part of his plea bargain, Pérez implicated scores of officers from the Rampart Division’s anti-gang unit, describing routinely beating gang members, planting evidence on suspects, falsifying reports and covering up unprovoked shootings."

(As a side note – and while not technically false flag attacks – police have been busted framing innocent people in many other ways, as well.)


68) A former U.S. intelligence officer recently alleged:


“Most terrorists are false flag terrorists or are created by our own security services.


69) The head and special agent in charge of the FBI’s Los Angeles office said that most terror attacks are committed by the CIA and FBI as false flags.


70) The Director of Analytics at the interagency Global Engagement Center housed at the U.S. Department of State, also an adjunct professor at George Mason University, where he teaches the graduate course National Security Challenges in the Department of Information Sciences and Technology, a former branch chief in the CIA’s Counterterrorism Center, and an intelligence advisor to the Secretary of Homeland Security (J.D. Maddox) notes:




“Provocation is one of the most basic, but confounding, aspects of warfare. Despite its sometimes obvious use, it has succeeded consistently against audiences around the world, for millennia, to compel war. A well-constructed provocation narrative mutes even the most vocal opposition.

***

The culmination of a strategic provocation operation invariably reflects a narrative of victimhood: we are the victims of the enemy’s unforgivable atrocities.

***

In the case of strategic provocation the deaths of an aggressor’s own personnel are a core tactic of the provocation.

***

The persistent use of strategic provocation over centuries – and its apparent importance to war planners – begs the question of its likely use by the US and other states in the near term."


71) Leaders throughout history have acknowledged the “benefits” of of false flags to justify their political agenda:


Terrorism is the best political weapon for nothing drives people harder than a fear of sudden death”.


Adolph Hitler


“Why of course the people don’t want war … But after all it is the leaders of the country who determine the policy, and it is always a simple matter to drag the people along, whether it is a democracy, or a fascist dictatorship, or a parliament, or a communist dictatorship …

Voice or no voice, the people can always be brought to the bidding of the leaders. That is easy. All you have to do is to tell them they are being attacked, and denounce the pacifists for lack of patriotism and exposing the country to danger. It works the same in any country.”


Hermann Goering, Nazi leader.


“The easiest way to gain control of a population is to carry out acts of terror. [The public] will clamor for such laws if their personal security is threatened”.

Josef Stalin


Postscript 1: 
It is not just “modern” nations which have launched false flag attacks. For example, a Native American from one tribe (Pomunkey) murdered a white Englishwoman living in Virginia in 1697 and then falsely blamed it on second tribe (Piscataway).

But he later admitted in court that he was not really Piscataway, and that he had been paid by a provocateur from a third tribe (Iroquois) to kill the woman as a way to start a war between the English and the Piscataway, thus protecting the profitable Iroquois monopoly in trade with the English.


Postscript 2:  On multiple occasions, atrocities or warmongering are falsely blamed on the enemy as a justification for war … when no such event ever occurred. This is more like a “fake flag” than a “false flag”, as no actual terrorism occurred.


For example:

The NSA admits that it lied about what really happened in the Gulf of Tonkin incident in 1964 … manipulating data to make it look like North Vietnamese boats fired on a U.S. ship so as to create a false justification for the Vietnam war



One of the central lies used to justify the 1991 Gulf War against Iraq after Iraq invaded Kuwait was the false statement by a young Kuwaiti girl that Iraqis murdered Kuwaiti babies in hospitals. Her statement was arranged by a Congressman who knew that she was actually the daughter of the Kuwaiti Ambassador to the U.S. – who was desperately trying to lobby the U.S. to enter the war – but the Congressman hid that fact from the public and from Congress

Another central lie used to justify the Gulf War was the statement that a quarter of a million Iraqi troops were massed on the border with Saudi Arabia (see also this article)

Pulitzer prize-winning journalist Ron Suskind reported that the White House ordered the CIA to forge and backdate a document falsely linking Iraq with Muslim terrorists and 9/11 … and that the CIA complied with those instructions and in fact created the forgery, which was then used to justify war against Iraq. And see this and this



Related: Exposed - Iraq War Was A Lie: The Invasion Of Iraq Took Place Under False Pretences

Time magazine 
points out that the claim by President Bush that Iraq was attempting to buy “yellow cake” Uranium from Niger had been checked out - and debunked - by U.S. intelligence a year before the President repeated it.

Everyone knew that Iraq didn’t have weapons of mass destruction. More

The entire torture program was geared towards obtaining false confessions linking Iraq and 9/11

CIA agents and documents admit that the agency gave Iran plans for building nuclear weapons … so it could frame Iran for trying to build the bomb

The “humanitarian” wars in Syria, Libya and Yugoslavia were all justified by highly exaggerated reports that the leaders of those countries were committing atrocities against their people. And see this

Afterword: The corporate media will likely never report on false flags … as it is ALWAYS pro-war.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Individual Versus Globalism
August 22 2017 | From: JonRappoport

“Global solution” means the individual is cut out of the equation, he doesn’t count, he doesn’t mean anything in the larger scheme of things, he’s just another pawn and cipher to move around on the board.




This is purposeful. This is the script for the future: create problems whose only solution appears to be collective.

Related: Resurrection Of The Eurozone Pent-Up In France & What The Lying, Globalist Media Rats Won’t Show You: France Is A War Zone

Psychologically, mentally, emotionally, and spiritually divert the individual’s attention from his own vision, his own profound desires, his own imagination - and place it within The Group (“all of humanity”).

Propagandize the idea that, if the individual concerns himself with anything other than The Group, he is selfish, greedy, inhumane. He is a criminal.

More and more, this is how the young are being trained these days.

The grand “we” is being sold to them like a cheap street drug. They buy in. They believe this “we” is real, instead of a hollow con designed to drag them into a Globalist framework owned and operated by mega-corporations, banks, foundations, governments, and ubiquitous Rockefeller interests.

And what of the individual, his mind, his unique perception, his independent ideas, his originality, his life-force? Swept away in the rush toward “a better world.”



Related: Four Things Globalists Think You’re Too Stupid To Understand

I have breaking news. Earth is not a spaceship and we are not crew members. If Earth is a spaceship, it has serious design flaws, because it keeps making the same trip around the same sun every year. Each one of us does not have a specified function, as a crew member would.

Going back as far as you want to in history, shortage and scarcity in the world that engendered a crisis was either created by some elite or maintained by them, for the purpose of eradicating dissent and fomenting a collectivist solution. Meaning a solution that came from the top. Meaning a solution that reduced individual freedom.

In recent human history, a different idea emerged: establish severely hamstrung government, in order to protect the individual against it. This idea has had a very tough time. Collectivists have fought it every step of the way.

But regardless of circumstances, the individual can author his own freedom and what it implies. He can discover, within himself, extraordinary possibilities. He can contemplate what it means to create reality that expresses his most profound desires.



Related: What Is Globalism And Where Is It Going?

And then he can begin a voyage that no one and no group can stop. Civilizations come and go, rise and fall; the individual remains.

The word “imagination,” when properly understood, indicates that the individual can envision and then create futures that never were, and never would be, unless he invented them.

Imagination is the opposite of “provincial,” “restricted,” “well-known,” “familiar,” “accepted.."

That is its challenge to the status quo.

That is the true threat the individual poses to all predictive systems. Therefore, “it’s all just information” is a psyop code-phrase. Ideas, thoughts - nothing is original, nothing is new; we all “share” information floating in the collective consciousness; the individual invents nothing.

Which is the opposite of the truth. The individual invents everything.

He can’t be predicted when he is himself. He is not a pattern. He is not a system.

He is not anyone else.

He thrives on his own inspiration.

He is the ultimate riverboat gambler. He bets the house on his own as-yet uncreated future.

He is not a piece of universe.

He is not a humble servant of Order.

He invents the space and time of his own time to come.

As early as 1961, a brilliant healer, Richard Jenkins, whom I write about in my book, The Secret Behind Secret Societies (part of the Exit From The Matrix collection), explained what was to come. He wrote me a note, which I’m paraphrasing from memory:


“People are confusing their own empathy for others with some inflated idea about group-identity. They aren’t the same. People are becoming afraid of their own unique and distinct existence.

This is a social fear. A new social contract is being foisted on the population. Either you belong, or you have no rights. This is a totalitarian concept. It’s coming in through the back door.”

Well, now, it’s right there at the front door. The individual still has a choice. But he has to make it.

Explore his own power, or give it away for nothing more than an illusion of belonging. Stoke the fires within, or form a diluted image of self, and bow down to The Group.



Related: Historic: Trump Rejects Paris Climate Treaty & Globalists Plot Against Trump And Infowars At Bilderberg

The “I” is not isolated. He can reach out to others whenever and however he wants to. The question is, is he moving on the ground of his own independence, or is he searching for a group life raft, to which he will attach himself without thought or hesitation?

Beyond economics or politics, Globalism is a system that offers a life raft which is heading toward a machine-future.

Disembark and find the great We, a construct of integrated parts, each of which is an individual, in a state of spiritual amnesia. Happiness there is function and sedation, shadowless, wiped clean of distinctions.

This is the elitist end-game of social justice and equality. It’s a fake culture.


Related Articles:

Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

The Globalists Are Planning For Something Big!

Russia Calls For Elimination Of Khazarian Mafia World Order + Globalist Corporations Are Blind In The Face Of Doom


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Kim DotCom Warns End Of Mueller - Wikileaks To Destroy Far Left Narrative
August 22 2017 | From: TheGatewayPundit

Kim DotCom dropped a bomb in May when he claimed to have evidence that former DNC worker Seth Rich was involved in the leaked emails released by WikiLeaks.




Kim Dotocom: "I know that Seth Rich was involved in the DNC leak."

Related: A Complete Synopsis On The Seth Rich Murder - The Facts As I Found Them - Heartfelt Compassion For #HisNameWasSeth

He admitted earlier that month that he was part of an operation along with Seth Rich to get stolen DNC emails to Wikileaks.



It wasn’t the Russians.

In late May Kim DotCom shared that he was willing to come to the US and give testimony if it is required.

Then Kim DotCom’s lawyers sent a letter to Robert Mueller, Special Counsel appointed to investigate interference with the 2016 United States presidential election and related matters:

Today Kim DotCom warned the end of Mueller is coming! The left was LYING about Russian collusion and Mueller knew it.



Rep. Rohrbacher is going to divulge everything he learned from his meeting with Julian Assange to Donald Trump.




Related Articles:

Why Seth Rich’s Case Is Key To #TrumpRussia Investigation + Seth Rich Was Partying With Imran Awan On The Night Of His Murder

Lawmaker Calls For Federal Investigation Of Seth Rich Murder + Liberal Media In Panic! Latest #FakeNews Accuses Kim Dotcom Of Hacking Into Seth Rich’s Gmail - Kim DotCom Responds

Hacker Kim Dotcom: “I Knew Seth Rich Was The Wikileaks Source – I Was Involved” + Newt Gingrich Calls Murder Of Seth Rich An Assassination


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Draining The Swamp: Top EPA Official Resigns Over Climate Change Hoax + Australia ‘Weather-Experts’ Falsify Climate Change
August 21 2017 | From: NaturalNews / Infowars / Various

The hoax of human-caused global warming/climate change unraveled further last week after the resignation of a top official at the Environmental Protection Agency.




As reported by Breitbart News, the official - Elizabeth “Betsy” Southerland - didn’t do it as a matter of conscience, per se; after all, she’d worked for EPA for three decades, was no doubt fully vested and has an excellent retirement coming. But she claimed in her resignation letter that President Donald J. Trump’s climate policies were to blame.

Related: 91 Volcanoes Found Under Arctic Ice, Big Blow to Climate Alarmists

Southerland, who was director of science and technology in the Office of Water, said in her letter that “the environmental field is suffering from the temporary triumph of myth over truth” (a claim most climate realists can make about the hoaxers on any given day, really).

But as Breitbart pointed out, if you read her entire letter, it’s really a blessing that she’s gone.


"It’s supposed to be her Parthian shot- a damning indictment of the decline of a once-great institution under the wicked Donald Trump and his sinister henchman, EPA Administrator Scott Pruitt,” writes Breitbart’s James Delingpole.

“But, actually, it tells you rather more about the weird, reality-denying mindset which prevails among the inhabitants of the swamp which Trump is busily trying to drain.”



Related:
The global warming hoax has been unraveling for years, as Mike Adams, the Health Ranger, has pointed out

Perhaps the most hilariously nonsensical claim in her letter is this one, Delingpole suggests:

Today the environmental field is suffering from the temporary triumph of myth over truth. The truth is there is NO war on coal, there is NO economic crisis caused by environmental protection, and climate change IS caused by man’s activities.

No ‘war on coal?’ Really? That’s rich, considering then-candidate Barack Obama said in 2008 he was planning to implement policies as president that would wipe out coal-fired electricity when he said:

If somebody wants to build a coal-fired plant, they can. It’s just that it will bankrupt them.

And in doing so - destroying an entire sector of electricity production - Obama further noted that “under my plan…electricity rates would necessarily skyrocket.”

If that’s not a declaration of war against coal, nothing is. But the facts are what they are, even if climate hoaxers at EPA don’t want to admit it. As noted by The Daily Caller, one chart very clearly outlines the damage Obama’s coal policies took on the industry.


"The systematic deconstruction of the coal industry has created very real economic hardship for the ‘coal country’ of Appalachia, which has been economically devastated and offers very few job options for the now-unemployed workers,” The DC noted.

Translation: Obama didn’t give a damn about these mostly rural, white, low-to-middle class workers because they belonged to an industry he sought to shut down.

So for those workers, surely they suffered an economic crisis, contrary to Southerland’s claims. But there’s more. In 2012, one estimate said the cost of EPA regulations on the U.S. economy amounted to around $352 billion per year:

Complying with EPA regulations costs the U.S. economy $353 billion per year - more than 30 times its budget - according to the best available estimate. By way of comparison, that is more than the entire 2011 national GDPs of Denmark ($332 billion) and Thailand ($345 billion).

And Delingpole pointed out that the cost of complying with insane “global warming” policies costs about $1.5 trillion every year. “You could buy a lot of hospitals - or reduce a lot of taxes or national debt - for $1.5 trillion,” he said.



Related: NASA spacecraft missions have proven that Mars, Saturn, Jupiter and Venus have all suffered “climate change” … without any human activity whatsoever

As for her claim that humankind is causing global warming/climate change - the old “settled science” argument - that is not a scientific fact backed up by demonstrable, replicable evidence.  And it’s certainly not a “fact” universally accepted by the scientific community. In fact, there’s more evidence that the “science” has been faked than anything else.

Finally, Southerland is certainly free to leave her job, but it wasn’t to serve as high commissioner of the earth; she was a public servant charged with serving the government of the day.

That she would resign over changes in philosophy at the agency she works for - Pruitt is not a global warming hoaxer - tells you more about the arrogance of Washington’s bureaucratic swamp and agency overreach Trump is attempting to vanquish.


Global Warming Petition Project: 31,487 Scientists Do Not Agree With Runaway Man-Made Global Warming





Related: Weather Channel founder denies climate change, so ‘put me to death’



Australia ‘Weather-Experts’ Falsify Climate Change

But don’t worry; the science is settled!





“Global warming is a non-problem…I say this to Obama: Excuse me, Mr. President, but you’re wrong. Dead wrong.” (Dr. Ivar Giaever, Nobel-Prize winner in physics)

Related: Carbon Dioxide “Pollutant” Myth Totally Debunked In Must-See Science Video


"The computer models just weren’t reliable. In fact, I’m not sure the whole thing isn’t crazy, this climate change.”

- Green Guru James Lovelock, who once predicted imminent destruction of the planet via global warming.

I’ve written a number of articles proving the global warming science is far from “settled.” I’ve also written about the political agenda behind climate change. It is stark:

All nations will be ordered (if treaties are signed) to reduce their overall energy production by a disasterous amount.

Therefore, the output of carbon dioxide would be cut, and, we are told, “the planet could be saved.”



Related: Carbon Dioxide Revealed As The “Miracle Molecule Of Life” For Re-Greening The Planet & Leonardo DiCaprio’s War On Carbon Is Actually A War Against All Plants, Rainforests And Ecosystems On The Entire Planet

But no replacement of carbon-based fuels with solar, wind, and other popular alternative sources could possibly, given present technology, make up the difference and stave off the catastrophe stemming from a major cut in planetary energy production.

National economies would falter, poverty would deepen, chaos would expand, and in the ensuing crisis, the (Globalist) forces of order would move in and “solve the problem.” Also known as: a takeover of all major institutions of government, worldwide.

Now have a new scandal erupting, on top of a whole pile of prior scientific frauds. As The Daily Caller reports:


“Australian scientists at the Bureau of Meteorology (BOM) ordered a review of temperature recording instruments after the government agency was caught tampering with temperature logs in several locations.”

“Agency officials admit that the problem with instruments recording low temperatures likely happened in several locations throughout Australia, but they refuse to admit to manipulating temperature readings. The BOM located missing logs in Goulburn and the Snow Mountains, both of which are in New South Wales.”

Let’s be clear. The missing and altered temperature readings actually indicated lower-than-normal temperatures which, if reported, would weaken the assertion that Australia is getting hotter.



Related: NASA Confirms: Sea Levels Have Been Falling Across The Planet For Two Years - Media Silent & Dr. Tim Ball Crushes Climate Change: The Biggest Deception in History

The Daily Caller continues:


“BOM [Australian Bureau of Meteorology] has been put under the microscope before for similar manipulations. The agency was accused in 2014 of tampering with the country’s temperature record to make it appear as if temperatures had warmed over the decades, according to reports in August 2014.”

“[Biologist and former director of the environmental unit at the Australian Institute of Public Affairs, Jennifer] Marohasey claimed at the time that BOM’s adjusted temperature records are ‘propaganda’ and not science. She analyzed raw temperature data from places across Australia, compared them to BOM data, and found the agency’s data created an artificial warming trend.”

“Marohasey said BOM adjustments changed Aussie temperature records from a slight cooling trend to one of ‘dramatic warming’ over the past century.”

But don’t worry. The science is settled.

There must be no reasoned debate about the subject. Just start lowering the energy outputs of all countries on the planet.



Related: Green Gestapo Says You're Mentally Ill If You Challenge Climate Change + Over 30,000 Scientists Say 'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' Is A Complete Hoax And Science Lie

Certainly don’t listen to a man like Freeman Dyson, who has no mainstream credentials - except for the following: physicist and mathematician, professor emeritus at Princeton’s Institute for Advanced Study, Fellow of the Royal Society, winner of the Lorentz Medal, the Max Planck Medal, the Fermi Award. Dyson states:


"What has happened in the past 10 years is that the discrepancies [in climate change models] between what’s observed and what’s predicted have become much stronger. It’s clear now the [climate change] models are wrong, but it wasn’t so clear 10 years ago…

I’m 100 per cent Democrat myself, and I like Obama. But he took the wrong side on this [climate change] issue, and the Republicans took the right side…”

Pay no attention to that. Shut your eyes, close your mouth, and wait for the lights to dim.

The people in charge are the people in charge, and if they don’t want debate, they must be right.

Censoring debate is always a sign that truth and justice are winning. Right?

Several unhinged commentators have gone so far as to suggest jail time for scientists who deny the existence of manmade warming. Marc Morano, narrator and co-writer of the documentary, Climate Hustle, asked the popular American TV host, Bill Nye “The Science Guy,” whether he thought such jail threats against scientists would have “a chilling effect” on dissent.

Nye answered, “That there is a chilling effect on scientists who are in extreme doubt about climate change - I think is good.”

In other words, love censorship when it silences your opponents.



Related: Weather Channel founder Tells CNN “Climate Change Is A Hoax” - 31,000 Scientists Agree & Al Gore Confuses Tides With Global Warming Ocean Rise Apocalypse, Claims Fish Are “Swimming In The Streets” Of Miami Due To Climate Change

Bill Nye understands the proper method of science and research (experiment, replication, rejection, debate, questioning) the way a cockroach understands Aristotle’s treatises on logic. Make no mistake about it, we are looking at fake climate science. The purveyors don’t care about truth. They only care about owning the bully pulpit and keeping dissenters away from that pulpit.

This is how official science is done. In the case of climate change, claim the planet is warming and claim the debate about the subject must be cooled until it is frozen and stored in a locker out of view.

In my investigations of official science and medicine over the past 35 years, I’ve seen this strategy deployed time and time again:

“The science is settled…” “The evidence is overwhelming…” “Credible researchers all agree..."

This is how the press creates a fake impression of consensus.

News outlets issue identical stories, inventing an echo chamber. Don’t buy in. Crack the illusion.


Global Warming Climate Model Completely Debunked

Lord Monckton joins Alex Jones via Skype to discuss recent discoveries, made by him and his team, that completely debunk the myth of human accelerated change in global climate.






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible
August 19 2017 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various

Centralised, controlled Global fascist state:The momentum for the completion of the New World Order (NWO) through centralised control of global politics, business, banking, military and media is gaining pace by the day, and is clearly evident through the large scale spying upon us.



Whenever a hidden agenda is about to be implemented, something occurs to scare the people, justifying the action for implementation. Our world is more and more becoming a recurrence of fascist Nazi Germany, before WWII. This is, in accordance with the plans of the Deep State Brotherhood, the new world that awaits the global population.

Related: Google joins Monsanto among the most evil corporations in the world by announcing ban on anything it considers a “conspiracy theory”

The Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), and multinational corporations already control most Governments;promoting the one world government through their control of the media, foundation grants, and education; with power exerted over all issues of the day; they already control almost all avenues; they have the financial power to promote the “New World Order”.



The key to their success is the control and manipulation by the international bankers of the money systems of almost every nation, while making it appear as though they are controlled by the government.

If you wish to live in a world that is “urbane” enough to be run by a world government, managed by the Brotherhood of the élite and global bankers, then by all means, continue to follow the mainstream media to get all your information.

If, however, the idea of a select coterie of a global intellectual-financial elites running the world does not sound like the ideal society for humanity’s future, then it is time to come into action.



Related: Report: Forensic Experts say DNC was Never Hacked by Russia, An Insider Did the Job

By battling the tide of misinformation and by helping to expose the dangers of the ‘New World Order.’

People have neither the slightest idea, nor the insight of the restrain that is going to be put on them. They would rather ignore the obvious and go into denial of the truth that has already become reality. Instead, people prefer assuring each other that they would never take people’s freedoms away and make us serfs of the elite.

Humanity has on a large scale given away its mind and its responsibility – it is advisable to consider the broader consequences of this behaviour for human existence.

When we give away our mind and responsibility, we give away our freedom and hence, our lives.

If enough people do it, we give the world away, and that is precisely what has been done throughout history. We’re now entering a fascist society, as was the case before WWII. The leaders of this era, such as Benito Mussolini in Italy and Adolf Hitler in Germany embodied the state and they claimed indisputable power, transforming countries into fascist states.

Now history is repeating itself and soon the world will become a fascist society all over again. The only difference is that this time, a few families, alias – the elite – are manipulating the entire planet, through the globalisation of business, banking and communications.



Related: Brzezinski Wanted NATO to Become the “Hub of a Globe-Spanning Web” of Security Pacts

The primary goal of their control is to keep the people in ignorance, fear and at war. Divide, rule and conquer and keep the most important information secret.

Those who have applied these methods to control humanity for thousands of years are members of the same force, following a long-term Brotherhood Agenda, which now is reaching its point of completion.

So, the global fascist state is upon us. People must wake up now – and see this as their “final wake up call” – to mobilise and organise themselves to rebel against this injustice, as the real power is still with the many of us, and not with the few of the elites!


Infinite Power is Within Every Individual:

Infinite power is within each and every individual. The reason we are controlled is not because we don’t have the power to decide our own destiny, it is that we unknowingly give that power away when we don’t take responsibility for our destiny on all fronts.

When something happens that we don’t like, we look for someone else to blame. When there is a problem, people think first what are they, our so-called leaders going to do about it.

But remember it is they who have secretly created most problems, and they consequently respond to people’s demands by offering a ‘solution’ that always entails more centralisation of power and erosion of our freedom.


Man Sends Audition Tape To Globalists To Be Crisis Actor in Next False Flag Hilarious Satire Skit




Related:
Sometimes We Learn The Most About Ourselves From Our Opponents

If you want to give more power to the police, security agencies and military, that is exactly what they want the public to ask for, then they ensure there is more crime, more violence and more terrorism, and so they increasingly get exactly what they want, ever-increasing control and power.

Once people are in fear of being attacked by terrorists, they will demand to have their freedoms taken away, to protect them from what they have been manipulated to become – ‘fearful’.

As Benjamin Franklin once so typically stated:

“Those who would give up essential liberty, to purchase a little temporary safety, deserve neither liberty nor safety.”

The 9/11 Twin Tower destruction in New York in 2001 and the Global warming meme are both classic examples of ‘Problem - Reaction - Solution’ manipulations.


Physical Control of the Global Population is Impossible:

In short it is a technique of ‘problem - reaction - solution’. Create the problem; encourage the reaction that something has to be done about, and then offer the solution, their solution. In other words:

Create chaos and then offer a solution to restore order on people’s request, a solution which serves their agenda.


The masses are herded and directed by emotional and mental control. This is the only way their rules can be implemented. However, the few elites cannot control billions of people physically, unless a large number of people are involved.



Related: Leo Solar Eclipse: Revolution, Healing and Collapse of the Establishment

So physical control of the global population is impossible. But when you can manipulate the way people feel and think to the point that they decide to do what they want us to do, by demanding to introduce regulations that they want to have implemented, then the door is set open for Centralised Global Control, by making people believe that it is their own idea.

Consequently, humanity becomes mind-controlled.


People are Mind Controlled:

The question is not how many people are mind-controlled, but how few are not. When you believe the news stories in the media, and allow these to affect your perception of events, your mind is controlled.

The answer to freedom of thought and perception is to take your mind back to conclude and decide for yourself.

The choice of interpretations is yours and not someone else’s. Remember they always want to have your mind, because once they have it, they have you. So keep your mind objective under all circumstances.



Related: Globalism Is In Free Fall Collapse

Think for yourself and don’t allow others to think for you, and if we All do this, their Agenda will not be able to be implemented and we will keep our freedoms, it’s as simple as that. Come into action now in the interest of our children, future generations, and in our own interest.

Remember; the secret Agenda is a conspiracy of minds, of people and events to ensure that the plans of the elite are employed. They conspire to put their people into positions of power, with hidden, stringent instructions to make the agenda happen, by conspiring to create events which will make the public demand the Agenda be implemented in complete ignorance of the devastating consequences.

It is frightening that we have entered the world George Orwell envisioned and wrote about in 1984 of mass surveillance, as portrayed in the movie ‘The Truman Show’.




Stick Your New World Order Up Your Arse!






Recently numerous scandals have revealed the surveillance state of the West and put it up for show. Whistleblowers have been warning about this for years!

But saying you were right won’t help you in the long run. Now we know that the government is listening, recording, and duplicating everything we do online or over the phone, it’s time to start taking action. It’s time to take back our right to privacy.

Although we may not fear Chinese tanks rolling through our streets, make no mistake; our most basic rights are under attack: reporters are being investigated and suspended by Government officials for exposing scandals, legislation is designed to water down our privacy rights and the NSA acts like it was nothing more than a necessity to crack down on terrorists, while presenting the matter as though they have the authority to do so.

Watch the powerful explanation of Snowden; it’s a lot easier, as was put forth by him, to change this intrusion on civilisation as has been laid out in the above writing: Be objective and make up your own mind; deciding for yourself.


Preaching the Truth About the Federal Reserve:

Rod Parsley Discusses the Dirty Tricks Bankers Use On Us. He also discusses the practice of the Federal Reserve, how they are involved. He preaches the truth using facts and history.





Related Articles:

Federal Prosecutor Investigating Visa Fraud in Wasserman Schultz’s District Shot Himself in Head – But No Gun Was Found

Silicon Valley "Outraged" After Google Employee Pens Viral Doc Slamming "Anti-Conservative" Culture

Hannity Threatens Lawsuit if Obama Administration “Unmasked” Him in NSA Surveillance

Girl, 5, fined £150 for lemonade stand

Freemasonry: “Join The Dots”, By G-Squared


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Hungary PM Orban Explodes On ‘Mafia Boss’ George Soros For Plotting To ‘Muslimize Europe’
August 19 2017 | From: TheGatewayPundit / Various

No leader has taken more action against leftist billionaire George Soros than Hungary’s Prime Minister Viktor Orban. During a speech in Romania, Orban unleashed on Soros and the European Union, accusing them of wanting to “Muslimize Europe.”




The Associated Press reported:

Related: Australia To Ban Synagogue Because Muslims Are Offended


"European Union leaders and Hungarian-American billionaire George Soros are seeking a “new, mixed, Muslimized Europe,” Hungary’s anti-migration prime minister said Saturday.

Prime Minister Viktor Orban said during a visit to Romania that Hungary’s border fences, supported by other Central European countries, will block the EU-Soros effort to increase Muslim migration into Europe.

While Hungary opposed taking in migrants “who could change the country’s cultural identity,” Orban said under his leadership, Hungary would remain a place where “Western European Christians will always be able to find security.”

Orban, who will seek a fourth term in April 2018, said Hungary’s opposition parties were no match for his government.

“In the upcoming campaign, first of all we have to confront external powers,” Orban said at a cultural festival in Baile Tusnad, Romania. “We have to stand our ground against the Soros mafia network and the Brussels bureaucrats. And, during the next nine months, we will have to fight against the media they operate.”

Soros has become a key target of Orban and his government.

Recent legislation in Hungary seeks to close or expel the Budapest-based Central European University, founded by Soros in 1991. There are also new rules about non-governmental organizations funded at least partly from abroad – which critics say stigmatize the NGOs, many of which are backed by Soros’ Open Society Foundations."

Israeli Prime Minister Netanyahu also joined Orban in denouncing Soros, calling him a threat.

Reuters reported:


"Israel’s foreign ministry has issued a statement denouncing U.S. billionaire George Soros, a move that appeared designed to align Israel more closely with Hungary ahead of a visit to Budapest next week by Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu.

Soros, a Hungarian-born Jew who has spent a large part of his fortune funding pro-democracy and human rights groups, has repeatedly been targeted by Hungary’s right-wing government, in particular over his support for more open immigration.

In the latest case, Prime Minister Viktor Orban has backed a campaign in which Soros is singled out as an enemy of the state. “Let’s not allow Soros to have the last laugh” say billboards next to a picture of the 86-year-old investor, a campaign that Jewish groups and others say foments anti-Semitism."

Orban’s fight against Soros reached a boiling point in April after Hungarian Parliament passed a law targeting the billionaire’s own university, Central European University.



BBC reported:


"The 199-seat parliament head earlier voted 123 to 38 in favour of the legislation, which places tough restrictions on foreign universities.

The main target is believed to be the Central European University (CEU) and its founder, George Soros.

It is the latest battle declared by the right-wing Prime Minister of Hungary, Viktor Orban, against liberalism.

But within hours of the legislation being passed, staff, students and supporters had surrounded CEU waving blue signs saying “veto” to show their support for the university.

CEU, meanwhile, has vowed to fight the bill.

The English-speaking university, which is still partly-funded by Hungarian-born Mr Soros, is ranked among the top 200 universities in the world in eight disciplines.

But Zoltan Balog, a government minister, told MPs on Tuesday it went “against Hungary’s interests to host experiments, financially supported and evading democratic ‘rules of the game’ in the background, which aim at undermining the lawfully elected government or leadership”.

 

Hungary Prime Minister Says George Soros Seeks To Muslimize Europe

Billionaire globalist Soros is ruining Europe.

The war of words between Hungary’s outspoken prime minister Viktor Orban and liberal billionaire George Soros escalated to previously unseen levels recently, when the Hungarian PM said that European Union leaders and Soros are seeking a “new, mixed, Muslimized Europe,” however during a visit to Romania, Orban said that Hungary’s border fences, supported by other Central European countries, will block the EU-Soros effort to increase Muslim migration into Europe.




Related:
Incredible! Leaked Documents Show Muslims Bought Off U.S. Government In Preparation For Takeover


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Privatisation Of Australia And New Zealand's Natural Resources & Is The Australian Government Crossing The Line Into A Totalitarian State?
August 18 2017 | From: TheContrail / Geopolitics

Well, if its any consolation at all, re your Australian logs, the same thing is happening over here at present as well. All our forestry was sold off and privatized here decades ago.




But the devious process has continued irrespective which political party is in power and is accelerating right now as I write.

Related: The Real Impact Seabed Mining Will Have on the Seabed

While the vast majority of the population are either sound asleep or completely brain-dead, the whole country’s wealth and natural resources are being sold off to multinational banks and corporations in collusion with the Government from under us at a rapid rate, and in most cases without even a squeak of complaint from the national flock of gullible sheep.

But in fairness, the whole process is very insidious and if you don’t stop and study the phenomenon there is no hope of ever understanding what is really happening.


A good example on our minds over here in NZ at present is the privatization of the nation’s water supply. If you remember, you told me and wrote about it in your magazine many years ago about the tyrannical privatization of South Australia’s water, where the privatized water companies now even have the cheek to charge farmers for the very rainfall that accumulates in all their dams and farms: Farm anger at dam water charges

The system is pretty much complete now across Australia and is coordinated by the Federal Government that collects extensive water consumption statistics for all Australian  states: Water Use on Australian Farms, 2015-16



Related: The Cashless Society: The Hard Road Towards An Easier Way To Pay & Australian Government To Track $100 Notes With Nano-chips As Cashless Society Looms

Under the control of: UNWater

Which in turn is controlled by its corporate “Partners” such as the Socialist World Water Council.

Which in turn is controlled by the international bankers.

Well here’s something for your Aussie consolation; just days ago Jacinda Ardern, the 37 year old dedicated little Communist troll, who has just been elected the new NZ Labour Party Leader, announced that if elected next month she wants to introduce nation-wide water charges for irrigation schemes and farmers, while we are literally drowning in water over here:


Labour Announces Royalty Charges for Water Bottlers if Elected

Jacinda Ardern announced that water bottling companies and farmers using irrigation schemes will pay a form of royalty under a Labour government. She explained how it will work to John Campbell.





Of course, its not Jacinda’s idea at all, as she well knows.

It is all coming directly from the United Nations and our Socialist colleagues in Canberra! Just simply a modified form of Stalin’s Five Year Plan.

But if this is not enough for this week! If you remember in the book Murder at Pike River Mine by Dr Jacob Cohen published in 2010, the author said one of the reasons why the 29 miners were brutally murdered and the mine was deliberately blown up was to turn the public’s opinion away from underground mining and allow foreign mining companies in to exploit our natural resources in conservation areas.



Related: Pike River: Thousands Of Unreleased Photos

With Bathurst Resources Limited chosen to secretly buy up all of New Zealand coal reserves to open cast mine it (since all completed I might add) to supply a new planned steel mill in the North Island to process and exract titanium from our rich iron-sands off the West Coast (the richest in the world) to be mined by Trans-Tasman Resources Limited, or if the steel mill was considered uneconomic, to simply export the iron-sand direct to Asia to separate the rich titanium from it there worth hundreds of billions of dollars.

Well. Trans-Tasman Resources today, (after nearly 7 years of Cohen writing his book and predicting this was secretly going to happen), was given permission by the NZ Environmental Protection Authority to dig up the iron-sands off Taranaki out in the ocean in New Zealand’s Economic Zone.



Related: The Bankers’ Scam - The Power Of Money: Beat The Bankers Through Debt Termination & Commonwealth Bank Of Australia: One Of The Largest Banks In The World Just Accused Of Laundering Millions For Drug Cartels

Effectively, this one foreign company now, indirectly owned by the same bankers that controlled NZ Oil & Gas Limited the major shareholder in Pike River Mine Limited, Bathurst Resources Limited and Trans-Tasman Resources Limited, is soon going to rape hundreds of billions of dollars worth of “black gold” titanium from our shores and we as a nation will effectively receive next to nothing in return from it.

Yet here on this incredible video announcement of it yesterday, our mainstream media prostitutes controlled by the very same bankers that control the mining companies did not even mention ONE SINGLE WORD ABOUT THE HUNDREDS OF BILLIONS OF DOLLARS WORTH OF TITANIUM included in it but only mentioned it was just “iron-sand” to placate the general public derision, in this giant lunatic mental asylum!


Firm Given Permission to Dig for Ironsands Off Taranaki


Trans Tasman Resources is the first company allowed to mine in New Zealand's Exclusive Economic Zone. But opponents vow to fight the Environmental Protection Authority's decision.





What a pack of mugs we all are? I would have thought the farmers would have had a bit more get up and go, because the ramifications of little Communist Ardern are very serious.




Is The Australian Government Crossing The Line Into A Totalitarian State?

Behind the Curtain, there seems to be no government going completely nuts more so than Australia. They are doubling taxes on all foreigners who own a property, which is a violation of international law, and then they made it a crime for a foreigner to even buy a house undisclosed.

On top of all of this insanity, they are planning to strip consumers of their legal protections if they pay in cash and fail to get a receipt. If an Australian pays for anything in cash, they suspect he is hiding money.

Related: Is Australia Becoming A Fascist State? & Study Says DTP Vaccine Associated With 212% Increased Infant Mortality Risk

This outrageous proposal is clearly exposing the Australian government as a leftist goose-stepping authoritarian regime going completely insane hunting Australians for taxes.

They are even stalking children on their way to school and then check the school as to how they are being paid. This is real Hitler stuff. That is why the Swiss created numbered accounts because Hitler made it illegal for a German to have any account outside of Germany.

This anti-free society the Australian government is establishing is just off the charts. They have set up a Black Economy Taskforce to hunt down their own citizens. This is becoming very dangerous. Can you imagine a government staking your children?



Related: Your Body Is No Longer Yours: Australia Has Become The First Country To Microchip Its Citizens & Australia: A Tracking Device In Every Car

This gestapo agency is indeed spying on its own citizens in every aspect just as did the NAZI government in Germany. They have put forth 35 recommendations contained in the interim report where they are arguing the need for “consumer-focused action” to crack down on cash payments.

The Black Economy Taskforce has turned its attention from the businesses to consumers they now say are “part of the problem” adding that “[w]e intend to examine the merits of consumer focused sanctions, including the loss of consumer protections, warranties and legal rights for people who make cash payments without obtaining a valid receipt.”

They are out to change the entire culture of Australia because the government refuses to see itself as the spendthrift causing the entire problem. They wrote:


“This is not simply of matter of imposing new penalties, but part of a wider cultural change agenda.”

The Australian government is looking to impose penalties if a consumer pays cash and FAILS to get a receipt so they can end the underground economy. They are expecting to change the culture by forcing consumers to ask for a fiscal receipts when paying cash for anything.

Now the Australian government has moved beyond eliminating cash, they seek to punish people who pay in cash. Obviously, Australia turned their own people into a hunt for taxes. Can you imagine stalking your children is legal?

What are human rights? Australia is hunting its own people as if this were a fox hunt.

Those who are looking to adopt children should consider adopting from Australia to save them from a government that is going down the path of a totalitarian regime. This is always a dangerous historical path to proceed down.

It has never ended nicely.


Related Articles:

Australian Government Ramps Up $18.5M Citizen Surveillance With “The Capability” And “iOmniscient” Technology

Warning Of An Islamic State Being Created In Australia & Radical Muslim Immigrant Now In Canadian Parliament
Pushing For Anti-Islamophobia Law

Troubles In Australia: PM-Of-The-Day Pushes Vaccination Agenda, Fascist Biometrics + More

“Smart” Grid is a Scam - Massive Surveillance, Hazardous to Health, a Totalitarian Sodomization of Society


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How The CIA Spies On Your Everyday Life, According To WikiLeaks
August 17 2017 | From: RT

WikiLeaks’ latest release from the Vault 7 series of CIA leaks, sheds more light on how ordinary people can be easily tracked and targeted by the US intelligence agency through everyday electronic devices.




Since March 7, WikiLeaks has revealed CIA hacking techniques used to weaponize mobile phones, conduct surveillance via smart TVs, and load and execute malware on a ‘target machine’.

Related: Dumbo: WikiLeaks reveals CIA system to take over webcams, microphones

In light of Thursday’s 20th release from Vault 7, RT looks back at the most explosive revelations from the CIA’s hacking arsenal, showing how the intelligence agency could spy on you in your own home.


Home Security Systems

The ‘Dumbo’ program is purportedly designed to manipulate home security systems, altering the functionality of webcams and microphones on Microsoft Windows-operating systems and corrupting video recordings.

WikiLeaks suggested that this allows the operator to create fake – or destroy real – evidence of their intrusion into the device.




Smart TVs

Many of the exploits revealed through the leaked Vault 7 documents appear designed to target ordinary individuals through commonly used devices.

The CIA allegedly has access to a range of tools that even target Samsung TVs under its ‘Weeping Angel’ program. The project involves infiltrating the smart TVs to transform them into covert microphones, which can record and store audio.



Related: WikiLeaks publishes #Vault7: 'Entire hacking capacity of the CIA'


Android Devices

Google’s Android operating system was found to have 24 ‘zero days’ – the codename used by the CIA for tools to identify and exploit vulnerabilities and secretly collect data on individuals.

The OS is used in 85 percent of the world’s smart phones, including Samsung and Sony.

By exploiting gaps in the OS, it’s possible to access data from social messaging platforms, including WhatsApp, Weibo, Telegram and Signal before encryption is applied.



Related: Time to Close US Bases in Australia? - Ending Australian Support for US Mass Surveillance and US Drone Assassination

Another program appears specifically designed to target mobile devices running Android 4.0 to 4.3, allowing a third party to intercept and redirect SMS messages.



Related: CIA can intercept & redirect SMS on Android, according to 'Highrise' document


Apple Products

Apple products are not immune to the CIA’s hacking tools either. In fact, Vault 7 revealed a specific division dedicated to the hacking of Apple devices .

A tool known as ‘NightSkies’ specifically targets Apple products including the iPhone and Macbook Air. It purportedly even allows the CIA to infiltrate factory-fresh iPhones and track and control them remotely, providing “full remote command and control.”


WiFi

WiFi can be easily exploited by the agency for spying, according to a number of leaks. One program called Cherry Blossom allegedly targets WiFi devices to monitor, control and manipulate the Internet traffic of connected users.

No physical access is needed to implant the firmware on a wireless device, as some devices allow their firmware to be upgraded over a wireless link.



Related: #Vault7: CIA’s secret cyberweapon can infiltrate world’s most secure networks

Another malware called Elsa tracks WiFi-enabled devices running Microsoft Windows, allowing the CIA to gather location data on a target’s device and monitor their patterns and habits.

The malware allows the CIA to track the geo-location of wifi-enabled devices even when they are not connected to the internet.


Microsoft

Most of the malware referenced throughout the leaks is designed for use on the widely popular Microsoft Windows operating systems.

Many of these programs focus on uploading the malware via removable devices such as USB drives. Some, such as the ‘brutal kangaroo’ project, are designed to hide themselves from detection, and can even infect devices that have never been connected to the internet by air gap jumping.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

'I'm Your Humble Friend': Positive Duterte Meeting With Tillerson Suggests U-Turn On Philippines Attitude To US & Duterte Is The Best President The Philippines Has Ever Had
August 15 2017 | From: Sott / Sott / Various

In an unusually soft tone, Philippines President Rodrigo Duterte has called himself a "humble friend" of Washington while meeting with Secretary of State Rex Tillerson. It comes despite Duterte recently calling the US "lousy."



"I am happy to see you...and you have come at a time when the world is not so good, especially in the Korean peninsula, and of course, the ever-nagging problem of the South China Sea," Duterte told Tillerson at the presidential palace on Monday, as quoted by Reuters.

Related: The CIA’s Cloddish ISIS Attack on Duterte

The Philippines leader went as far as to state his country and the US are "friends" and even "allies."

"I am your humble friend in Southeast Asia," Duterte said.

Tillerson arrived in the Philippines on Saturday to participate in the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) Regional Forum, as well as to hold diplomatic meetings with the bloc's members and its dialogue partners.



Duterte's softer tone represents a change of heart from the leader's usual rhetoric. In fact, he called the US "lousy" less than three weeks ago.


"There will never be a time that I will go to America during my term, or even thereafter," Duterte said in late July.

"I've seen America and it's lousy," he added.

The comments came after US senators accused Duterte's domestic anti-drug campaign of widespread abuses and casualties - a move which prompted the leader to bite back, accusing Washington of its own violations.


"It would be good for the US Congress to start with their own investigation of their own violations of the so many civilians killed in the prosecution of the wars in the Middle East," Duterte said.

"Otherwise I will be forced to investigate you also. I will start with your past sins."

Those were far from the first anti-US remarks to be muttered by Duterte, who announced his "separation" from Washington last year.


"In this venue, your honors, in this venue, I announce my separation from the United States," he told an audience of Chinese and Philippine business people in October 2016.

However, he appeared to backtrack just one day later, saying Manila would not be triggering a severance of ties.



Related:
Duterte Slams Oxford University & Intellectual Elitism this time

Duterte has also taken aim at former US President Barack Obama on multiple occasions, including in May - four months after he had left the White House.


"It came to a point that repeatedly Obama said [this], the State Department said [this], and everybody there was an idiot," Duterte said, while recalling Obama's approach to negotiations with the Philippines.

"So we go, 'You can go to hell. You can eat your assistance; we do not need it; we will survive.' So I go, from now on, I will adapt an independent foreign policy and I will deal with any country that I like,"
he added.

The Philippines leader called Obama a "son of a b**ch/whore" in September 2016, prompting the former president to cancel a planned meeting with him. However, Duterte later backtracked and said the comment was directed at a reporter.

Meanwhile, Duterte also warned the US last year not to treat his country like a "dog on a leash," while adding that he didn't want to see American troops in the Philippines.



Two leaders who are both fighting the Cabal. Of course the Cabal owns the mainstream media and relentlessly assaults the public with 'fake news' propaganda and lies. And most of the stupid, sleeping masses buy it hook, line and sinker...

Related: ‘Trump Wouldn't Become A Billionaire If He Were Stupid’ – Duterte Praises US President + Trump Slams Press: “The Fake Media Has Gotten Even Worse Since The Election”

The leader seems to be more at ease with Donald Trump in the office than Barack Obama, and has previously spoken positively about the president, saying in April that Trump wouldn't have become a billionaire if he was "stupid."


"Trump is a deep man, he just pretends otherwise. Like me, I'm not really very bright."

Trump, for his part, has praised Duterte for doing an "unbelievable job on the drug problem," while the Philippine leader's so-called 'war on drugs' has led to the deaths of more than 8,000 people and been slammed by the European Union and United Nations, among other critics.

Comment: Most likely, Duterte distinguishes the Trump administration from Congress and Deep State.

Related: Duterte Continues To Defy Western Propaganda



Duterte Is The Best President The Philippines Has Ever Had

Duterte wants dignity, freedom and safety for his country. He is a uniquely patriotic and devoted individual who deserves support.



Recently thePhilippines celebrated 199 years of independence from Spain, but it was during that fateful year of 1898 that the country switched one colonial master for another.


Related: Blood Bath between Duterte and the CIA

The Spanish-American war saw Philippines along with Cuba, Guam and Puerto Rico come under US control. However, it was Philippines that gave the United States the most to worry about. It was during the Philippine-America war of 1899-1902 that was America's first experience in fighting a colonial insurgency.

It would be the first of many. Simultaneous to this, a separate rebellion broke out among Philippine Moros, the Muslim population of the country. This was something that both the US and later independent Philippine governments had to face.

Although Philippines became fully independent in 1946, it was a kind of independence that perversely relied on a deeply dependant relationship on America which by the end of the 1940s was a world-leading economic and military super-power.

Today, Philippines has a strongly independent President who has spoken openly and clearly of his desire not to be treated like a colony any longer. President Rodrigo Duterte has pursued a foreign policy independent of US edicts and one which disregards the neo-clonial attitude of US funded NGOs.

Duterte is now having to face down an ISIS insurgency on the southern island of Mindanao and the city of Marawi in particular. ISIS coalesced during Duterte's Presidency not because Duterte wanted war with Moros but because he wanted peace.



Related: Why Neoliberals are frightened of Duterte defeating ISIS

Duterte had promised a new federal structure for the country and barring that, promised autonomy for Mindanao, where Duterte himself was born and for years was mayor of the city of Davao.

ISIS also knew that if Duterte was successful in crushing the violent drugs trade in Philippines, they would be deprived of a major source of revenue, generated from the cultivation, sale and trafficking of drugs.

Duterte has pledged to fight all of these threats but many in Philippines are not giving him the support nor the credit he deserves.

Many opposition figures, particularly those in the Philippine Liberal Party have questioned his decision to declare martial law in Mindanao. Even more concerning is a recent statement by the Philippine Department of Tourism which stated that it is Duterte's declaration of martial law that has seen tourism to Mindanao decline.

Logic would dictate that the presence of ISIS is the reason tourism has declined, but there is increasingly little logic among Duterte's opponents who are keen to retain their position as post-colonial elites who care more for their own wealth and prestige than for the people of their country.


Now, Duterte is facing yet another problem, the very real threat of a soft military power struggle against his Presidency. After initial reports that the Philippine government requested US assistance in fighting ISIS, a request confirmed by the United States, President Duterte has stated that no such request originated from himself or his colleagues.

He furthermore stated that;



"...our soldiers are pro-American, that I cannot deny".

He further stated that he only found out that American forces had agreed to 'assist' Philippines from the same Reuters report cited in breaking reports from The Duran.

It is a deeply dangerous scenario if military commanders in Philippines are acting unilaterally, without the permission let alone consent of their President.

It is imperative that at this time of crisis, Philippine law makers and ordinary people alike support their President. The very independence celebrated on the 12th of June is better represented by Duterte than any previous Philippine leader in the modern age.

President Rodrigo Duterte wants for his people that which a subservient post-colonial/neo-colonial attitude could never possibly achieve: dignity.

Duterte is the last best hope for the Philippine people and the Philippine nation. He is, simply put, the best President that the country has ever had and may have for some time.



Related: 'Don't f**k with me about ISIS': Duterte slams world leaders in anti-ISIS pledge

Duterte understands not only the modern realities of his country but the modern realities of a multi-polar world. It is not realistic in the 21st century for an East Asian country to continue to act as a post-colonial satellite of declining American power.

It is essential for Philippines to develop and cultivate new regional partnerships, especially with China, a super-power which is far closer to Philippines than the United States.

Rodrigo Duterte understands that while building new bridges, one must not burn the old. His apparently good relationship with Donald Trump is evidence of the fact that Duterte means what he says when he states he is still wiling to work with America on important issues, only from a position of mutual-respect rather than that of a slave to a master.

President Duterte is a man uniquely moved by a patriotic purpose and uniquely guided by the hand of destiny. If his plans are embraced, Philippines stands the real chance to enter into a new, more peaceful and more prosperous age. If Duterte is rejected, the Philippine people will have rejected their best chance at achieving true independence in every sense: political, military, economic and even spiritual.

On this day, one must celebrate not only achievements of the Philippine past but the prospects of a better Philippine future, a future which Duterte can guide the country towards better than any of his rivals.


Comment: Duterte has no problem with plainly voicing his opinions and goals.Very refreshing.

Related: Buh-bye backstabbing Western imperialists! Duterte arrives in Moscow with aim of increasing ties with Russia


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Google Whistleblowers: Search Engine Penalizing All Sites That Don’t Conform To Political Correctness & Everything You Need To Know About Net Neutrality
August 14 2017 | From: NaturalNews / Digg

Tech and media behemoth Google is continuing to flex its considerable muscle by controlling more of what you are ‘allowed’ to see. And it’s being based entirely on political ideology.



As reported by Breitbart News, company whistleblowers are now coming out of the woodwork to spill the beans on the tech giant’s growing bias against conservative thought and opinion after Google fired engineer James Damore for daring to challenge the company’s predominant Left-wing bias in a 10-page memo, where he defended diversity of viewpoints and offered a fact-based defense of gender gaps for certain fields.

Related: Nationwide #MarchOnGoogle announced for Saturday, August 19th, across 9 U.S. cities

As Breitbart noted, more Google employees are speaking out in support of Damore’s manifesto, but they are having to do so anonymously because ‘diversity-seeking’ Google really doesn’t want diversity of thought or opinion, just authoritarian compliance with Alt-Left orthodoxy:


Damore’s ten-page manifesto, which was met by an immediate backlash, described a climate of fear, in which employees who challenge prevailing leftist narratives at the company are faced with immediate threats to their career. Damore’s own experience appears to confirm this.

In response, the site is publishing exclusive interviews under the series title “Rebels of Google,” featuring employees of the tech giant who have reached out to confirm much of what Damore wrote.


Google’s Worst Nightmare

The American people are preparing to fight back against the internet giant.

Jack Posobiec has launched the website marchongoogle.com in an attempt to raise awareness that Google is rigging algorithms to manipulate its search results in what they see as a favorable manner.



In the first interview of the series, one employee named “Hal” talked about how Google mid- and upper-level managers conduct “witch hunts” and practice ideological intolerance against conservatives.

Hal also discussed dysfunction at the company’s upper management echelons. (Related: Google redefines ‘fascism’ to smear conservatives.)

In a follow-up, an ex-Google engineer using the alias “Emmett” - who worked at the company for several years - was asked about allegations that employees within the company’s Ad Sales department had “a great deal of sympathy” with Google’s Sleeping Giants campaign, which reportedly denies ad revenue to independent and alternative media like Breitbart News and The Rebel Media.

According to one anonymous source, some Google employees in Ad Sales are “openly encouraging Adwords customers to pull their ads from Breitbart and Rebel Media.”

Emmett confirmed that claim.



Related: A Convergence Of Evil: Google, Amazon And Facebook Use Technology To Enslave Humanity, Suppress Knowledge And Accelerate Human Suffering


"A number of friends have privately confirmed this to me,” said the whistleblower. “I know there are efforts to demote anything non-PC, anti-Communist, and anti-Islamic terror from search results. To what extent that has been successful, I don’t know.”

That said, Emmett told Breitbart he personally saw Leftists within the company program bias into YouTube’s algorithms so that anti-PC content would be pushed off the platform’s “related videos” recommendations.


"I have read internal mailing list email from SJWs [social justice warriors] absolutely incensed that there’d be, say, a Sargon of Akkad video appearing as a video related to one of their favorite SJW vloggers.

This is what happens when you have unbiased algorithms, which at the time, was true. I don’t have to tell you that, in that e-mail, the SJW was quite literally asking that the ‘related videos’ function be perverted so that such a thing would stop happening,”
Emmett said.



Big Data: Shocking Evidence that Nobody's Talking About








What’s more, the former engineer said, ordinary users of Google and related servers won’t even notice that there is censorship taking place.


“The software could just astroturf your ‘Related Videos’ section, and you would be none the wiser,” he said.

“Sure, if you know what to look for, perhaps you’d notice. But the vast majority of the viewership would never know. That’s the whole point of such a disinformation program, right? If you can tell it’s disinformation, you would never ever believe it.”

He added it was “only a matter of time” before the company began to bias its search results against Trump supporters, Republicans and anyone who leans to the right, politically."

“I don’t have to tell you that there was an internal meltdown at Google when the election was over,” he said.

“The hysteria has only ever reached a higher level once. That was throughout this weekend, thanks to the #GoogleManifesto [Damore’s screed] scandal.”

He noted that it’s even unwise to speak out against Democratic politicians at the company, let alone agree with Damore.

There are search and media alternatives to this kind of blatant censorship and ideological blackmail, including GoodGopher.com and Censored.news. Bookmark and utilize both if you want your news and information unfiltered.


Related Articles:

Ideological Diversity Under Attack

Google, Not GCHQ, Is The Truly Chilling Spy Network & Top 10 Disturbing Facts About Facebook

YouTube Cracks Down on Diamond and Silk - Demonetizes 95% of Their Videos ‘For Supporting Trump’



Everything You Need To Know About Net Neutrality

While the term “net neutrality” may elicit the same effect as as taking a Tylenol PM, recently it got some serious star power behind it. Silicon Valley celebs from over 40 tech companies like Facebook, Google, Reddit, Netflix, and Pornhub rallied to inform the masses of the dangers of net neutrality rules being removed.

The imminent threat to net neutrality has the potential to seriously affect each and every one of our daily lives, and we should all be informed of the consequences.

Related: Here’s How You Stop Internet Censorship

How and why, you ask? Let’s start from the very beginning:


What Exactly is Net Neutrality?

According to the Internet Association, “strong net neutrality rules give people the power to choose which websites and apps are best.” In other words, they essentially keep the internet free, as we know it.

A rollback of these rules will give Internet Service Providers (ISPs) the power to prioritize the sites and apps you visit every day: slowing them, speeding them, or blocking them altogether. Your ISP could even choose to slow down or censor websites that opt out of paying extra fees to be prioritized. Website you really, really love. Like Netflix. Or Hulu. Or Digg. Or, y'know, Pornhub.



Related: Seven Reasons Why The Internet Of Things Should Scare You & The Internet Of Things Poses Human Health Risks: Scientists Question The Safety Of Untested 5G Technology At International Conference

On the other hand, ISPs could also choose to charge individuals like you and me extra fees to access sites that typically use more data. (Again, think streaming services and GoT.) Worse, they could potentially manipulate your internet access to push their own business agenda like proprietary cable services, news sites, email services, etc.


What the heck was “The Day of Action”?

Led by the aforementioned tech giants, The Day of Action was an effort to make pro net neutrality sentiments heard by the FCC. From posting on social media to posting homepage banners to requesting users reach out themselves, The Day of Action succeeded in drawing much needed attention to the issue.


How Can You Get Involved?

All signs point to FCC Chairman Ajit Pai initiating a rollback of net neutrality regulations later this summer, and a singular day of action may not be enough to stop it. If you like free internet, you can give the FCC a piece of your mind, by clicking here and then clicking “+ Express” to send a message.





Related:
8 Ways You Should Already Be Protecting Your Data From Hackers

If you really want to make things complicated for your ISP, you may choose to start using a VPN when you surf the web. Employing a VPN, like Disconnect, allows you to bypass the throttling and censorship efforts that could be put forth by your ISP. Disconnect routes your mobile and desktop internet traffic through a private server, encrypting your every move from the prying eyes of your ISP and cyber criminals alike.

Perhaps best of all, VPNs just make things incredibly inconvenient for your ISP (especially when it comes to selling your data to ad marketers). And who doesn’t love that?




The Internet Has Empowered The People After It Was Designed To Take Full Control

Technology is a double edged sword and the internet is being used to destroy the globalists.

Alex Jones talks with Dr. Steve Pieczenik about how the internet was created to take more control from the people but ended up having the opposite effect.





Related Articles:

Top Canadian Court Permits Worldwide Internet Censorship & Five-Eyes Nations Want Communications Providers To Bust Crypto For Them

Soros Expands Efforts To Keep “Net Neutrality” Censorship

In Connected World, Users Are Getting Reared As Slaughter Animals + Facebook Employees Are Quitting Because Of Users Being Censored

If You Question The Establishment You Are Guilty Of Espionage, Says Corporate Media - Because Russia + The “Fake News” Furor And The Threat Of Internet Censorship

Censored, Surveilled, Watch Listed And Jailed: The Absurdity Of Being A Citizen In A Police State

Stop Censorship: Time For Us All To Finally Break Google, Facebook and Twitter?

Censorship Shock: Amazon.com Bans Investigative Book ‘Nobody Died At Sandy Hook’ Because It Disagrees With Government Version Of What Happened

Imagine The Internet Without Links: Censorship Is Like A Virus, So We Need To Be Viral Too


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Community Groups, Farmers, Doctors, Scientists And Individuals Are Actively Working Toward A Complete Ban Of 1080 Poison Use In NZ
August 14 2017 | From: EnviroWatchRangitikei / WaterSourceNZ / TVWild

An excellent new website / resource has been established by the Graf Boys (Clyde & Steve Graf) who have actively campaigned for many years against the wholesale slathering of NZ with 1080 poison.  These guys are not armchair experts.



The World Health Organization (WHO) classifies 1080 as ‘Extremely Hazardous’, most countries ban it outright, yet NZ uses 85% of the world’s supply - presumably the world hasn’t figured out what a wonderful thing it really is.

Related: Golden Bay Locals Decline Accommodation For 1080 Workers Amid Relative Media Silence Still

NZ’s ‘esteemed’ leaders feel compelled it seems to press on in the face of mounting independent research/science against this hideous practice. Land of the clean and green no more.

You’ll find links to all of the relevant information at their site. See our pages also for other articles on 1080.


Water Source NZ

Community groups, farmers, doctors, scientists and individuals are actively working toward a complete ban of 1080 poison use in New Zealand. Every day more people are becoming more informed and more involved with reviewing and questioning the “research” and information used by the poisoning agencies to justify their massive aerial 1080 poisoning campaigns.



Robin eating 1080: The "Mangarakau Swamp Trust" that runs a bird breeding program, supports 1080. Robins are one of the breed they are trying to recover. Interesting that they support the poison drop that feeds the swamp where these birds are breeding. These poison drops back on to our waterways and so for 6 months we can not enter the bush with our dogs, nor drink the water that is piped from the river, nor swim in the rivers

Related: Death by 1080 - Want Proof They Die Painfully?

The Facebook page 1080 Eyewitness now boasts over 16,000 members – momentum is certainly growing …

Science – We often use and reference the 1080 Science website – Dr Jo Pollard has spent several years reviewing and collecting scientific information and data – www.1080science.co.nz – The website includes information on all aspects of 1080 poison, the Environmental Risk Management Authority’s reassessment, reviews on the Parliamentary Commissioner for the Environment’s independent report into 1080 poison, and also research submitted by independent scientists.

The Graf Boys documentary work – In 2006 The Graf Boys  (Clyde & Steve) were asked by community members from Taupo if they could make a documentary about 1080 poison. They agreed.



Picking up 1080 after a drop bucket fell off a helicopter in the Arawhata Valley riverbed in 2008

Related: Doubling drop of 1080 near Haast

The documentary was called - A Shadow of Doubt  - took 12 months to produce, and it played twice on Maori Television. The film was a subtle introduction to 1080 poison use in New Zealand, with no fingers pointed. (The Graf Boys have since produced over 20 documentaries and short films on the subject of 1080 poison).

In 2008, while exploring the Kahurangi National Park, the brothers filmed a native weka bird feeding on a possum carcass. Endemic birds are meant to be protected, not poisoned by toxic animal carcasses laying around after aerial poison drops.  

As a result, The Graf Boys spent the next 18 months filming Poisoning Paradise. This time the documentary was blunt, and pulled no punches. The film won multiple international awards, but to this day, no national television station in New Zealand has played the film – despite being offered it free, many times.

To watch Poisoning Paradise click here.


Related Articles:

Dropping 1080 on trampers – the 2013 Marlborough incident you possibly didn’t hear about

1080 Poison Dropped On Fishing Guide And Clients On West Coast River

Could This Healthy 23 Year Old’s Cardiac Arrest Have Been Caused by Exposure To 1080? + The Stock Deaths From 1080 Poison & How DOC Is Hiding Them In The Paper Work

1080: NZ Animals Killed For No Reason In $80m Yearly 1080 Drops

Satanists Escape Plan Involves Killing Natives Of New Zealand


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Next Move To Steal Your Money: A Plan To Rip-Off Your Wealth
August 13 2017 | From: FinalWakeUpCall

A false flag climate agreement: The global financial elite launch new plan to steal your wealth without plainly telling you what they’re doing.



They use language that only they understand and a few people more that are trained to grasp the meaning. They usually are hiding their plans in plain sight..

Related: How Capitalist Central Banks Have Been Creating the Next Financial Crisis

Here is the next plan: The global elite signed the Paris Climate Agreement on April 22, 2016, empathically called “Earth Day."

Its stated purpose is to limit global warming to less than 2 degrees Celsius. In pursuance thereof, it demands a drastic reduction of carbon dioxide emissions. Some scientists argue it could require zero emissions sometime between 2030–2050.

This “climate agreement” is going under a false flag. It is less a climate agreement than an elite’s argument that they can use to advance agenda 2030. And no one will suspect it.

On April 25, 2016, it was announced: “How to Finance Global Reflation.”

Be assured that already long before the world’s central banksters clearly have brewed a medicine inadequate to its purpose. Money printing, quantitative easing, zero and negative interest rates – none of it’s revived the failing global economy. And now they’re panicking as officially ‘recession’ looms once again. The solution?



Related: The Khazarian Bankster Cult That Hijacked The World & Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom

Massive global spending to combat “climate change” - a page straight from the Keynesian book of virtues. Global in other words “helicopter money”. And to the tune of many trillions. As is stated:


"Investment in global public goods – namely, the infrastructure needed to meet the needs of the developing world and to mitigate climate change – could spur global reflation.

An estimated $6 trillion in infrastructure investment will be needed annually over the next 15 years just to address global warming. Moreover, the G-20 has estimated that an additional $7.1 trillion in annual investment by the nine top economies, will be needed to sustain moderate global growth.

This time the Khazarian controlled IMF would run the show, through the issuance of special drawing rights (SDRs):

With the U.S., the issuer of the world’s pre-eminent reserve currency, unwilling or unable to provide the liquidity needed to close the infrastructure investment gap, a new supplementary reserve currency should be instituted.

Central banks, in order to generate resources, would expand their balance sheets by investing through the IMF in the form of increased SDRs…

They can be invested as such in the World Bank and other multilateral development banks, which can decide which global public goods deserve the resources…

In this way, global public goods can be not only funded; they can also propel global recovery."

Related: Keynes Must Die



Related: Wikileaks Reveals IMF Plan To "Cause A Credit Event In Greece And Destabilize Europe"

There it is – global economic recovery courtesy of the IMF – through a “supplementary reserve currency.” And saving the planet into the bargain!

And man-made global-waming / climate change is not even a real thing!

Will this scheme accomplish any thing? No matter. It’s just an argument for the sake of printing more money.

Could global warming be just the vehicle the elites are riding to their agenda 2030?



Related: Six Issues That Are Agenda 21 & Myth Busters: Introducing Agenda 2030


It’s the biggest scam of all. Central banks invest in a new world money issued by the IMF called special drawing rights, or SDRs. Then the IMF, the World Bank and others take this money and invest in climate change, infrastructure and other projects they choose.

Soon this new money sloshing around causes inflation and wipes out the real value of existing government debt and in the process your savings.

The elites fund their pet projects, government debt melts away and you pay the bill. Best of all from the elite’s perspective, almost no one understands what’s happening, because the method is highly technical.


SDR Solution for Global Reserve Currency:

A nation with a reserve currency must run massive trade deficits to sustain global trade. The trouble is those massive deficits will ultimately bankrupt the issuing nation. So it must either choose to serve the world, or itself.

The IMF faces not such constraint, because it isn’t a country. Hence the SDR solution for global growth through unlimited spending and printing.



Related: Western Banks Crumble While Yuan Joins The IMF SDR Basket

Now the U.S. owns the reserve currency and consequently has to run trade deficits, in order to supply thesedollars to financing world trade. That created their appetite for imports financed by printed dollars. So, problem solved the world got dollars and global trade flourished.

However, running deficits long enough, will end in bankruptcy. Any reserve system based on a local currency would eventually collapse because there would either be too many of them or not enough gold at ‘fixed’ prices to keep the game going. This paradox between deficits and confidence eventually is unsustainable.

The US dollar reserve system broke down in the 1970s. The solution applied was to abolish the dollar-gold peg in 1971, and demonetise gold in 1974.

In 1969 at the time forward looking, the IMF’s Special Drawing Right, SDR were invented. The SDR was a new kind of world money printed by the IMF.

The idea was that it could be used as a reserve currency side by side with the US dollar. This meant that if the U.S. cured its trade deficit, and supplied fewer dollars to the world, any shortfall in reserves could be made up by printing SDRs.



Related: NASA Confirms: Sea Levels Have Been Falling Across The Planet For Two Years - Media Silent & Dr. Tim Ball Crushes Climate Change: The Biggest Deception in History

In fact, SDRs were printed and handed out repeatedly during the dollar crisis from 1969–1980. But in the 1970s the illegal petrodollar was invented with the help of Henry Kissinger, in collaboration with the king of Saudi Arabia and some private cabal banksters.

Under the petrodollar system, U.S. interest rates would be high enough to make it without gold an attractive reserve asset, this time actually with oil backing. Under the condition Saudi Arabia kept oil priced in dollars. This “petrodollar deal” meant that countries that wanted to buy oil, needed dollars to pay for it whether they liked the dollar or not.

So, US dollars were used to buy U.S. exports like aircraft, heavy equipment and agricultural produce. The game continued this time without gold. This new Age of King Dollar lasted from 1980–2010. Still, all was based on confidence in the dollar. The U.S. continued to run large trade deficits. World trade lived on dollar reserves with China leading the way.

But this game ended in 2010 with the start of the currency war in the aftermath of the Panic of 2008. Trading partners again were competing for position as they did in the early 1970s. A new systemic collapse is imminent.


Impossible Situation:

The weak dollar of 2011 was designed to stimulate U.S. growth and to keep the world from sinking into a new depression.



Related: Weather Channel founder Tells CNN “Climate Change Is A Hoax” - 31,000 Scientists Agree & Al Gore Confuses Tides With Global Warming Ocean Rise Apocalypse, Claims Fish Are “Swimming In The Streets” Of Miami Due To Climate Change

It worked for a short while, but the tables turned as most world debt was dominated in USD and had to be repaid in USD, causing the US dollar to strengthen again, while the euro and yen weakened. That gave Japan and Europe some relief, but it came at the expense of the U.S., where growth had slowed down again.

An alternative solution would have been a new gold standard to solve the currency war problem, but that would require a gold price of $10,000 per ounce in order to be non-deflationary.

No central bankster in the world wants that, because it limits their ability to print money and losing the ability to acting as world’s central economic planners.


Two Problems Solved at Once:

But in 1969 already an alternative was created, the SDR from the IMF another Khazarian entity. Now two problems were solved at once, as the reserve currency issuer has to run trade deficits, and ending up being broke. But SDRs are issued by the IMF.

The IMF is not a country and does not have a trade deficit. In theory, the IMF can print SDRs forever and never go broke. The SDRs just go round and round among the IMF members in a closed circuit.



Related: David Icke - How The Rothschild Family Plan To Crash The Economy

Individuals won’t have SDRs. Only countries will have them in their reserves. These puppet countries have no desire to break the new SDR system, because they’re all in it together.

And as such the Khazarians have created a new lease on time to continue to plunder the wealth and money of citizens, who remain the losers as before, as their local currency is inflated for THEFT.

Once again that is why it is important to be protected by precious metals and other hard assets, but sadly most people will be caught unaware, like the Greeks who lined up at empty ATMs.

This SDR system is so little understood that people won’t know where the inflation is coming from. Elected officials will blame the IMF, but the IMF is unaccountable. That’s the beauty of SDRs, debt problems are inflated away and no one is accountable.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Someone Just Noticed That Trump Is Getting Stuff Done + By The Numbers: President Trump’s Historic First 200 Days - Promises Kept And Records Broken
August 12 2017 | From: Investors / TheGatewayPundit

Achievements: After weeks and months of fixating on tweets and Russia, someone in the press decided to have a look at what the Trump administration has been up to since January. Lo and behold, they discovered that it's getting a lot done.



"Trump Has Quietly Accomplished More Than It Appears" reads the headline in the Atlantic.

Related: Hell Freezes Over: CNN Admits “Mueller’s Investigation of Trump is Going Too Far”


"With the Trump administration's chaos sucking up all the attention," the article begins, "it's been able to move forward on a range of its priorities...

It is remaking the justice system, rewriting environmental rules, overhauling public-lands administration, and greenlighting major infrastructure projects.

It is appointing figures who will guarantee the triumph of its ideological vision for decades to come."

It goes on to detail these achievements, many of which we've highlighted on these pages.

Border crossings, for example, have plummeted, even though all Trump has done so far is promise to enforce existing laws.

The Supreme Court approved parts of Trump's travel ban, a success made possible by Trump's appointment of Neil Gorsuch to the bench.

Trump is busy filling lower court positions with conservative justices. Ron Klain, a White House aide to Bill Clinton and Barack Obama, said that Trump "is proving wildly successful in one respect: naming youthful conservative nominees to the federal bench in record-setting numbers."



Related: Trump Makes History! Only President in US History to Oversee 2 Stock Market Rallies of 9 or More Record Days in a Row

What else? Well, Trump pulled out of the Paris climate change deal, which as we noted in this space is a yuuuge win for the economy.

The EPA, meanwhile, is dismantling Obama's coal-killing, growth-choking Clean Power Plan, and draining the heavy-handed Waters of the United States rule.

When a veteran EPA official resigned this week, she complained in a letter to her former colleagues that "the new EPA Administrator already has repeals of 30 rules under consideration," which the New York Times described as "a regulatory rollback larger in scope than any other over so short a time in the agency's 47-year history."

Trump promised to kill two regulations for every new one enacted, but in his first six months the ratio was 16-to-1.



Related: Foxconn Announces New Multi-Billion Dollar Plant in Michigan

Trump also approved the Keystone XL and other pipeline projects held up by Obama. He's also rolled back a ban on coal mining on public lands.

To be sure, Trump hasn't scored a major legislative achievement on signature issues like ObamaCare and tax reform.

The Atlantic writer describes the administration's achievements as something akin to a shadow government. But these actions aren't in the shadows. They're just being ignored by a media that is obsessed with digging up dirt on Trump.




House Judiciary Calls for Investigation Into Comey, Lynch, Clinton






Related Articles:

Leaked Document Reveals McMaster Granted Susan Rice “Unfettered Access to Classified Information”

Full Scale Attack: Jared Kushner’s Family’s Real Estate Company Subpoenaed Over Investment Program

Mueller Crosses Red Line: Probe Expands to Possible Financial Crimes Unrelated to Russia

Senators Write Bi-Partisan Bill to Prevent Trump From Firing Mueller

Trump’s Choices

The Deep State Doesn’t Want You To Read This Memo

MSNBC: ‘Trump Should Be On 24-Hour Suicide Watch’

JFK Killing: Lies & Russophobia

National Security Advisor H.R. McMaster Exposed as Globalist Puppet for Billionaire George Soros

Fifty-Three Members of US Congress off to Israel for their Annual Brainwashing





By The Numbers: President Trump’s Historic First 200 Days - Promises Kept And Records Broken

In July President Trump promoted American made products from all 50 states in the White House including a Stetson cowboy hat from Texas. This was just one of his campaign promises – to buy American goods and to hire American employees.



To date President Trump is true to his campaign promises.  Here is a list of  President Trump’s Accomplishments with comparisons to Congress and Obama.

Related:
Why The Rust Belt Just Gave Donald Trump A Hero’s Welcome + Jared Kushner Denies Russian Collusion: Trump Won Because He ‘Had A Better Message And Ran A Smarter Campaign’

President Trump started off as aggressive as any President ever in working for the American people as he promised.

In President Trump’s first six months since the election and since his inauguration the US Stock Markets are at record highs and millions of Americans are benefitting in their retirement savings accounts.


Stock Market




The DOW daily closing stock market average has risen 21% since the election on November 8th. (On November 9th the DOW closed at 18,332 - on August 7th the DOW closed at 22,118).

Since the Inauguration on January 20th the DOW is up 12%. (It was at 19,827 at January 20th.)

The DOW took just 66 days to climb from 19,000 to above 21,000, the fastest 2,000 point run ever. The DOW closed above 19,000 for the first time on November 22nd and closed above 21,000 on March 1st.

The DOW closed above 20,000 on January 25th and the March 1st rally matched the fastest-ever 1,000 point increase in the DOW at 24 days.

On February 28th President Trump matched President Reagan’s 1987 record for most continuous closing high trading days when the
DOW reached a new high for its 12th day in a row!

On Monday August 7th President Trump oversaw the 2nd stock market rally of his Presidency of 9 or more days in a row of all time closing highs.  No President has ever overseen 2 such rallies!

The S&P 500 and the NASDAQ have both set new all-time highs during this period.

The US Stock Market gained $4 trillion in wealth since Trump was elected!

The S&P 500 also broke $20 Trillion for the first time in its history. (Under President Obama the stock market tanked after his election by nearly 3,000 points or 33% but recovered back to its starting point by August 8th in his first 200 days.  The market was still well under its all time high by more than 4,000 points.)



US Debt

As of today, President Trump decreased the US Debt since his inauguration by (-$102) Billion.

President Obama increased the US debt in his first 200 days by more than $1 Trillion. 




Government Assistance - Food Stamps

More than 1.1 million fewer Americans on food stamps under President Trump.


Jobs

According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics President Trump added a projected 1,290,000 jobs in his first 200 days (January through July 2017.) President Obama on the other hand lost more than (4,154,000) million jobs in his first 200 days.




Unemployment

Also according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics President Trump decreased the unemployment rate since his inauguration from 4.8% to 4.3% (January through July 2017).

The unemployment rate in January 2017 was 4.8% and by July it was down to 4.3%. President Obama on the other hand moved in the opposite direction. In his first 200 days as President the US unemployment rate increased nearly each month from 7.8% in January 2009 to 9.5% by July of 2009.




Inflation

According to the US Bureau of Labor Statistics the US inflation rate decreased to an eight month low in June to 1.6%. This is in part due to President Trump’s energy policies that are helping average Americans in their pocket books with cheaper gas and electricity. 

The rate has not yet been reported for July. (Under Obama the inflation rate sank to a scary -2.1% by July of 2009.)




Housing Sales

Housing sales are red-hot in the US right now. In 2011, houses for sale were on the market an average 84 days. This year, it’s just 45 days.

According to the US Census Bureau, there were nearly twice as many US housing sales in the past couple of months as there were under President Obama in 2009 during the same time period. (The annualized housing sales rate for June 2017 are reported at 610,000 where in 2009 this amount was only 393,000.)





Decrease in Regulations

One of the first things that President Trump did in office was to reduce the number or burdensome regulations put in place during the Obama era. In January President Trump signed his 2 for 1 executive order mandating that for every new regulation, two regulations needed to be revoked.

Even far left Politico notes that significant new federal regulations since Trump’s inauguration have slowed to an almost total halt.



Related: President Trump: Replace The Dollar With Gold As The Global Currency To Make America Great Again

Regulations cost Americans and American companies money to implement and maintain. Reducing or halting regulations allows companies to spend their money on more prudent money making areas.


Other Results

The US Manufacturing Index soared to a 33 year high in President Trump’s first six months which was the best number since 1983 under President Reagan. Illegal immigration is down 67% since last year under President Trump.


Below is a partial list of additional actions taken by President Trump that are maintained at a reddit site:

President Trump is donating his paycheck. He gets nothing from us for all of this work

He killed the TPP

He pulled out of the Paris accord

He had a major victory on sugar exports from Mexico. Made Mexico drop the exports % and the amount of refined sugar. Will help our sugar industry and the US sugar mills that produce refined sugar from raw sugar

He notified Congress of NAFTA renegotiation on May 18th. Talks can start 90 days later on Aug 16th, 2017

He opened up selling beef to China and LNG gas as well as giving a way to get 1 billion Chinese credit scores so the USA can offer them credit. Trade deal was done in record time

Secretary Ross slapped more than $2 billion in fines on China and Canada for illegal trade practices

He repealed 14 Obama regulations via CRA saving $ billions in costs to the economy

North Dakota experiencing a boom since Dakota access pipeline finished (500,000 Barrels now flowing through pipeline per day)

Keystone pipeline construction ongoing

Mining, steel and oil/gas jobs booming

Mines reopening

He launched the United States-Canada Council for Advancement of Women Entrepreneurs and Business Leaders with Canadian PM Justin Trudeau

He cut $1.6 billion costs from Air Force one and F-35 airplanes

He put a regulatory freeze on all federal governmental agencies

Food Stamp spending is down almost $1 billion per month and $12 billion per year per USAD

6,000 MS-13 gang members arrested in first 5 months

66,000 mostly criminal illegals arrested by ICE in first 5 months

TRAVEL BAN upheld by SCOTUS by 9-0 ruling. Extreme vetting will now become law of the land

See many more positive actions at the link above



Congressional Actions

The one material action taken by Congress was to confirm Justice Gorsuch to SCOTUS!

39+ bills have been signed into law so far

Obamacare repeal and replace passed the House but remains stuck in the Senate

Tax cuts and tax reform are moving through Congress

Returned power to make decisions on “transgender bathrooms” to states

The Senate voted for VA accountability act – A major victory for Trump agenda signed into law on 06/23/17


The President also pointed out numerous times that the MSM (Main Stream Media) reports only on a made up Russia conspiracy story and ignores these accomplishments.



Related: Complete List Of President Trump’s Major Accomplishments In First 100 Days + Trump Mulling Breakup Of Wall Street Banks

These actions are making the majority of Americans aware of the tremendous bias and falsehoods emanating from the media in the US and abroad. This too is another major Trump accomplishment.


In Summary

President Trump is doing all he can for the American people and as a result the economic results are incredible. In nearly every category the economy is improving under President Trump especially when compared to the same time period for President Obama.

In spite of Congress’s somewhat pathetic results to date President Trump is providing Americans positive and historic results and hope for the future.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Something Very Strange About The Media Black Out On Major PedoGate Arrests - Worldwide Crackdowns Happening Now & Largest Sex Trafficking Ring In Western US Busted - Children Openly Sold ‘In Plain Sight’
August 12 2017 | From: AllNewsPipeline / DCClothesline / Various

On July 20, 2017, the DOJ issued a statement on their website about the take down of two of the largest "Dark web" market places, AlphaBay and Hansa.



Both had been "used to sell deadly illegal drugs, stolen and fraudulent identification documents and access devices, counterfeit goods, malware and other computer hacking tools, firearms, and toxic chemicals throughout the world." 

Related: Massive US Sex Trafficking Bust Ensnares Over 1,000 - Including Law Enforcement and Clergy


"According to publicly available information on AlphaBay prior to its takedown, one AlphaBay staff member claimed that it serviced over 200,000 users and 40,000 vendors.

Around the time of takedown, there were over 250,000 listings for illegal drugs and toxic chemicals on AlphaBay, and over 100,000 listings for stolen and fraudulent identification documents and access devices, counterfeit goods, malware and other computer hacking tools, firearms and fraudulent services.

Comparatively, the Silk Road dark web marketplace, which was seized by law enforcement in November 2013, had reportedly approximately 14,000 listings for illicit goods and services at the time of seizure and was the largest dark web marketplace at the time.


“This is likely one of the most important criminal investigations of the year – taking down the largest dark net marketplace in history,” said Attorney General Jeff Sessions.

“Make no mistake, the forces of law and justice face a new challenge from the criminals and transnational criminal organizations who think they can commit their crimes with impunity using the dark net. The dark net is not a place to hide.

The Department will continue to find, arrest, prosecute, convict, and incarcerate criminals, drug traffickers and their enablers wherever they are.

We will use every tool we have to stop criminals from exploiting vulnerable people and sending so many Americans to an early grave. I believe that because of this operation, the American people are safer – safer from the threat of identity fraud and malware, and safer from deadly drugs.”

The operation against AlphaBay was led by the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), the US Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA) and the Dutch National Police, with the support of Europol. The operation against Hansa was led by Dutch authorities.

What caught my interest regarding this latest massive operation against internet crime on the Dark Web was the claim found at a website called Conservative Base, which reported one of these Dark Net marketplaces were connected to the crowdsourcing campaign that ANP reported on in December 2016, for "Terminating both Donald Trump and Mike Pence," where Dark Web users were collecting funds to assassinated the then President Elect and the VP elect.



Related: California prosecutor, son of Watergate figure, arrested on child porn charges

In attempting to verify the connection between the operation that took down these two Dark Web market places and the campaign against President Trump and VP Pence, I ran across what has to be the most under-reported (at least in the MSM) blockbusters from May 2017, where 900 suspected pedophiles were arrested after a two year investigation, with over 350 sexually abused children  identified or rescued,  and the child porn kingpin was sentenced to 30 years in prison.



Major Pedophilia Network Update Ignored by the Media

The Dark Web site was called "Playpen,"  and was taken down in 2015, but that take down spawned thousands of investigations, the results of which was announced on the FBI website on May 5, 2017.



Related: Ten Disturbing Stories About Hollywood’s Pedophile Problem

Via the FBI website:


"Arresting Playpen’s administrators, however, was only the beginning. In January 2015, the FBI, in partnership with the Department of Justice Child Exploitation and Obscenity Section, launched Operation Pacifier - an effort to go after Playpen’s thousands of members.

Using a court-approved network investigative technique, agents uncovered IP addresses and other information that helped locate and identify users. Investigators sent more than 1,000 leads to FBI field offices around the country and thousands more to overseas partners",
Alfin said.

It is interesting how the FBI phrases that particular part of the narrative, as we note the methods they utilized as their investigative technique, was quite controversial at the time.


"The FBI has been criticized for what it called a “court-approved network investigative technique” used to unearth information about the suspects. It emerged that the agency, with court approval, seized and ran the pedophile website for 13 days in February 2015.

The FBI’s command of the Playpen site enabled the agency to infect over 8,000 users’ computers with malware and hack them. Notably, the site was said to be more efficient and even experienced a boost in audience numbers with the FBI in charge of its content.

- Source

The criticism leveled at the FBI by the Electronic Frontier Foundation, was "The warrant here did not identify any particular person to search or seize. Nor did it identify any specific user of the targeted website," but as Peter Adolf, an assistant federal defender in the Western District of North Carolina, writes in a motion trying to get the charges thrown out.


"The FBI distributed child pornography to viewers and downloaders worldwide for nearly two weeks, until at least March 4, 2015, even working to improve the performance of the website beyond its original capability."

According to that motion, "As a result, the number of visitors to Playpen while it was under Government control [increased] from an average of 11,000 weekly visitors to approximately 50,000 per week.

During those two weeks, the website's membership grew by over 30%, the number of unique weekly visitors to the site more than quadrupled, and approximately 200 videos, 9,000 images, and 13,000 links to child pornography were posted on the site."

While I am not going to feel sorry for members that visit child porn sites and the fact that the FBI infected their computers in order to track them down, I have a real problem with the fact that rather than just doing that, the FBI under the directorship of James Comey, actually provided hundreds of new videos, thousands of new child porn images to those sickos, and 13,000 new links to child pornography.



Related: Pedogate arrests: deputy AG, judge, mayor, police & a DuPont heir who raped 3 y.o. daughter

To top it off federal prosecutors in Seattle are dropping the charges against one of the men charged with accessing Playpen, because they do not want to reveal the source code for the "network investigative technique" (NIT) that the FBI used to get around the Tor anonymizing software shielding Playpen's visitors, according to Reason.

Reason.com concludes their article with the following:



"Lough, by the way, originally pleaded guilty to a single count of possessing child pornography, which under federal law is punishable by up to 10 years in prison but carries no mandatory minimum.

The FBI agents who ran Playpen for two weeks, by contrast, committed multiple counts of distributing child pornography, which is punishable by up to 20 years in prison and carries a five-year mandatory minimum
."

While allowing the case to proceed one federal judge in Tacoma did say that the federal government "acted outrageously," in running the Playpen child porn website and providing new material for two weeks to pedophiles.


Now for the Strange Part

The MSM, busy screaming about Russia and opining about every aspect of the Trump administration, seems to be missing in action in regards to this story.

Nothing from CNN, New York Times, and limited local coverage regarding the FBI's May 2017 announcement that nearly 900 suspected pedophiles have been arrested, 350 of them in the U.S. or that nearly 350 children have been identified or rescued, 55 of them in the U.S., or that 25 U.S. producers of child pornography have been prosecuted or that 51 U.S. hands on abusers have been prosecuted.



Related: Enemies of America Destroyed by Group of Talented Artists

Multiple searches, both web and specifying "news" and we find sites like Inquistr, RT, Daily Mail, Press TV, Breitbart, but nothing from the establishment media on one of the biggest storys regarding Pedogate seen to date, with only the Washington Post giving it one paragraph under another story, without even giving it its own headline. (Archive.is link to that Wapo story)

This is all they had to say about it:


"Creator of child-porn site sentenced: A Florida man who federal prosecutors said was the creator and lead administrator of what’s thought to be the world’s largest child-pornography website has been sentenced to 30 years in prison, the FBI announced Friday.

Steven W. Chase, 58, of Naples, Fla., was sentenced this week in a federal courtroom in North Carolina on multiple child-pornography and child-exploitation charges. Two codefendants who also were identified as administrators of the website - Michael Fluckiger, 46, of Indiana, and David Browning, 47, of Kentucky - each received 20-year prison terms earlier this year.

The website Playpen Chase, created in August 2014, had more than 150,000 users around the world",
the FBI said.

Nothing about the 900 arrests, the identified or rescued children, nothing about the U.S. based abusers prosecuted, or the U.S. producers of child pornography being prosecuted.

Zip!

There also seems to be a media blackout on the massive pedophilia network bust in Germany where reports claim nearly 90,000 pedophiles have been exposed. There is a worldwide crackdown on pedophilia networks happening, yet the media is silent?

This isn't the first time the media has been criticized for remaining silent when it comes to pedophilia crackdowns and arrests as we note that back in March 2017, they ignored the fact that 1,500 pedophiles had been arrested in the first months of the Trump administration.



Related: Elijah Wood Says Massive Pedophile Ring Plagues Hollywood: Media Remains Silent

Could it be because reporting on this doesn't further the corporate media's "crusade" to normalize pedophilia? Who can forget the liberal website Salon's attempt to normalize and garner sympathy for pedophiles, in an article that has since been removed, but can still be accessed with archive.is, titled "I’m a pedophile, but not a monster."

Or how about the New York Times push with a 2014 op-ed titled "Pedophilia: A Disorder, Not A Crime"

How about CNN, who has not disavowed a frequent guest on their network, Jacob Schwartz, who was recently arrested for 'having 3,000 photos and 89 videos of child pornography depicting children as young as six months old'

Here is Schwartz on CNN,  with CNN's Brooke Balwin, and with Hillary Clinton's campaign manager, Robby Mook:



Related: BBC Gives Platform To Pedophile Who Calls It A ‘Sexual Orientation’


Bottom Line

One of the major aspects of the arrests reported on above are their connection to the Dark Web and how it is used to connect a network of pedophiles with those publishing and producing the sickening videos, links and images of children being sexually abused.

But the media's apparent refusal to report on pedophilia networks and arrests appears to stem from the fact that it doesn't fit their campaign of normalizing this crime and behavior.


AlphaBay, The Largest Online ‘Dark Market,’ Shut Down







Largest Sex Trafficking Ring In Western US Busted - Children Openly Sold ‘In Plain Sight’

A report of a missing teenager in Tulare County, California, in late 2016 culminated into the uncovering of one of the largest sex trafficking rings in the Western United States, according to an announcement by the Los Angeles County Sheriff’s Department on Thursday.



Thirteen young women and girls, including the missing teen, were freed from captivity as a result of the extensive investigation.

Related: 'Dark Web' Child Pornographer Vincenzo Tyrone Wiremu Avoids Jail Because Of Asperger's & Navy SEAL Has Assets Seized For Trying To Expose Elite Pedophile Ring

The missing teenager’s disappearance, and subsequent discovery in a West Hollywood apartment in January, led investigators in the LA Sheriff’s Department to discover an extensive human sex trafficking network that extended from Nevada to California. During the course of the investigation, detectives discovered the ring used apartments in dozens of communities, including Burbank, West Hollywood, and Las Vegas, as brothels.



Related: Australia: A New Church Pedophile Scandal Erupts & Vatican's 3rd Most Powerful Figure, Cardinal Pell, Charged With Multiple Sex Assaults

“Years ago, a human trafficking case of this magnitude was not likely,” Los Angeles County Sheriff Jim McDonnell said in a news conference in downtown. “We knew the more we looked, the more we would find.”

According to a report by the Los Angeles Daily News:


"The six-month investigation by the Tulare County Sheriff’s Department, Los Angeles Sheriff’s Department, Los Angeles Regional Human Trafficking Task Force, and the California Department of Justice, has led to two arrests so far. Quinton Brown, 30, of Highland, and Gerald Turner, 32, of Fresno, were arrested on suspicion of 54 charges relating to sex trafficking, pimping, pandering, grand theft and identity theft.

The complaint, filed Wednesday by the California Attorney General’s office, alleges that Brown lured victims from the Central Valley as far back as in October and trafficked them throughout the state. Investigators also said:

The 13 victims include eight minors who were sold for commercial sex.

A 2017 Maserati Ghibli, a 2017 Maserati Levante, and a 2016 Porsche Panamera, all confiscated by investigators, were used in the ring and obtained through fraudulent means.

Eight people were victims of identity theft.

16 sites across California and in Nevada were used as brothels as part of the ring."

Mia McNeil, 32, who police believe rented the apartments/brothels remains at large, according to McDonnell. Additionally, law enforcement believes she also leased high-end luxury vehicles to transport the ring’s sex slaves without raising suspicion.

elated:  Reddit Bans ‘Pizzagate’ Investigation into D.C.-area Child Sex Ring - Labels it a ‘Witch Hunt’

McDonnell said that detectives uncovered that Brown and Turner “would traffic the victims in plain sight,” using the Internet to advertise the women they were attempting to sell.

Related:  Witch Hunt: FBI Raided Paul Manafort's Home In Concert With Robert Mueller

“They are as young as 15 years old, bought and sold for commercial sex,” according to McDonnell.

Surprisingly, most of the victims of sex trafficking are born and raised in the U.S. At the news conference, California Attorney General Xavier Becerra said 72 percent of the victims found in California say they are American.


“Human trafficking, which includes sex and labor trafficking, is one of the fasting growing crimes in the world. Its reach is not limited to foreign countries,” Becerra said. “In California, human trafficking is reported here in our state more than in any other.”

Law enforcement said the investigation is ongoing, as they attempt to uncover and arrest the individuals who solicited the young women and teenage sex slaves.


"The predators online that are looking for an 11 year old … these people are not the traditional johns that most people think of,” McDonnell said. “These are predators. These are child molesters that are out there taking advantage of some of the most vulnerable in society.”

The Los Angeles Daily News reports that:


"Since the Los Angeles Regional Human Trafficking Task Force was established in 2015, there have been 697 arrests, and of those, about 30 percent were male buyers. In addition, there have been 185 victims rescued, a majority of them youths who were sex trafficked.

Tulare County Sheriff Mike Boudreaux said he has since met with one of the victims rescued, and she has received help and is back in school. But he implored parents to watch their children carefully, especially while they are on their mobile phones."

“To the parents, be vigilant,” Boudreaux said during the press conference. “Pay attention to what your children are doing online. Social networking is an environment for predators to prey on and exploit the innocence of our children.”

Of course, when even those tasked with protecting children - such as Raymond Liddy, 53, a California deputy attorney general - are arrested on charges of possessing child pornography; who is left to actually look out for the welfare and safety of the children?

Related:  Anthony Weiner has no friends - but not for the reason you think

In addition to being a California state prosecutor, Liddy is the son of a prominent Watergate figure - G. Gordon Liddy - who was an operative in President Richard Nixon‘s campaign attempt to burglarize the Democratic National Committee.

Raymond Liddy was arrested at his home and was charged in federal court with possessing images of minors engaged in sexually explicit conduct, according to federal court documents obtained by Heavy.

He was subsequently released from custody and placed on home detention with GPS monitoring after posting a $100,000 bond during his arraignment.

Even after taking down “one of the largest human trafficking rings on the West Coast,” there is a virtual certainty that this bust only barely scratches the surface.

When high-level officials, tasked with prosecuting those that break the law, are accused of being the ones preying upon the innocent and weakest in society it makes one seriously question who is actually looking out for the victims.

Please share this story in an effort to raise awareness about the extreme scope of this constant and pervasive societal problem of the sexual trafficking of children!


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Harvard Study Proves Unvaccinated Children Pose No Risk & Protests Across Europe As Countries Plan Compulsory Vaccination
August 11 2017 | From: NeonNettle / MetaCenterChicago / Various

Dear Legislator: My name is Tetyana Obukhanych. I hold a PhD in Immunology. I am writing this letter in the hope that it will correct several common misperceptions about vaccines in order to help you formulate a fair and balanced understanding that is supported by accepted vaccine theory and new scientific findings.



Do unvaccinated children pose a higher threat to the public than the vaccinated?

Related: Breaking: Interview with Vaxxed Producer who was Banned from Australia

It is often stated that those who choose not to vaccinate their children for reasons of conscience endanger the rest of the public, and this is the rationale behind most of the legislation to end vaccine exemptions currently being considered by federal and state legislators country-wide.

You should be aware that the nature of protection afforded by many modern vaccines – and that includes most of the vaccines recommended by the CDC for children – is not consistent with such a statement.



I have outlined below the recommended vaccines that cannot prevent transmission of disease either because they are not designed to prevent the transmission of infection (rather, they are intended to prevent disease symptoms), or because they are for non-communicable diseases.

People who have not received the vaccines mentioned below pose no higher threat to the general public than those who have, implying that discrimination against non-immunized children in a public school setting may not be warranted.


IPV (inactivated poliovirus vaccine) cannot prevent transmission of poliovirus (see appendix for the scientific study, Item #1). Wild poliovirus has been non-existent in the USA for at least two decades.

Even if wild poliovirus were to be re-imported by travel, vaccinating for polio with IPV cannot affect the safety of public spaces.

Please note that wild poliovirus eradication is attributed to the use of a different vaccine, OPV or oral poliovirus vaccine.

Despite being capable of preventing wild poliovirus transmission, use of OPV was phased out long ago in the USA and replaced with IPV due to safety concerns.


Tetanus is not a contagious disease, but rather acquired from deep-puncture wounds contaminated with C. tetani spores.

Vaccinating for tetanus (via the DTaP combination vaccine) cannot alter the safety of public spaces; it is intended to render personal protection only. While intended to prevent the disease-causing effects of the diphtheria toxin, the diphtheria toxoid vaccine (also contained in the DTaP vaccine) is not designed to prevent colonization and transmission of C. diphtheriae.

Vaccinating for diphtheria cannot alter the safety of public spaces; it is likewise intended for personal protection only. The acellular pertussis (aP) vaccine (the final element of the DTaP combined vaccine), now in use in the USA, replaced the whole cell pertussis vaccine in the late 1990s, which was followed by an unprecedented resurgence of whooping cough.

An experiment with deliberate pertussis infection in primates revealed that the aP vaccine is not capable of preventing colonization and transmission of B. pertussis (see appendix for the scientific study, Item #2). The FDA has issued a warning regarding this crucial finding.

Furthermore, the 2013 meeting of the Board of Scientific Counselors at the CDC revealed additional alarming data that pertussis variants (PRN-negative strains) currently circulating in the USA acquired a selective advantage to infect those who are up-to-date for their DTaP boosters (see appendix for the CDC document, Item #3), meaning that people who are up-to-date are more likely to be infected, and thus contagious, than people who are not vaccinated.

Among numerous types of H. influenzae, the Hib vaccine covers only type b. Despite its sole intention to reduce symptomatic and asymptomatic (disease-less) Hib carriage, the introduction of the Hib vaccine has inadvertently shifted strain dominance towards other types of H. influenzae (types a through f).

These types have been causing invasive disease of high severity and increasing incidence in adults in the era of Hib vaccination of children (see appendix for the scientific study, Item #4). The general population is more vulnerable to the invasive disease now than it was prior to the start of the Hib vaccination campaign.

Discriminating against children who are not vaccinated for Hib does not make any scientific sense in the era of non-type b H. influenzae disease.


Hepatitis B is a blood-borne virus. It does not spread in a community setting, especially among children who are unlikely to engage in high-risk behaviors, such as needle sharing or sex.

Vaccinating children for hepatitis B cannot significantly alter the safety of public spaces. Further, school admission is not prohibited for children who are chronic hepatitis B carriers.

To prohibit school admission for those who are simply unvaccinated – and do not even carry hepatitis B – would constitute unreasonable and illogical discrimination.

In summary, a person who is not vaccinated with IPV, DTaP, HepB, and Hib vaccines due to reasons of conscience poses no extra danger to the public than a person who is. No discrimination is warranted.


How Often do Serious Vaccine Adverse Events Happen?

It is often stated that vaccination rarely leads to serious adverse events. Unfortunately, this statement is not supported by science.

A recent study done in Ontario, Canada, established that vaccination actually leads to an emergency room visit for 1 in 168 children following their 12-month vaccination appointment and for 1 in 730 children following their 18-month vaccination appointment (see appendix for a scientific study, Item #5).



Related: Vaccine Industry Worried About Accountability

When the risk of an adverse event requiring an ER visit after well-baby vaccinations is demonstrably so high, vaccination must remain a choice for parents, who may understandably be unwilling to assume this immediate risk in order to protect their children from diseases that are generally considered mild or that their children may never be exposed to.


Can Discrimination Against Families Who Oppose Vaccines for Reasons of Conscience Prevent Future Disease Outbreaks of Communicable Viral Diseases, Such as Measles?

Measles research scientists have for a long time been aware of the “measles paradox.” I quote from the article by Poland & Jacobson (1994)


"Failure to Reach the Goal of Measles Elimination: Apparent Paradox of Measles Infections in Immunized Persons.”

Arch Intern Med 154:1815-1820:The apparent paradox is that as measles immunization rates rise to high levels in a population, measles becomes a disease of immunized persons.”



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: For three months, award-winning Mail writer Melanie Phillips has investigated the MMR controversy

Further research determined that behind the “measles paradox” is a fraction of the population called low vaccine responders.

Low-responders are those who respond poorly to the first dose of the measles vaccine. These individuals then mount a weak immune response to subsequent RE-vaccination and quickly return to the pool of “susceptibles’’ within 2-5 years, despite being fully vaccinated.

Re-vaccination cannot correct low-responsiveness: it appears to be an immunogenetic trait.



Dr. Tenpenny ‘We’re Heading Towards Full Scale Medical Tyranny’








The proportion of low-responders among children was estimated to be 4.7% in the USA. Studies of measles outbreaks in Quebec, Canada, and China attest that outbreaks of measles still happen, even when vaccination compliance is in the highest bracket (95-97% or even 99%, see appendix for scientific studies, Items #6&7).

This is because even in high vaccine responders, vaccine-induced antibodies wane over time. Vaccine immunity does not equal life-long immunity acquired after natural exposure.



Related: Proof that Big Pharma Doesn’t Care About Vaccine Harm

It has been documented that vaccinated persons who develop breakthrough measles are contagious.

In fact, two major measles outbreaks in 2011 (in Quebec, Canada, and in New York, NY) were re-imported by previously vaccinated individuals.

Taken together, these data make it apparent that elimination of vaccine exemptions, currently only utilized by a small percentage of families anyway, will neither solve the problem of disease resurgence nor prevent re-importation and outbreaks of previously eliminated diseases.


Is Discrimination Against Conscientious Vaccine Objectors the Only Practical Solution?

The majority of measles cases in recent US outbreaks (including the recent Disneyland outbreak) are adults and very young babies, whereas, in the pre-vaccination era, measles occurred mainly between the ages 1 and 15.



Related: 'Miller's Review': Vaccine information every parent should read

Natural exposure to measles was followed by lifelong immunity from re-infection, whereas vaccine immunity wanes over time, leaving adults unprotected by their childhood shots.

Measles is more dangerous for infants and for adults than for school-aged children. Despite high chances of exposure in the pre-vaccination era, measles practically never happened in babies much younger than one year of age due to the robust maternal immunity transfer mechanism.




Dr. Leonard Coldwell - Vaccines are used to Sterilize and Cull the Population

Dr. Leonard Coldwell
talks about how vaccines don't work and how they are designed to cause infertility and wreck havoc on the human physiology.









The vulnerability of very young babies to measles today is the direct outcome of the prolonged mass vaccination campaign of the past, during which their mothers, themselves vaccinated in their childhood, were not able to experience measles naturally at a safe school age and establish the lifelong immunity that would also be transferred to their babies and protect them from measles for the first year of life.

Luckily, a therapeutic backup exists to mimic now-eroded maternal immunity. Infants, as well as other vulnerable or immunocompromised individuals, are eligible to receive immunoglobulin, a potentially life-saving measure that supplies antibodies directed against the virus to prevent or ameliorate disease upon exposure (see appendix, Item #8).


In Summary

1. Due to the properties of modern vaccines, non-vaccinated individuals pose no greater risk of transmission of polio, diphtheria, pertussis, and numerous non-type b H. influenza strains than vaccinated individuals do, non-vaccinated individuals pose virtually no danger of transmission of hepatitis B in a school setting, and tetanus is not transmissible at all;

2. There is a significantly elevated risk of emergency room visits after childhood vaccination appointments attesting that vaccination is not risk-free;

3. Outbreaks of measles cannot be entirely prevented even if we had nearly perfect vaccination compliance; and

4. An effective method of preventing measles and other viral diseases in vaccine-ineligible infants and the immunocompromised, immunoglobulin, is available for those who may be exposed to these diseases.

Taken together, these four facts make it clear that discrimination in a public school setting against children who are not vaccinated for reasons of conscience is completely unwarranted as the vaccine status of conscientious objectors poses no undue public health risk.

Sincerely Yours,

Tetyana Obukhanych, PhD


Tetyana Obukhanych, PhD, is the author of the book Vaccine Illusion. She has studied immunology in some of the world’s most prestigious medical institutions.



She earned her PhD in Immunology at the Rockefeller University in New York and did postdoctoral training at Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA and Stanford University in California.



Dr Tetyana Obukhanych, Ph.D. - Natural Immunity and Vaccination

Dr Tetyana Obukhanych is the author of Vaccine Illusion: How Vaccination Compromises Our Natural Immunity and What We Can Do to Regain Our Health. In her book, she presents a view on vaccination that is radically different from mainstream theories.

Dr Tetyana Obukhanych, has studied immunology in some of the world's most prestigious medical institutions. She earned her PhD in Immunology at the Rockefeller University in New York and did postdoctoral training at Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA. and Stanford University in California.






Related Articles:

HPV vaccination Gardasil kills three New Zealand girls and debilitates hundreds of others

81 Studies Linking Vaccines to Autism

The Real Reason Aluminum is in Vaccines!

Stanford Scientist Claims Human Fetal DNA Fragments In Vaccines Cause Autism

Dr Brian Hooker and Dr Suzanne Humphries (great interview about polio vaccine caused autism)

RFK jr. Visits the VaxXed Bus

There are great videos on vaxxedTV youtube

The Real Truth Behind Flu Shots

When things are getting desperate for vaccine industry, get John Oliver to promote your propaganda

Maori Musician Billy TK Junior

I Gave The Shot

Facebook blocks all Natural News article posts after site posts White House petition citing immunization dangers

Toddler survives smallpox vaccine reaction

Vinny Breaks down vaccine propaganda

Clandestine, Genetic Manipulation of the Population with Vaccines Look whats inside!




Protests Across Europe As Countries Plan Compulsory Vaccination

Protests took place around Europe as some EU countries, including Austria, consider making vaccinations compulsory.



Austrians protested in Vienna on May 6th, and Poles did likewise on June 3rd, which last year the Czechs designated ‘Light a Candle’ day to commemorate the lives lost or damaged because of vaccination.

Related: NZ Media Calls For Compulsory Vaccinations & Sweden Bans Mandatory Vaccinations Over ‘Serious Health Concerns’

The Italians demonstrated against compulsory vaccination last March, and protests have also taken place in Croatia - where vaccines are already mandatory.

The European Forum for Vaccine Vigilance, which is helping to co-ordinate the protests, describes compulsory vaccination as a breach of fundamental human rights. It says that “a number of European countries” are considering making childhood vaccination mandatory.

Asset, a pro-vaccine group, does not believe that a compulsory programme is the way to go. The group says that vaccination levels are not necessarily higher in countries where it is compulsory; Latvia, for instance, doesn’t have a higher take-up rate than other Baltic states even though parents are legally obliged to have their children vaccinated.

Instead, some countries fine parents who don’t get their children vaccinated, while others make attendance at school more difficult. In France, two parents were jailed after refusing to have their child vaccinated. To find out more about the protests, go to: www.efvv.eu


Further Information: 

Trust needs to be won back by the pharmaceuticals, the vaccine skeptics do not trust that industry, here’s a classic example of why, in a leaked pharma memo about a specific vaccine, the pharmaceutical essentially admits that bad batches of this vaccine cause SIDS and then recommends to split the batches up so as you don’t get a cluster of deaths in the same area which can easily be traced to the vaccine.

That is, nstead of fixing the vaccine, he was happy to continue sending out the dangerous vaccine as long as they don’t be caught.

The so-called ‘anti-vaccine’ side gets misrepresented by the mainstream media, they are constantly setting up an ‘anti-vaccine’ strawman and then knocking it down with industry marketing and propaganda disguised as science.

I’ve been involved in this for many years, going deep into the research and the debate, the major problems are that vaccines aren’t being tested properly, nor is the schedule, unvaccinated people aren’t being studied, vaccines are being studied one at a time, not using real controls in safety studies, not looking long-term. In 2017 vaccines are a shot in the dark!

The only way to work out what’s going on is to do the research for yourself, as the system and media has been setup by Big Pharma. That means going to the independent experts, not Big Pharma vaccine patent holder (i.e. making millions from vaccines) ‘experts’ like Paul Offit who the mainstream media go to.

I’ve posted up presentations from the independent experts below, anyone who watches those all the way through will never vaccinate again.

The media cannot be trusted, they have been compromised, and unfortunately vaccine science has also been compromised, as the doctors below will confirm for you.

Vaccine Safety Conference Session – Dr. Beatrice Golomb, PhD

Vaccine Safety Conference Session 13 – Dr. Yehuda Shoenfeld, MD, FRCP

Vaccine Safety Conference Session 17 – Christopher A. Shaw, Ph.D, Professor

Vaccine Safety Conference Session 3 – Dr. Vicky Debold, PhD, RN

Vaccine Safety Conference Session 18: Dr. Romain Gherardi

Vaccine Safety Conference Session 16 Dr. Christopher Exley

Vaccine Safety Conference Session 20 – Dr. Richard Deth, PhD


My friend lost his baby brother from vaccine induced SIDS. The parents took them to court and got a tiny bit of compensation. During the trial the head of the company admitted that he has not vaccinated his own children.

So why the fuck should we. Producing vaccines that are a cure all would conflict severely with their interests in manufacturing drugs to manage symptoms and make people better once they are sick.

The elite rarely vaccinate, even many Hollywood celebrities are avoiding vaccination, somehow they know too much, they know how the game works.

Vaccines are essentially a way of placing taxes on the herd, taxes which get paid to Big Pharma, the price of the vaccine is just the tip of the iceberg, the real money they make is in the lifelong diseases which vaccines regularly induce, highly profitable diseases which leave people as customers to Big Pharma for life.

Many doctors I’ve spoken too don’t vaccinate their own children, but they are forced by the system to continue pushing the madness on others.


Related Articles: Italy in the Crosshairs for Mandatory Vaccination Strategy in Europe

Italy makes 12 vaccines mandatory for school children in an attempt to combat ‘anti-scientific theories’

Italy to guide world vaccine strategy

British pharma giant Glaxo to invest €1 bn in Italy in four years, focus on vaccines

Children in Italy have to be vaccinated or they can’t go to school: government


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

New Zealand Tops List Of Developed Countries With Most Homeless - Thanks National You Do Us Proud & More Local Muck
August 10 2017 | From: EnviroWatchRangitikei / RadioNewZealand / Various

Well congratulations National Government / Corporation, you’ve now put us on another dubious ‘honour’ list. Most homeless?



Two homeless gentlemen recently dying in the winter cold even. Highest youth suicide. Highest child poverty. Well done John Key. Well done Bill English. You do us proud. What next are we going to excel in?

Related: Key’s True Legacy & The Farce Of His Knighthood

Who next can you simply kick to the curb with your boot that’s looking increasingly fascist these days? Twenty billion to weapons and war, and only one to housing? 

Whilst you land bank our state homes, 42K people sleep in tents, garages and cars. Your monetary priorities say it all. You’ve ushered in neo-liberalism on steroids. You’ve trashed not only the people but the environment as well. And what use is any economy with neither of those?


NZ Tops List of Developed Countries with Most Homeless

Social Housing Minister Amy Adams is rejecting an American University survey that puts New Zealand at the top of a list of developed countries for homelessness.



Related: Are Ministers Selling State Housing To Themselves?

Yale University has released a list of developed countries ranked on the number of homeless people per capita - which has New Zealand at the top, followed by the Czech Republic and Australia.

It found about 40,000 people are either living on the street, in emergency housing, or shelter considered sub-standard.

The report does note that getting an accurate picture of homeless is challenging, because many countries define homelessness in different ways. Ms Adams said the findings should be treated with a high degree of caution, as the survey did not have consistent comparisons from country to country.


"They're not comparing apples with apples and to suggest that is our number of homeless is quite wrong."

She said government estimates were that the number was closer to 4,000.




Excerpt From: "As Cities Grow Worldwide, So Do the Numbers of Homeless" (Yale University)

"... Homelessness rates reported in most developed countries, including those in shelters and on the streets, are comparatively low. The proportions of homeless among OECD countries, for example, are below 1 percent.



The highest rate, nearly 1 percent, is in New Zealand, where more than 40,000 people live on the streets or in emergency housing or substandard shelters.

Ten countries, including Italy, Japan and Spain, report homeless rates of less than a 10th of 1 percent. While rates in wealthy developed nations are small, they represent large numbers of homeless persons, more than 500,000 in the United States and more than 100,000 in Australia and France.

Trends in homelessness among OECD countries with available data are mixed. In recent years rates of homelessness are reported to have increased in Denmark, England, France, Ireland, Italy, the Netherlands and New Zealand, while decreasing in Finland and the United States. ..."



Related:
Who Are The Bidders For 2,500 Christchurch State Houses?


But Labour's Phil Twyford said the survey was further evidence of the government's failure on housing. He was critical of the fact the government was now spending $140,000 a day on motels to house people.


"There are 30 times as many families needing emergency housing in motels than the government expected.

The cost has risen by two-thirds in just half a year", said Mr Twyford, "from $7.7 million in December to $12.6 million in June."

He said it showed how out of touch National was with the scale of New Zealand's housing shortage.




John Key, Clinton Foundation & Real Reasons NZ Has A Housing Crisis









"Families living in motels, cars, and garages; a record waiting list for state houses; Auckland City Mission forced to turn people away; homeless people dying in the street - these are the human costs of National's housing crisis."

But Ms Adams was making no apology for continuing to pay for motel rooms.


"While motels are not ideal, they are warm and dry, and preferable to families sleeping rough during the coldest months of the year.

Our priority is that those in urgent need have a place to stay while we secure them a social house."

She insisted the government was making progress housing New Zealand's most vulnerable, citing a report showing there is more social housing available than three months ago.



Related: Why Are Prices So High In New Zealand? + Homeless In New Zealand - Thousands Living In Garages And Cars

The latest quarterly Social Housing Report shows an increase with an extra 353 social houses and 386 temporary houses, totalling just 66,330.

Ms Adams said rising rents affecting those on low incomes were driving demand.


"We're aware of this pressure, which is why the government is lifting Accommodation Supplements as part of our $2 billion Family Incomes Package.

More social housing is also needed, and the 13,500 new social houses in Auckland and hundreds of others we're building across the country will help."


Related Articles:

Bill English on the Meth – and Pizza Gate

Paula Bennett's Criminal History Exposed

Elim Christian College Principal – Murray Burton – and the Justin Davis Child Abuse Leaks

Amazing New Solution For The Homeless And Refugees


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

"Under the Carpet" New Zealand Hidden History Documentary
August 10 2017 | From:

The 'powers that be' do all they can to hide real history using the New Zealand equivalent of the US Smithsonian.



All evidence contrary to 'established fact' is ignored, debunked, destroyed, or hidden away. This pattern is repeated all over the world. The Vatican hides her library of treasures. The Egyptians claim the Great Pyramids were built by slaves pulling ropes. Noah's Ark is 'just an old myth'.

Related: The White Tangata Whenua + Maori Legend: Blonde Mummies Of The South Pacific

The quest for the earliest inhabitants of New Zealand continues with Gabi Plumm’s search under the layers of lava, volcanic ash, sand and embargoes to discover the truth about discarded history, destroyed archaeological records and hidden data that show just howmuch information is being kept from New Zealand’s people.

And who is doing the hiding?

This fascinating documentary takes us back to our planet’s oldest people: their origins and their incredible voyages across oceans and seas, the natural catastrophes that have wiped out whole nations leaving barren earth barely fit for habitation, the dogged survival techniques of people forced to become warriors to protect their families, and the resulting archaeological discoveries that remain to tell the tale.



Related: Disinterest In Pre-Maori History Stuns

But this history is being hidden from New Zealanders, they are not taught about their ancient ancestry; decisions have been made to keep the truth hidden and write only what suits a political agenda.

But, Gabi has uncovered information that can no longer be suppressed, will she be allowed to share it with the world, or will it, too, be removed from the shelves and filed under ’fiction’?

There is a world beyond what the history books tell us, and Gabi is determined to find out what should have been written and what has been left out.





Related Articles:


Megalithic New Zealand: Pyramids, Rabbits, And Megaliths Of Upper World And Underworld

The Historical & Current Situations In Aotearoa New Zealand

The Real Indigenous People Of New Zealand

Easter Island - Ancient Links With New Zealand Maori


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Mainstream Scientist Exposes The Dangerous Reality Of Chemtrails And Geoengineering
August 9 2017 | From: WakingTimes / Various

Over the past few years, the issue of geoengineering has been popularized. Mainstream media, academia, and government almost unanimously support the idea of geoengineering as a perceived solution to climate change while suppressing the evidence that it has actually been in use for some time without our consent.



On the other hand, there is a growing number of people who are slowly beginning to understand the reality surrounding chemtrail geoengineering, and opposition is slowly growing.

Related: It’s Here - Geoengineering Now Normalized as Scientists Spray Chemicals to Dim the Sun, Soak Up CO2

In a bold move against the establishment, Kate Marvel, a mainstream scientist who specializes in “climate change,” spoke out at a Ted Talk against the onset of climate engineering with chemtrails, also known as Solar Radiation Management or “SRM.”


“Problematic and Terrifying”

Firstly, computer theorist and founding partner of tech company Applied Invention, Danny Hillis, came on stage and proposed a number of geoengineering concepts which could theoretically, “turn down the temperature of the earth.”

These included sending giant parasols into space, putting fizzy water into the ocean, and sending chalk into the atmosphere at a rate of 10 teragrams per year to reflect sunlight and in theory slow the effects of climate change.

Now enters Kate Marvel with the opening line, “Danny, you seem so nice, and I hope we can be friends, and you terrify me.”


"Geoengineering is like going to a doctor who says ‘You have a fever, I know exactly why you have a fever, and we’re not going to treat that. We’re going to give you ibuprofen, and also your nose is going to fall off.”

Kate Marvel



Chemtrail spraying - undeniable evidence off the coast of California, captured by a NASA satellite

Related: Epic Video: Three Chemtrail Tankers Filmed Spraying From Above, Air-To-Air & Legal And Governmental Representatives Speak Out About Geoengineering

Marvel also noted that atmospheric spraying would not do anything to effect other environmental problems such as ocean acidification.


"Reducing the amount of sunlight we get is really problematic…it won’t do anything about [other climate effects like] ocean acidification”

- Kate Marvel


Evidence Mounts Exposing The Dangers Of Cloud Seeding

GeoEngineering refers to technologies which are used with the intention of interfering with the earth’s atmosphere in order to alter temperatures and climate.

Most of these technologies are still in theoretical stages, however a growing body of evidence suggests that some weather modification technologies such as aerosol spraying or “cloud seeding” have been in production for many decades.




Blatant And Inarguable Geoengineering Jet Spraying Captured On Film








Almost no studies have been done which assess the effect that cloud seeding has on environmental safety or human health, which shows that the government has been using untested technologies on the population without our consent.

In 2016, CIA Director John O. Brennan spoke at a Council on Foreign Relations conference about the benefits of geoengineering. However, any mention of potential negative impacts as a result of cloud seeding was conveniently left out.


"Another example is the array of technologies, often referred to collectively as GeoEngineering, that could potentially help reverse the warming effects of global climate change.

One that has gained my personal attention is Stratospheric Aerosol Injection, or “SAI;” a method of seeding the stratosphere with particles that can help reflect the sun’s heat.”

- John O. Brennan

Although we are all hearing from establishment figures like Brennan that climate engineering is a new technology which we all have the option to accept or decline before it is implemented, that is simply not the case.

Evidence going as far back as the early 1920’s shows a push to develop the technology needed to control the weather and has been implemented in some form since at least the 1970’s.



Related: What Are Chemtrails And How Are They Harming Our Food And Water? + Nuclear Chemist Publishes Paper Detailing: “Aluminum Poisoning Of Humanity Via Geoengineering”

This information has been uncovered in various forms, one of those being patents which range from April 27th of 1920 to May of 2003 showing interest in the development of various forms of weather modification technologies.

Documents have also been uncovered which show government involvement in SRM since 1947.


"The Federal Government has been involved for over 30 years in a number of aspects of weather modification, through activities of both the Congress and the executive branch.

Since 1947, weather modification bills pertaining to research support, operations, policy studies, regulations, liabilities, activity reporting, establishment of panels and committees, and international concerns have been introduced in the Congress.

There have been hearings on many of these proposed measures, and oversight hearings have also been conducted on pertinent ongoing programs.”


Climate Change Alarmism Opens The Door To Reactionary Solutions Such As SRM

The geoengineering debate can be summed up in three words: “Problem, Reaction, Solution.”



Related: Collectivist Mind Control: “Save the Planet”

First, the dire problem of Climate Change is presented by figures like Al Gore, then a reaction is generated from the public in the form of “Climate Can’t Wait!” slogans and public unrest, then the solution of GeoEngineering is presented which gives more power to the powerful and hurts the people in the form of environmental degradation and potential health implications which the document from earlier lists as:


"1. Cloud seeding has been responsible for the great 5-year drought in the Northeast United States.

2. Isolated sections in the Northeast have experienced 18 years of drought due to cloud seeding.

3. Weather disturbances in the South Atlantic [sic] have been eliminated and has reduced [sic] the east coast’s rainfall by 30 percent – rain that is needed if agriculture is to be successful.

4. The average dairy farmer on the east coast, living in an area of cloud seeding, has averaged a net financial loss because of cloud seeding.

5. Crop production losses in Franklin County, Pa., alone have amounted to $50 Million.

6. When effects of seeding wear off, cloudbursts occur, causing floods, destroying crops, buildings, and drowning people as well as livestock.

7. Seeding has been responsible for the serious air pollution problems.

8. Mental retardation and insanity are traceable to cloud seeding chemicals.

9. Poisoning of all living matter is directly related to cloud seeding.

10. Emphysema is three times higher in areas of heavy cloud seeding.

11. Cancer is virulently out of proportion.

12. Financial losses to agriculture and related industries run into the billions.

13. Forest trees as well as cultivated orchards are dying from chemical reactions taking place in the air due to the addition of cloud seeding agents.”

We often hear predictions surrounding climate change by so-called “experts” like Al Gore who claimed that the Arctic would become “ice-free” by 2013.

Ironically, in 2016 a global warming expedition to the Arctic was forced to turn around due to record ice.




Related: Meteorologists And Climate Engineering Denial: Perpetuating The Lie For A Paycheck And A Pension + Why The "Chemtrail Conspiracy" Is Real

There are real solutions to environmental problems which don’t end up harming us or the environment further. It is time for people to stand up for themselves and reject dangerous and untested technologies like these.


Related Articles:

San Francisco Chemtrails/Geoengineering Awareness Forum, July 2017

Italians Blow Chemtrails ‘Secret War’ Lid Off With Film

Weaponized Cell Towers Are Directly Related To Why Chemtrails Are Sprayed


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Six Issues That Are Agenda 21 & Myth Busters: Introducing Agenda 2030
August 9 2017 | From: AmericanPolicyCenter / OperationDisclosure / Various

Every day, in meetings at all levels of government, representatives of Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs), planning groups, and federal agents surround elected representatives and insist that their policies have nothing to do with international agendas.



They regularly publish reports and rail against anyone even mentioning the names Agenda 21 or the new Agenda 2030. “No, no, no,” they insist. “Those people are just crazy conspiracy theorists. Ours is just a local plan for our community.”

Related: Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under Corporate Masters

Elected Representatives are often confused. Issues and policies suddenly appear in front of them with sample, ready-made legislation. And then the unending pressure begins for them to pass it.

There is confusion, uncertainty and there is the herd mentality to pass legislation. And it’s passed without knowledge of its origins, its purpose, and especially a lack of understanding of its consequences. “Just do it,” goes the mantra.

What most of these legislators fail to understand is the direct relationship much of this legislation has with a much larger agenda. Most legislation interconnects with other pieces and parts contained in other legislation.



Does this look targeted much? Smoking Gun For Christchurch Killer Quake: Hillary Clinton Emails Show Advance Warning

Related: Christchurch, Booz Allen Hamilton, And The 2030 Agenda

Like the children’s song goes…”the toe bone’s connected to the ankle bone…”  And it’s done so well, wrapped in innocent-sounding, positive wrapping, so that most elected representatives will argue vigorously that they passed no such thing.  And most of all, they will answer, Agenda 21, never heard of it. Just local. Just local. Just local.

Well, let me show you how it works and how the toe bone gets connected to the ankle bone ending up with the Frankenstein monster.  

Here are six issues that are rarely connected to Agenda 21 and Sustainable Development (especially when we are assured that Agenda 21 has nothing to do with local, state or federal government policy).

However, these seemingly unrelated policies, once implemented, help enforce the stated Agenda 21 goal of “reorganizing human society.”


Issue 1: Global Warming / Climate Change

It has been so discredited in the true scientific community that proponents have become almost hysterical in their continued attempts to enforce Climate Change policy.



Most recently the USJustice Department is considering legal action against “deniers.”  

Why don’t they stop, even to question if their science is sound? They instead use great energy to attack any scientist who does dare ask questions or finds data contrary to the “official” line.

Why is it so vitally important that they continue to promote something that clearly is, to say the least, questionable?

It’s because all of Agenda 21 policy is built on the premise that man is destroying the Earth. Climate Change is their “proof.” To eliminate that premise is to remove all credibility and purpose for their entire agenda. 

They are willing to go to any length, even lies, to keep the climate change foot on our throats.

On the local level this translates into planning policy that controls energy use and the efforts to cut down on the use of cars, enforcement of the building of expensive light rail train systems and bike paths and installation of smart meters, etc.

But don’t take my word for it. I’ll let them speak for themselves:


“No matter if the science of global warming is all phony… climate change provides the greatest opportunity to bring about justice and equality in the world.”

- Christine Stewart (Former Canadian Minister of the Environment)



“We’ve got to ride this global warming issue. Even if the theory of global warming is wrong, we will be doing the right thing in terms of economic and environmental policy.”

- Timothy Wirth (President, UN Foundation)



“It doesn’t matter what is true. It only matters what people believe is true.”

- Paul Watson (Co-Founder of Green Peace)


Issue 2: Fear of Over Population

This is the central driving force behind nearly every Sustainable policy initiative. It’s the real force behind Stack and Pack Smart Growth cities.



Related: Why Your City Is Going to S***

The fact is, in developed nations populations are actually going down. The only real growth in the US population in recent years has been from immigration, legal or otherwise. Open border immigration policy is actually implementation of Agenda 21 as part of the drive to destroy national sovereignty and “nation states.”

Environmentalists insist that the borders must be open to allow as many to immigrate here as possible. They argue that the U.S. has a greater ability to control them and protect the environment than if we left them in third world countries. That’s because the Greens already have a stranglehold over our nation’s industry through massive environmental regulations.

In the face of their fear of overpopulation, however, studies have shown that there is no world wide over population crisis. In fact one study insists that we could put the entire population of the world in an area the size of Texas with a population density of Paris, France. 

Over population, and its accompanying environmental degradation, is a problem primarily in countries where the poor are deprived by government to improve their conditions. Nations that refuse to legalize private property ownership for the masses, for example, are a primary reason for growing poverty.

Meanwhile, Sustainablists work to keep these nations from developing or increasing energy use, thereby keeping them poor. Green regulations stop the building of infrastructure. They panic at the idea of increased energy use in developing nations.



Related: The Paris Climate Conference, What’s The Real Agenda? + Undercover Police Crack Down On Freedom Of Speech In Paris

Instead of working to solve the real problems – the root of poverty- they exploit the excuse of over population and advocate enforcing polices to drastically reduce populations. China’s brutal one child policy of forced abortions and sterilization has become their model.

Do you think I’m joking? Then consider these quotes from the Sustainablists:


Childbearing should be a punishable crime against society, unless the parents hold a government license. All potential parents should be required to use contraceptive chemicals, the government issuing antidotes to citizens chosen for childbearing.”

- David Brower (Sierra Club)



“A reasonable estimate for an industrialized world society at the present North American material standard of living would be 1 billion. At a more frugal European standard of living, 2 to 3 billion would be possible.”

- United Nations Global Biodiversity Assessment.


Issue 3: The Destruction of the Free Market System

We have heard statement after statement from the UN; from members of Congress; the news media; and from Hollywood, all deriding the free market system as evil, corrupt and a tool of the rich to hold down the poor.

So now, after deciding that the poor are expendable for the sake of stopping overpopulation, suddenly the planners are worried about them – if it leads to their ability to raid our bank accounts.


So are they really worried about protecting the environment – or are they actually  honoring the tactics of Jesse James?

Redistribution of wealth is behind every policy that comes out of the UN, and the Obama Administration as well. The EPA is the attack dog to shut down entire industries like coal. It has become very difficult to operate a manufacturing business in the US, and nearly impossible to start a new one.



Environmental protection is always the excuse, even when Obama’s own State Department said the Keystone Pipeline was not an environmental threat.

A couple of years ago, radical greens, wielding torches, demonstrated outside the home of the head of the Keystone pipeline company. Visions of the terror of the Dark Agenda?

At the UN’s Rio + 20 Summit held in 2012, the idea of “Zero Economic Growth” was advocated – just to keep things fair.

It was stated that even the building of new roads upsets the status quo and disrupts a well ordered society. Such idiotic ideas are the driving force behind Sustainable Development. Again, images of the Dark Ages come to mind.

Yet, consider “local” planning programs that cut off access roads, and again, discourage cars. What about the EPA’s war on industry. Pretty hard to have economic growth without industry. The timber industry is killed and communities die.



Dams are torn down and farmers disappear. Zero Economic Growth in the making. Just local?

Again, not my words, let them tell you themselves:


“We must make this an insecure and inhospitable place for capitalists and their projects. We must reclaim the roads and plowed lands, halt dam construction, tear down existing dams, free shackled rivers and return to wilderness millions of acres of presently settled land.”

- Dave Foreman, (Earth First)


“Global sustainability requires the deliberate quest of poverty, reduced resource consumption and set levels of mortality control” 

- Professor Maurice King (Population Control Advocate)



“We believe planning should be a tool for allocating resources…and eliminating the great inequalities of wealth and power in our society… because the free market has proven itself incapable of doing this.”

- Plannersnetwork.org Statement of Principles. the American Planning Association is a member and supporter of these principles.


Issue 4: Cheap Energy is the Enemy of the Earth

To the average person the drive to stop any ability to obtain cheap energy makes no sense. People are hurting economically. Jobs are lost.

Energy costs are skyrocketing. Yet the government spends billions of dollars on “alternative energy” such as wind and solar, which provides less than 3% of our energy needs. Why? What is the motivation to put such shackles on the economic engine? 

The excuse is that energy use drives up CO2 emissions and accelerates global warming – the excuse necessary to “harmonize” the US into the socialist, Sustainable global noose.

Many current state and local policies now are moving to increase taxes at the gas pump to keep energy costs high. In addition, Obama issued an Executive Order to ban any off shore drilling of oil.

So, just as the consumer started to get a break at the pump, higher taxes and Obama’s action forced prices back up. As the prices rise the “planners” will insist that the only solution is to enforce the building of expensive public transportation.

But, according to some anti-energy advocates, the fear of cheap energy goes beyond environmental protection – energy availability helps build wealth for individuals and removes them from the rolls of the dependent – the opposite goal of sustainable policy.


“Giving society cheap, abundant energy is the worst thing that could ever happen to the planet.”

- Proffessor Paul Ehrlich  (Professor of Population Studies, Stanford University)


“Complex technology of any sort is an assault on human dignity. It would be little short of disastrous for us to discover a source of clean, cheap, abundant energy, because of what we might do with it.”

- Amory Lovins (Rocky Mountain Institute)


“The prospect of cheap fusion energy is the worst thing that could happen to the planet.”

- Jeremy Rifkin (Greenhouse Crisis Foundation) 


Issue 5: Common Core

Many people see the reorganization of the public school issue as separate from Agenda 21. It’s not.

Those who are promoting what they call the Agenda for the 21st Century understand that it is going to be a long drawn out process.

To “reform” a nation created on the ideals of limited government, free enterprise and individual liberty into one that unquestioningly accepts government top down control will take time and a determined effort.

There’s no room in a Sustainablist society for those who believe that we were born with our rights and that government’s job is to protect those rights. The sustainable system says government will grant us our rights.



Related: Schools: The New "Animal Farm"

To enforce such a radical turn around of our society requires that the children be indoctrinated to accept it. The effort started in earnest in the 1990s under the Clinton Administration through the massive growth of the Department of Education in such programs as Goals 2000, School To Work and Workforce Development Boards.

The original American education system effectively provided an overall academic education from which students could choose their own futures. No longer.

Today, the new curriculum has morphed into what is called Common Core. It’s a State run central curriculum that revamps schools into little more than job training and indoctrination centers [and it is now being spread worldwide by the UN.]

Because, you see, today’s public education system is also designed to strip the children of their attitudes, values and beliefs that parents may have instilled, and indoctrinate them into accepting global values – global citizenship and a global economy based on the sustainable agenda.

Little of American civics and history are taught in today’s classroom. But text books contain whole chapters on the Five Pillars of Islam, while ignoring the 10 Commandments of Christianity. 



Related:
Unschooling: Radical Education That Produces Free Human Beings Instead Of Slaves

The children are fed an unending diet of the evils of capitalism; the selfishness of individualism, and the social justice of redistribution of wealth.

It punishes students for possessing individuality and is designed to eliminate such natural human tendencies. That is the “common” in Common Core. Common values, common goals, common future. Don’t rock the boat of a well ordered society.

Common Core is the nationally dictated curriculum necessary for the acceptance and implementation of Agenda 21.  Of course, we still elect local school boards pretending they have some say over the curriculum. It makes us all feel safer for our children.

How, then do we explain the surge of Bernie Sanders and the Tsunami of Socialism? Well, today nearly every adult up to the age of 40 has gone thought this indoctrination, trained to accept a future chosen for them by someone else.

The education system was fully outlined in a very detailed letter to Hillary Clinton from Marc Tucker of the National Center on Education and the Economy in November, 1992, immediately after Bill. Clinton was elected President.

Said Tucker:


"First, a vision of the kind of national – not federal – human resources development system the nation could have. This is interwoven with a new approach to governing that should inform that vision.

What is essential is that we create a seamless web of opportunities to develop one’s skills that literally extends from cradle to grave and is the same system for everyone…”
coordinated by “a system of labor market boards at the local, state, and federal levels” where curriculum and “job matching” will be handled by counselors “accessing the integrated computer-based program.”


Issue 6: Healthcare

How is healthcare connected to Agenda 21? Simply Google “Sustainable Medicine” and you will find more than 5,850,000 English language references to the subject. Read through the ideas expressed there and you will find nearly every provision of Obamacare.

An expert on Sustainable Medicine, the late Dr. Madeleine Cosman, put it this way: “Sustainable Medicine + Sustainable Development = Duty to Die.”

Sustainable medicine makes decisions through visioning councils that determine what shall be done or not done to each body in its group in its native habitat. Sustainable medicine experts do not refer to citizens in sovereign nations, but to “humans” in their “settlements.”

Sustainable medicine is the pivot around which all other Sustainable Development revolves. Principle #1 of the Rio Declaration that introduced Agenda 21 is that all humans must live in harmony with nature.



The translation means rationing healthcare, low technology for health care treatment and emphasis on medical care not cure. And that, of course, will lead to population reduction, as called for in Agenda 21.

These are the issues that are not usually discussed or connected to Agenda 21. Yet they are being implemented, step by step, by local planners in policies that are approved by befuddled elected representatives.  It’s all driven through pressure from private NGO groups and funded by federal grants.

That’s how it’s done, constantly driven a little bit with each innocent sounding idea. Then, without warning, Frankenstein rises from behind the smokescreen, toe bones and anklebones fully operational.

People must understand and connect these dots to everyday issues so they can clearly see the root and long term goals of these policies that are affecting our personal lives.

Elected representatives at every level of government must come to understand that legislative actions have consequences far beyond their understanding.

Agenda 21 is the “common core” and it has already invaded every level of our society. Our battle cry must be to stop this monster or watch freedom perish.



Myth Busters: Introducing Agenda 2030

Agenda 2030 - Save the earth not you. Isn't it what is happening? Will you support it?



Agenda 21 escalated to 2030 with the Pope as the main protagonist.

Related: Humanist Manifesto – Roots of Agenda 2030?

Seventeen goals and targets that will stimulate action over the next fifteen years in areas of critical importance for humanity and the planet:


Goal 1: End Poverty in all its Forms Everywhere

Translation: Continually engineer boom/bust and other financial crisis; centralize all ‘private banks’ – IMF, World Bank, Fed/BOE etc to control all finances via a digital world currencies; a cashless society administered via personal RFID chips(in phones and banking cards).



Continue to encourage and Increase dependence on personal debt by continually raising inflation/prices above earnings; make interest rates negative and then ‘charge’ for keeping balances in the black; make it impossible to function in society without digital beast system i.e. no access to work, food, healthcare, buying and selling, transport etc


Goal 2: End Hunger, Achieve Food Security and Improved Nutrition and Promote Sustainable Agriculture

Translation: Codex Alimentarius (opens in this window); full corporate control over the supply and production of only poor quality GMO (Frankenstein) food – causing cancer and genetic abnormalities leading to population reduction.

Encourage and promote vegetarianism with high consumption of GMO crops; make meat eating increasingly unacceptable by continually pushing the environmental damage and cancer causing message


Goal 3: Ensure Healthy Lives and Promote Well-Being for all at All Ages

Translation: Full government control and rationing of poor quality health care; compulsory health destroying vaccinations; legalize and advocate euthanasia.



Sexualization of children and minors; legalize and enable taxation of all drugs plus promote their widespread use


Goal 4: Ensure Inclusive and Equitable Quality Education and Promote Lifelong Learning Opportunities for All

Translation: UN propaganda, constant and relentless brainwashing delivered through all forms of media and compulsory ‘education’ from cradle to grave.



Use famous celebrities, actors, musicians and role models (that the elite control) to directly influence public opinion; label anyone who questions the status quo and refuses to conform, as mentally ill and incarcerate them indefinitely for their ‘own safety’; utilize political correctness as a weapon against free and analytical thinking


Goal 5: Achieve Gender Equality and Empower all Women and Girls

Translation: Population control through forced “Family Planning”; promote ‘alternative lifestyles’; destroy family and societal cohesion; ‘normalize’ all sexual orientations; feminize, ridicule and diminish traditional male roles


Goal 6: Ensure Availability and Sustainable Management of Water and Sanitation for All

Translation: Privatize all water sources.



Related:
Australia’s Pauline Hansen exposes UN Agenda 21’s real agenda with the privatisation of water

Add fluoride and cancer causing chemicals to supply; increase charges and encourage the separate purchase of ‘safe’ drinking water


Goal 7: Ensure Access to Affordable, Reliable, Sustainable and Modern Energy for All

Translation: Phase out ‘fossil fuels’ and replace with 100% electricity supply and control network.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Smart grid with smart meters on everything; peak pricing; personal carbon rationing through RFID; draconian punishments for ‘excessive’ and ‘irresponsible’ usage


Goal 8: Promote Sustained, Inclusive and Sustainable Economic Growth, Full and Productive Employment and Decent Work for All

Translation: TPP; free trade zones that favor mega corporate interests; excessive taxation and red tape leading to eventual bankruptcy for all small/medium ‘non-corporate’ (elite owned) businesses.



Endless global and regional conflicts / terrorism / war leading to ‘job creation’ for the young by enforcing conscription into the security/armed services; vast labor factories, expansion of service sector and government assigned ‘non jobs’ with no upper age limit or retirement prospects for ‘workers’


Goal 9: Build Resilient Infrastructure, Promote Inclusive and Sustainable Industrialization and Foster Innovation

Translation: Promote and expand public transit; remove free/subsidized travel; apply environmental restrictions on personal travel; introduce a pay per mile/km auto tax and expand toll roads.



Build and maintain privately owned infrastructure using public funds by increasing levels of personal/carbon taxation


Goal 10: Reduce Inequality Within and Among Countries

Translation: Replace current systems of governance with one based on socialism and corporate control; introduce even more regional government bureaucracy and intrusion like a mutant octopus; open borders with unlimited and unchecked migration from Islamic countries causing widespread racial and religious wars/conflict/terrorism (thus population reduction on a grand scale).

Promote, normalize and enforce diversity with extensive and relentless media campaigns plus impose restrictive and punitive race/equality laws to silence any objection


Goal 11: Make Cities and Human Settlements Inclusive, Safe, Resilient and Sustainable

Translation: Big brother big data surveillance state with cameras watching everything 24/7; destroy rural communities; encourage city occupation.



Promote the affordability and environmental benefits of living in ‘sustainable’ compact micro units controlled and connected to the ‘smart grid’; restrict personal movement through RFID tracking/logging and no go zones


Goal 12: Ensure Sustainable Consumption and Production Patterns

Translation: Forced austerity; limit availability and ration purchases of essential goods with RFID based cashless society; wipe out the ‘useless eaters’ then maintain the worlds population at under 500,000,000


Goal 13: Take Urgent Action to Combat Climate Change and its Impacts

Translation: Cap and Trade; carbon taxes/credits; footprint taxes; direct RFID credit/cash deductions for personal carbon usage; aggressively promote climate change as the ‘new religion’ and sanction ‘deniers‘; set-up eco-courts to enforce global and local climate laws and to punish ‘eco-crime’


Goal 14: Conserve and Sustainably Use the Oceans, Seas and Marine Resources for Sustainable Development

Translation: Environmental restrictions; control all oceans including mineral rights from ocean floors.



Related: Hawke's Bay's Merger Mayor And Agenda 21

Restrict public access to coastal areas and criminalize all unauthorized and unlawful infractions


Goal 15: Protect, Restore and Promote Sustainable Use of Terrestrial Ecosystems, Sustainably Manage Forests, Combat Decertification, and Halt and Reverse Land Degradation and Halt Biodiversity Loss

Translation: More environmental restrictions; more controlling of resources and mineral rights; restricted public access to vast areas of open space and woodlands etc with harsh penalties for all unauthorized and unlawful infractions


Goal 16: Promote Peaceful and Inclusive Societies for Sustainable Development, Provide Access to Justice for All and Build Effective, Accountable and Inclusive Institutions at all Levels

Translation: Use the NATO alliance and UN “peacekeeping” missions/proxy armies along with the International Court of (subjective) Justice, to force regime change on uncooperative nations and join desperate people together via fake refugee and other engineered crises; mediate with more “UN peacekeeping” and gain full control over regions and counties when tension breaks out.



Related: Agenda 2030 Translator: Decoding The UN’s New ‘Sustainable’ Development Goals

Incrementally remove the 2nd Amendment in the USA using false flag events to sway public opinion in tandem with restrictive executive orders to bypass congress, provoke patriots into defending their rights and send all surviving dissenters to ‘re-education’ camps


Goal 17: Strengthen the Means of Implementation and Revitalize the Global Partnership for Sustainable Development

Translation: Promote and expand globalism and a bloated Orwellian bureaucratic state under the ‘authority” of the UN (by initiating world war if necessary) with direction from The (unelected) Council on Foreign Relations and The Trilateral Commission; implementation of a ‘one world government‘ with open borders and removal of national sovereignty worldwide; implement a fully biometric/RFID human control network


The last line of the agenda document (opens in this window) reads:

"We reaffirm our unwavering commitment to achieving this Agenda and utilizing it to the full to transform our world for the better by 2030."

Translation: We, as in the UN (the unelected de facto world government), are going to force this on the worlds population whether they like it or not, although we have absolutely no democratic mandate to do so.

UN Agenda 2030 = Total Enslavement For Anyone Left Standing! Of course the elite would not be affected by this.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Important Information About Every NZ PM Since Muldoon - Pre-Election Facts Mainstream Media Won’t Be Telling You + Jacinda Arden And Light Rail: A Fabian Slant On The New World Order Plan For New Zealand
August 8 2017 | From: EnvirowatchRangetikei / Uncensored

Here outlined are some important facts you won’t see emphasized in mainstream media, which is why we need to support independent media.



Thanks to Ben Vidgen for his excellent research and to Vinny Eastwood for the video presentation.

Related: Everything Is Rigged: Medicine, Science, Elections, The Media, Money, Education, Search Engines, Social Media... You Are Living In A Fabricated Fairy Tale

We’ve covered some of the data in various posts over the past years, and particularly of interest is the agenda that’s going down, namely Agenda 21 (now 2030) and the push of that by the globalists.

Watch this compact fact-filled summary and consider as you weigh things up for this September. And please share the video.



NZ Elections: Does Your Vote Really Count?

A critical analysis of New Zealand’s leaders for the last 40 years.





If you believe your vote does count, ask yourself this, why has every Prime Minister since Robert Muldoon belonged to international organizations pushing for an end to national sovereignty and a UN centered world government?

And why then, has every single Prime Minister sold this country’s strategic assets to foreigners, gotten us into massive debt, made huge cutbacks in nearly every public service & weakened this country’s sovereignty time after time despite promising the exact opposite to the people of New Zealand?

Related: Only Half Of Americans Realise Election System Is Rigged + Why Vote When Our Votes Really Don’t Count?




Jacinda Arden And Light Rail: A Fabian Slant On The New World Order Plan For New Zealand

Counting down to the NZ general elections, suddenly things are getting interesting, thanks to Jacinda Arden and Light Rail.

Back in May last year, Labour announced it’s Light Rail plan in a “Fact Sheet.”

Related: Agenda 21 In New Zealand


"Transport has concluded that light rail offers the best benefit to cost ratio, compared to heavy rail and bus rapid transport, to improve transport in the suburbs of the isthmus. Its business case found that existing transport is already at capacity and light rail is needed as soon as possible.

Auckland Council had included the light rail line as part of its 2016-2026 10 year plan. The Government’s Auckland Transport Alignment Plan has pushed it back to after 2028 despite acknowledging that passenger demand requires it within the coming decade.

Labour is keen to begin work on the light rail line as soon as possible and will work with Auckland Council to make funding this project a priority within ten years.

Half of the cost of the light rail line will be met by central government. This is estimated at $680m and will be met from unallocated funds in future years of the National Land Transport Programme without the need for additional revenue. The other half of the cost will be met by Auckland Council.”

- Excerpt from Labour Fact Sheet document

This plan didn’t exactly make waves. Barely a ripple.

Now, counting down to the general elections, the labour party, flagging in popularity, makes a bold move. Replacing “old and boring” Andrew Little with fresh and vibrant Jacinda Arden, the Fabian “Wolf in sheep’s clothing” of choice, and very much in line with the youth-appeal agenda of UK’s Labour Party.

A brilliant political move: The media spotlight changes from Blue to Red as National has the rug pulled out from under their feet. The Nats might as well not exist as far as the TV news is concerned.



Related: Labour, National go head-to head with transport plans

And Arden’s first big announcement? The Light Rail Plan! The media goes wild, like Arden just pulled this out of her hat at the last moment:

So what? Good idea, great way to ease congestion in gridlocked Auckland. But, this is of course all part of the UN 2030 Agenda global plan and I have little doubt Booz Allen Hamilton will come creeping out of the woodwork as part of this.

Even as I write this, the TV is blaring Arden’s “superstar reception” and commenting on “Jacindamania” amid her repeated use of the phrase “World Class Cities” as she makes the Light Rail announcement.

In the global scheme of things I see the last minute Labour Party bombshell and sudden focus on light rail as a sign of the rapid progression of the New World Order agenda to have all the pieces in place by the year 2030.

Related: Christchurch, Booz Allen Hamilton, And The 2030 Agenda, by Martin Harris


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

GCSB 'Had No Idea' Spy Gear Was Still Targeting Kim Dotcom
August 8 2017 | From: NewZealandHerald

The GCSB lost control of its surveillance technology and wasn't aware its systems continued spying on Kim Dotcom, according to new documents from the spy bureau.



It claimed that it turned off all surveillance systems targeting Dotcom and others but found out more than a year later that surveillance continued without its knowledge.

Related: Copyright, Intellectual Property And The Extradition Saga Of Kim Dotcom

The details in the documents have led Dotcom to state that there is now evidence the United States' National Security Agency was carrying out surveillance on him.

Dotcom, who should have been protected from GCSB surveillance as a New Zealand resident, said the GCSB did not know because its equipment was being used by the NSA, which was "directly involved".


"New Zealanders must know how much power a foreign state holds over their private information,"
he told the New Zealand Herald.

The admission from the Government Communications Security Bureau was made in High Court papers.

It aimed to explain why Dotcom and others charged in the FBI's Megaupload investigation were spied on for two months longer than previously admitted.

The surveillance against Dotcom led to the revelation the GCSB didn't understand its own law and had illegally spied on 88 people as a result.

If Dotcom were spied on by the NSA through GCSB systems, that number would likely be much higher because it was also following an inaccurate rendering of New Zealand law.

The GCSB has always said it stopped actively spying on Dotcom and his co-accused on January 20, 2012, but a recent High Court judgment revealed that the actual end of surveillance was March 22, 2012.



The former Dotcom Mansion, which was raided by police and FBI on January 20 2012 in a bid to arrest Kim Dotcom

Related: Amazon drones to scan your house while they're delivering?

New High Court papers submitted by the Government in defence to a claim for damages over unlawful spying on Dotcom show the GCSB confirmed its active involvement ended on January 20, 2012, with the raid on Dotcom's mansion.

That was the date of the "Operation Debut" police raid on Dotcom's mansion in Coatesville, north of Auckland, which was to assist the FBI's multi-country takedown of the internet entrepreneur's Megaupload website.

The GCSB's role was to support police by monitoring the communications of Dotcom and others, passing on intelligence about where the targets would be and if they knew they were about to be arrested.

The court papers stated the spy bureau said it "detasked some selectors" on January 20, 2012, after the Friday dawn raid on the mansion by elite anti-terror police.



Related: Robots are Inventing Their Own Languages

"Selectors" is the term used among Five Eyes countries to describe the search terms put into its global spying apparatus. Documents have previously showed Dotcom and his co-accused had email addresses, phone numbers, addresses and websites submitted to the GCSB as "selectors".



Peter Gabriel - The Veil

Considered a hero by some, and a traitor by others, SNOWDEN is the epic story of whistle-blower Edward Snowden and looks at how and why he did what he did and who he left behind.


The Veil was written and produced by Peter Gabriel and mixed by Tchad Blake.


“As we become so visible in the digital world and leave an endless trail of data behind us, exactly who has our data and what they do with it becomes increasingly important.

Snowden’s revelations shocked the world and made it very clear why we need to have some way to look over those who look over us. With increasing terrorist attacks, security is critical, but not without any accountability or oversight.

I was very happy to learn Oliver Stone had decided to make a film about Edward Snowden and believe this is a powerful and inspiring film.

Oliver takes his music very seriously and I have always enjoyed collaborating with him and [music supervisor] Budd Carr.”

– Peter Gabriel






The GCSB also told the High Court the "majority of selectors" were removed on January 24, 2012, the Monday following the raid, and a further "small number of selectors" were removed on January 30, 2012.


"They say that all activity by GCSB staff relating to Operation Debut ceased by 30 January, 2012."

But it added: "Limited interception of some communications continued beyond the detasking date without the knowledge of GCSB staff."

The GCSB said it was unaware of continued access of Dotcom through its systems until legal action was filed over the unlawful spying.

The court case started in April 2013, after then-Cabinet Secretary Rebecca Kitteridge carried out a review into the GCSB which revealed 88 people had been unlawfully spied on.



Pipitea House, Wellington, which houses the NZSIS and GCSB

There is no explanation in the court papers of how New Zealand's surveillance technology was used without the knowledge of the GCSB, which has the responsibility of running it.

The GCSB documents do contain an admission of NSA involvement, although it was not made outright.

In response to the accusation the GCSB had accessed NSA networks, the bureau refused to answer on national security grounds and acknowledged that under High Court rules that doing so would be seen by the court as an admission it had.

The same type of admission was made to the accusation the GCSB - and possibly the NSA - had accessed emails, phone and Skype communication, internet browsing histories and used phone or computer microphones to eavesdrop.



Related: Russia Sanctions and The Coming Crackdown on Americans

Experts quizzed by the Herald suggested it was either access to GCSB's systems by a Five Eyes power or that the GCSB had no idea over the surveillance processes it own systems were running.

And although audits of the system would be expected to show detailed reports of access, Kitteridge's view found the process was poor. She found "there is no internal audit function at all for many of the intelligence functions", that training was patchy and some audits simply weren't done.

Dotcom said the details showed some other party was using GCSB systems and he believed it would be the NSA.


"The US government has requested my extradition. The NSA is clearly the most interested party."

He said the alternative theory that the GCSB didn't realise what its systems collected would mean the bureau had no idea what it had done around a high-profile case which was subject to high-level scrutiny.



Kim Dotcom's campaign against surveillance has seen him linked with NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden and journalist and author Glenn Greenwald

Related: Dotcom's 'Moment of Truth': With Glenn Greenwald, Edward Snowden,Julian Assange ,Bob Amsterdam And Kim Dotcom


"The NSA has unrestricted access to GCSB surveillance systems. In fact most of the technology the GCSB uses was supplied by the NSA."

Dotcom said his legal team expected to take further action based on the revelation.


"If the GCSB was aiding and abetting the NSA to spy directly on New Zealanders then the seriousness of the situation has changed dramatically and a truly independent inquiry and a new criminal investigation will be unavoidable."

He said it raised questions about the spy laws which changed in 2013, giving the GCSB greater powers under clearer legislation.

There was a surge in public attention over the activities of the bureau including protest marches and community meetings before the law passed in Parliament with a single vote.

But it also raises questions about the legality. Five Eyes countries have some ability to access each other's systems but do so on the basis of a "signals intelligence directive" - a set of rules which spell out the law.



Related: Facebook Shut Down AI After It Invented Its Own Language

At the time of the unlawful surveillance on Dotcom, the New Zealand rules - called NZSID7 - were an inaccurate reflection of the law.

It would mean Dotcom would have been spied on unlawfully - as the GCSB has admitted has been the case - because he would have been protected if NZSID7 was accurate.

A spokeswoman for the GCSB said spying on Dotcom ended on February 16, 2012.

She said the March 22, 2012, date which emerged recently was in relation to "a plaintiff who has since settled with GCSB". Dotcom's co-accused, Finn Batato, Bram van der Kolk and Mathias Ortmann, along with family, were originally part of the claim for damages.

Further comment would not be made because the judgment was likely to be appealed, she said. Also, she said: "We do not comment on what may or may not be operational."

A spokeswoman for Prime Minister Bill English said he would not comment because the case was before the courts.



Kim Dotcom says new evidence shows the NSA used the GCSB's equipment to spy on him

Related: Kim Dotcom: The Man Behind Megaupload


"We also do not comment on operational matters relating to our security and intelligence agencies."

A similar "no comment" came from GCSB minister Chris Finlayson. The NSA has also yet to respond but pointed to public statements by its director that it respects the laws of partner countries.

Massey University's Dr Rhys Ball, a lecturer at the Centre for Defence and Security Studies, said he believed it more likely "selectors" believed to have been turned off had not actually been deactivated.

He said it seemed unlikely the NSA would have been able to carry out surveillance on GCSB systems without the GCSB knowing. "I wouldn't have thought you could do that."

Security expert Dr Paul Buchanan, who runs a consultancy called 36th Parallel Assessments, said if the remaining surveillance was "targeted" then it was carried out by the GCSB or one of the Five Eyes parties.

He questioned whether the GCSB had a side-operation providing support to NZ Security Intelligence Service inquiries into Dotcom.


Timeline - Spying on Dotcom


2011

December 14:

Police asked the GCSB for help spying on Kim Dotcom and others.



December 16: Spying operation starts.

2012

January 20: Dotcom arrested. Spying operation ends.

January 24: Most "selectors" taken out of GCSB spying apparatus.

January 30: All GCSB work on Dotcom surveillance finished.

February 17: Question raised about legality of spying on Dotcom and two others.

February 27: GCSB legal director says a legal check has confirmed it was lawful.

March 22: Actual end of surveillance using GCSB assets.

August 9: High Court hearing hears disclosure that some other government agency "that worked for the government" was involved in Dotcom case.

August 16: Bill English as acting Prime Minister signs a Ministerial Certificate burying existence of the spying.

September 13: Prime Minister John Key is told the GCSB spied illegally and that the GCSB Ministerial Certificate is worthless. Later that month he makes it public, announcing inquiries and a review into the GCSB.

September 17: A GCSB member makes a sworn statement to the High Court saying surveillance ended on January 20.


2013


March: Key's appointee Rebecca Kitteridge completes a review of the GCSB. When released, it is a scathing indictment on its processes.


April: Legal action is launched by Dotcom over the unlawful spying, making a financial claim for damages. The GCSB checks its records and discovers surveillance continued until March 22 2012.


2017


July 14: A High Court judgment reveals publicly for the first time that the unlawful surveillance against Dotcom and others went until March 22.



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Pulitzer Prize-Winning CNN Journalist Busted For Fabricating Fake News, Resigns From CNN + Google Gestapo Goes Full Nazi Against Independent Media - Hiding “Controversial Content” And “Redirecting” Searches
August 6 2017 | From: NewsTarget / AllNewsPipeline

Following more than a years’ worth of binge-publishing fake news about the Trump campaign, CNN has announced the resignation of three of its top journalists, including Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter Eric Lichtblau.



Along with Thomas Frank and Lex Haris, Lichtblau was found guilty of publishing false information about Russia’s alleged meddling in the 2016 presidential election, a rumor that was apparently started by none other than failed presidential candidate Hillary Clinton.

Related: Frustrated European Peter Koenig Explains How Propaganda Has Turned the West Into a Herd of Pigs

The resignations came to a head after CNN carelessly published a story recently accusing entrepreneur Anthony Scaramucci, an ally of President Trump and a member of his transition team, of colluding with Russia to get Mr. Trump elected.

These allegations centered around a delusion by these CNN reporters that Scaramucci was somehow connected to a Russian investment fund that’s currently under congressional investigation, a rumor that has since proven to be completely false.

There was never any proof to support these allegations, other than a single “anonymous source” that CNN and many other mainstream news outlets grabbed onto as “evidence” that President Trump had worked with the Russians to cause Clinton to lose the election.

When it became undeniable that the whole thing was completely made up, CNN had no choice but to do something – anything – to try to salvage its reputation. That’s about the time when the story was retracted and the three journalists “resigned.”


“On June 22, 2017, CNN.com published a story connecting Anthony Scaramucci with investigations into the Russian Direct Investment Fund,”
reads an Editor’s Note published to CNN.com on June 23, 2017.

“That story did not meet CNN’s editorial standards and has been retracted. Links to the story have been disabled. CNN apologizes to Mr. Scaramucci.”


CNN Got it Wrong About Comey’s Investigation of Trump, Too

That CNN would claim to have “editorial standards” is rather humorous considering this isn’t the first time the network has published fake news about President Trump based on little more than wishful thinking. Back in June, the dying network reported that former FBI Director James Comey was going to dispute the claim that President Trump was not under investigation by the agency.



The CNN article, which was titled “Comey expected to refute Trump,” was once again based on anonymous sources who apparently told the network that Comey’s conversations with the President were “much more nuanced,” and that Mr. Trump had gotten things wrong in claiming that he was not under investigation.

Four CNN journalists – Gloria Borger, Eric Lichtblau, Jake Tapper, and Brian Rokus – all compiled the story, with Borger, CNN’s chief political analyst, appearing on TV to state the following:


“Comey is going to dispute the president on this point if he’s asked about it by senators, and we have to assume that he will be. He will say he never assured Donald Trump that he was not under investigation, that that would have been improper for him to do so.”

But that never happened, and CNN was forced to put its foot in its mouth and admit that the whole thing was simply untrue.

CNN
quickly changed the title of the article to “Comey unlikely to judge on obstruction,” issuing the following statement in a correction:


“CORRECTION AND UPDATE: This article was published before Comey released his prepared opening statement. The article and headline have been corrected to reflect that Comey does not directly dispute that Trump was told multiple times he was not under investigation in his prepared testimony released after this story was published.”

There are just too many “oops!” moments at CNN these days for anyone to take the network seriously anymore. Its days are clearly numbered as more and more Americans learn the truth – and that it can’t be found at CNN.




Google Gestapo Goes Full Nazi Against Independent Media - Hiding “Controversial Content” And “Redirecting” Searches

On August 1, 2017, the YouTube blog provided an update on their Orwellian censorship policies, where under the guise of updating users on their "commitment to fight terror content online."



They will be implementing full Nazi fascist tactics to hide content that is "controversial but do not violate our policies," by using "cutting-edge machine learning technology designed to help us identify and remove violent extremism and terrorism-related content in a scalable way."

Related: Twitter Censors Eric Trump’s Drudge Tweet Showing Great American Job Numbers


"Tougher standards: We’ll soon be applying tougher treatment to videos that aren’t illegal but have been flagged by users as potential violations of our policies on hate speech and violent extremism. If we find that these videos don’t violate our policies but contain controversial religious or supremacist content, they will be placed in a limited state.

The videos will remain on YouTube behind an interstitial, won’t be recommended, won’t be monetized, and won’t have key features including comments, suggested videos, and likes.


We’ll begin to roll this new treatment out to videos on desktop versions of YouTube in the coming weeks, and will bring it to mobile experiences soon thereafter. These new approaches entail significant new internal tools and processes, and will take time to fully implement.

In other words ladies an gentlemen if political commentary, or religious commentary, is considered non-compliant with the ideology of the groups they are using to "train" their bots, which they described as "expert NGOs and institutions through our Trusted Flagger program, including the Anti-Defamation League, the No Hate Speech Movement, and the Institute for Strategic Dialogue," those videos will be hidden, there will be no ability to "share" them using the icons meant for that purpose, the creators won't be able to monetize them, people will not be able to "like" them, nor have the ability to comment on them.



Related: The Conspiracy to Rule the World: #64. Anti-Defamation League

If that isn't going full fascist Nazi on Independent media, what would be? They list three specific ways they claim they have seen "positive progress."

The first is listed as "Speed and efficiency," where it states the following:


"Our machine learning systems are faster and more effective than ever before. Over 75 percent of the videos we've removed for violent extremism over the past month were taken down before receiving a single human flag."

The second is listed as "Accuracy," where they claim "The accuracy of our systems has improved dramatically due to our machine learning technology. While these tools aren’t perfect, and aren’t right for every setting, in many cases our systems have proven more accurate than humans at flagging videos that need to be removed."

We will stop here for a minute to address that "accuracy" claim, which we highlighted in a previous article, with screen shots of how "inaccurate" their little AI flagging bots or human flaggers are, as after appeal, video after video on ANP's channel were remonetized after a human reviewed it.

One example shown below:




It Gets Worse


YouTube has also decided that if a user searches for something specific that they have flagged as "sensitive keywords" they will now redirect those search results "towards a playlist of curated YouTube videos that directly confront and debunk violent extremist messages."

This YouTube update has not gone over well from users or creators, as seen in some of the comments below their blog post on this topic, with one saying "These are the actions of people who fundamentally do not believe in human freedom. They are not content with allowing people to choose for themselves, they have to impose a narrative on them. Or at least try.



I suspect if I wanted to I could find lots of videos that were very offense to me, but I don't go looking for them. Everyone has that same ability. I don't look for Pro-ISIS, Pro-Islam content. I don't go looking for videos from Communists and Marxists. It doesn't interest me, but they should be allowed to make them. But the same is not offered to the other side."

Another user gets right to the heart of the issue when they state "In other words, if you are not a social justice warrior, your videos will be restricted. Censorship = making YouTube safer for all."

More reactions include "Whats worse is if you search for content you want but Google and the "Creators for Change" think your opinions are shit you'll get a wave of propaganda sponsored by governments in league with Google, corporate partners, advocacy groups, and Youtube's chosen bigots!"


Heddy McCrab"This is the particularly egregious part, right here. Not only are users no longer capable of exercising their brains to choose what content they want to share and comment on, but if you happen to harbor an idea that Master Google Upon High deems 'problematic', they'll spam you with re-education center propaganda.

Then they'll put you on a list with all the other 'problematic' people and sell it off to the media and would-be fascists they've recruited to serve as 'experts' in detecting offensive content.

That's assuming, of course, that they don't just deactivate your account and e-mail address like they just got caught doing earlier. "

Gwen Patton: "Please don't go down this road. It's disturbing and will not end well. It's going to be abused and misused by people who want to forward their own agendas. All you're doing is creating a PC, extreme-left, propagandizing echo chamber.'

John Smith: "That sh*t is called censorship. that is suppression of opposition and destroys freedom of speech. but of course google only cares about these things when it favors them. calling the right fascist while using the fascists methods themselves. truely disgusting."

Readers can scroll down at the YouTube post to see the rest of the comments, each and every one against Google/YouTube's fascist tactics, but fair warning, some are very colorful with their language.

We would recommend readers politely weigh in for themselves, letting YouTube know what you think of their censorship practices.





What Youtube Are Allowing is Sickening

Two articles just sent to me by Stefan shows that while YouTube is busy censoring anything they consider "extremists," such as conservative political commentary and criticisms against the MSM, they are allowing channels like "Tween" which caters to Pedophiles, one of which was subscribed to by none other than Imran Awan, the man just arrested attempting to leave the country and who is under criminal investigations for his wrong-doings while he worked  as IT for dozens of Democratic congress members in the House.

So, pervs, pedophiles and channels that indoctrinate and brainwash people into the liberal social justice warrior mindset, are A-OK, but political commentary that does not fit with Google/YouTube's ideology is now considered "extremist content," to be hidden from view.



Bottom Line

YouTube, which is owned by Google, is attempting to stifle any type of independent thinking and any conservative opinion and commentary by labeling it "extremist," while conflating it will legitimate terrorist content.

This is how they intend to destroy Independent Media that will not push the official propaganda.

YouTube creators are also speaking out against this fascism on the part of Google/YouTube, in less than a full day, dozens of creators are already hammering YouTube, just a few of which are shown below, but a search on YouTube for the last 24 hours, has many, many more.

Pretty soon that "search result" may not "show" those criticisms because they do not conform to Google-YouTube's preferred narrative.



YouTube to Censor "Controversial" Videos






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Russia, Bribes & Sex: Nineteen Massive Democrat Scandals The Mainstream Media Is Covering Up
August 5 2017 | From: DailyWire / Various

If these were Republican scandals, they would consume the news cycle.



Michael Sainato of The Observer has done a superb job of accumulating all the scandals currently roiling the Democrat Party. Well, not really roiling, because as we all know our objective, unbiased, and not-at-all-leftwing media is covering up every single one of these jaw-dropping scandals.

Related: Intelligence Veterans’ Forensic Analysis Proves Russia Hacking a Hoax

Smothering them to death. Burying them. In other words, thanks to our media, Democrats, the true Russian colluders (more on this below) are getting away with everything but murder.

So, with another word of thanks to The Observer for reminding us of these 17 scandals (I added the last two), here they broken down into a handy-dandy list.


1. Debbie Wasserman Schultz and the Shady IT Guy

While she was head of the Democrat National Committee (DNC), and until last week when he was detained by the FBI after attempting to flee the country, sitting Congresswoman Debbie Wasserman Schultz employed an IT aide named Imran Awan, who is under criminal investigation for all sorts of financial and intelligence crimes.

There are reports of him destroying hard drives sought by the FBI, and worse, there are reports he hid a laptop computer in a crevice somewhere in the congressional office building, which, until recently, Wasserman Schultz refused to give investigators access to.



Related: Congress to Investigate Wasserman-Schultz, IT aide scandal

Incredibly, Awan worked for a whole host of Democrats, but for some bizarre reason Wasserman Schultz did not fire him until last week when he attempted to flee justice.

Other than the usual reasons, the MSM is terrified of this story because Awan's access to all computer things Democrat might prove to be the source of the email hacks that the MSM is desperate to pin on Trump via Russia via WikiLeaks.


2. Democrat Mayors Charged with Pay-to-Play

In the great state of Pennsylvania, two former Democrat mayors were indicted on July 26 by the FBI for pay-to-play. This is the first you've heard of it because the national media is covering this story up.

Oh, and you also haven't heard of Philadelphia District Attorney Seth Williams, who is currently under investigation for $160,000 in gifts that went unreported.


3. Democrat Faces Bribery Charge

Sitting Congressman Robert Brady is currently under FBI investigation for allegedly paying a challenger $90,000 to drop out of the Democrat primary.


4. Democrat Sent to Prison for Racketeering

Just 6 months ago, longtime Democrat Congressman Chaka Fattah began a 10-year prison sentence for racketeering.


5. Democrat Accused of Having Sex with Children

Ed Murray, the sitting mayor of Seattle, ended his campaign for a second term in May after allegations surfaced of child sexual abuse.



Related: Seymour Hersh Says Report of Russian Hacking Is CIA Disinformation


6. Corruption Scandal at the Democrat National Committee

As WikiLeaks proved, the DNC rigged the primary against Bernie Sanders in favor of Hillary Clinton. Due to a class action suit the media does not want you to know about, the scandal is not only ongoing, the discovery phase could be a goldmine - you know, for anyone interested in political corruption.


7. Democrat National Committee Sued for Unpaid Wages

Another class action lawsuit filed against the DNC involves campaign workers who claim they were screwed out of overtime pay even as millions in bonuses were handed out to bigwigs.


8. Democrat's Phony Charity Conviction

Just two months ago Corinne Brown, a congresswoman since 1993, was convicted of pocketing hundreds of thousands of dollars through a phony charity.


9. Democrat Billionaire Steals Party Chairmanship

This is one of the sleaziest things you will ever read.




Congressman Steve King Calls For Wider Investigations of Obama, Clinton, Comey, Soros, Lynch, Abedin, and Weiner Scandals

Congressman Steve King released the following video of statements he made during Judiciary Committee debate of legislation requiring the Attorney General to provide copies of any document, record, audio recording, memo, correspondence, or other communication that refers or relates to a number of troubling aspects of James Comey’s tenure as FBI director.

Related: Why Did Hillary Send Mueller to Moscow with Uranium in 2009?

In the course of his remarks, Congressman King recounted a litany of facts and events that reveal the corruption that surrounds many of the nation’s most prominent Democrats, as well as their disturbing pattern of using American taxpayer money to interfere in foreign elections. King’s entire remarks can be viewed by clicking on the embedded video.

King concluded his remarks by asserting the trail of Democratic election corruption leads to Barack Obama, and that the examples he cites should be investigated fully.








10. Sitting Democrat U.S. Senator Heads to Trial for Bribery

Just two months ago sitting United States Senator Bob Menendez exhausted his final appeal in the Supreme Court. In September, he will go to trial for bribery charges. This is a sitting U.S. Senator. Moreover, this is a sitting U.S. Senator from a major media zone - New Jersey.

But we all know is that Chris Christie went to the beach.


11. Democrat Mayoral Cover-Up In Chicago

Another high-profile Democrat in a major media zone is benefitting from a national media cover-up. Chicago Mayor Rahm Emanuel not only buried video of a police shooting in 2015, his biggest union supporter - a major Democrat player - was just indicted (two weeks ago) for extortion.


12. Democrat Faces Corruption Charges In New York

In another major media market, a former Assembly Speaker is being tried for corruption.



Related: The Witch Hunt for Donald Trump Surpasses the Salem Witch Trials of 1692-93


13. Aides to New York Governor Andrew Cuomo Charged with Corruption

Like Chris Christie, Andrew Cuomo is the governor of a major state who is considering a presidential run. Like Chris Christie and Bridgegate, a number of Cuomo's aides have been indicted for numerous charges of corruption.

Unlike Chris Christie and Bridgegate, which was a major national story for over a year, we are hearing almost zippo from the MSM about Cuomo's ethical troubles, and his ethical troubles do not end there.


14. New York Governor Cuomo Diverts Emergency Funds to 'Pet Projects'

Democrats sure got it good.


15. Former Democrat Congressman Pleads Guilty To Underage Sexting

Just two months ago, Anthony Weiner, who is not only a former New York Democrat Congressman but is also married to Hillary Clinton's top aide, Huma Abedin, pleaded guilty to sexting with a 15 -year-old girl.

Former President Bill Clinton resided over the wedding of Anthony and Huma, and now Anthony will have to register as a sex offender for the rest of his sick life. Oh, and thousands of Hillary's government emails were found on Wiener's laptop.

CNN is asking the media to stop talking about Anthony Weiner.


16. Charges of Democrat Vote Fraud in California

Over 300 votes cast to elect a Democrat Party Chair were fraudulent, according to a review board. A lawsuit is probably on the way in an election decided by just 62 votes.



Related: Farage slaps Blair down for wanting to stop Brexit


17. Money Laundering Through Gov. Jerry Brown's Campaign

The corruption is just not the money laundering but also the punishment meted out - a $3,500 fine and a warning letter to Governor Brown.

Have I mentioned how good Democrats got it?


18. Obama Administration Wiretaps Trump Through MASSIVE Unmasking

In order to wiretap Trump and his campaign, the Obama Administration wiretapped foreign officials and then unmasked the names of the Trump officials they spoke with, something that is highly unethical and almost certainly illegal.

Using national security to a political end is simply beyond the beyond. Moreover, much of this highly classified information was then leaked to a willing media, also for partisan political purposes.



19. Infamous Trump Dossier Fabricated By Company That Does Business With Russian Government

Well, well, well…

While there is zero proof of any collusion between the Russian government and the Trump campaign, there is now no question that Fusion GPS, the firm behind the thoroughly-discredited "Trump Dossier," has done business with and for the Russian government.

There are now claims from numerous sources that the "Trump Dossier" was created on behalf of the Russian government, which, if true, means that those most responsible for making the Dossier public - Senator John McCain, CNN's Jake Tapper, BuzzFeed's Ben Smith - are either colluding with Russians, i.e., knowingly spreading lies to disrupt our government, or Russian stooges.



Related: Spy chiefs invented Russia-collusion story

According to the Daily Caller, this is also true for much of the rest of the media.

To cover up the fact that the media and Democrats appear to have been colluding with the Russians as a means to destroy Trump, Democrats are aggressively trying to kill further congressional inquiry.

NOTE: Yes, the American media does pretty much cover everything. So, yes, if you look hard enough you might find something about these scandals at CNN or The Washington Post. But let's not hide behind hyper-literalism.

Just because the MSM can point to a particular write-up, this does not mean the story has gotten any of the traction or attention it deserves.


The MSM writes these placeholder pieces only as a means of defense when accused of a cover-up, when we all know that if these were Republican scandals, the MSM stories surrounding them would not be published, buried and ignored - rather, they would consume the news cycle.




DNC Is Surrounded By Corruption, Mystery And Murder

The Democrats have been overtaken by globalists: Roger Stone joins Alex Jones live via Skype to discuss the corruption behind the DNC and new revelations about Seth Rich’s murder, Imran Awan’s foreign ties and Debbie Wasserman Schultz.





Related Articles:

Media Completely Ignores Bombshell Seymour Hersh Revelations on Seth Rich

Washington Pushes Harder Against Russia

Russia Expelling 1000 US Diplomats in Response to New Deep State Congress Sanction

PBS’ Anti-Russia Propaganda Series


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Why Seth Rich’s Case Is Key To #TrumpRussia Investigation + Seth Rich Was Partying With Imran Awan On The Night Of His Murder
August 4 2017 | From: Geopolitics / Infowars / Various

Democratic National Committee staffer Seth Rich’s murder continues to stir up public opinion in the US. Wall Street analyst Charles Ortel assumed that Rich’s death could have been part of a massive conspiracy aimed at appointing Democratic presidential candidate Hillary Clinton as successor to Barack Obama.



The unresolved murder of Democratic National Committee (DNC) staffer Seth Rich has again been brought into the spotlight.

Related: Lawmaker Calls For Federal Investigation Of Seth Rich Murder + Liberal Media In Panic! Latest #FakeNews Accuses Kim Dotcom Of Hacking Into Seth Rich’s Gmail - Kim DotCom Responds

About a year ago Rich, who reportedly worked as the voter expansion data director at the DNC, was shot in the back in the Bloomingdale neighborhood of Washington D.C.

The Metropolitan Police Department (MPD) surmises that the DNC staffer was a victim of a robbery. However, his wallet, credit cards and cellphone were found on his body, intact.

To add to the controversy, the police have not been releasing new information on the case for months, prompting American political consultant Jack Burkman to file a suit against the MPD on Wednesday seeking to force them to release video footage of the murder.



Related: Podesta Emails Document Hillary Clinton Money-Laundering Scheme

For his part, US conservative commentator Sean Hannity signaled Tuesday that he is “making progress” in investigating what was really behind Seth Rich’s murder.

Why does the former DNC staffer attract so much attention?

The crux of the matter is that he is believed to be an alleged whistleblower who leaked nearly 20,000 DNC emails to WikiLeaks, exposing Hillary Clinton’s conspiracy against her counterpart - former Democratic presidential candidate Bernie Sanders.

Back in August 2016, WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange dropped a hint that Rich could have been behind the leak. If that is true, the Democrats’ narrative that Russia had “meddled” in the US 2016 presidential election will fall apart like a house of cards.



Related: Evidence Backs Claim Pro-Bernie Seth Rich Was DNC Leaker

Meanwhile, American investigative journalist and author Jerome R. Corsi has published a series of articles, which “explores the evidence that Seth Rich… leaked to WikiLeaks thousands of John Podesta’s emails.”

Sputnik asked Wall Street analyst and investigative journalist Charles Ortel to share his views on the issue.

If it is proven that Rich was behind the DNC leak, will it deal a lethal blow to the “Russians did it” story? At the same time, will it help answer the question who could have been behind Rich’s murder?


“Jerry Corsi’s excellent work deserves close attention as does the independent work of George Webb and others who are trying to discover why so many people close to the last election have died along the way,”
Ortel told Sputnik.

Indeed, the death of attorney Shawn Lucas, who served the DNC with a lawsuit in early July 2016 accusing then-DNC Chairwoman Debbie Wasserman Schultz of “rigging primaries” for Hillary Clinton, raised a lot of questions.



Related: Clintons and Pelosi Now Caught Up in Democrat Muslim IT Spy Scandal

Likewise, the passing of Joe Montano, who served as chairman of the Democratic National Committee before Debbie Wasserman Schultz, in July 2016, and the death of Victor Thorn, who authored four books on the Clintons, in August 2016, are still shrouded in mystery.

The US alternative media are circulating the so-called “Clinton death list” claiming that it contains the names of people who died after crossing the Clintons’ path.


“Assuming the FBI was given the appropriate attitude and necessary resources, I imagine they would wish to investigate what seems to be a massive criminal conspiracy to appoint Hillary Clinton as successor to Barack Obama,”
Ortel noted.

“Here, I would suggest going all the way back to the 2007 and 2008 election cycle to understand better exactly what accommodations may have been reached between the Obamas and the Clintons concerning the operation of the Clinton Foundation and its affiliates while Hillary Clinton served as US Secretary of State, forward to the present,” the Wall Street analyst suggested.

“What I see in the public record alone is a pattern where political donors and Clinton Foundation donors appear to have been richly rewarded numerous ways. In addition, particularly from 2009 forward the Clinton and Obama families, somehow, seem to have become much wealthier.

Can publishing houses credibly defend the enormous advances given for various books? Can payments for ‘speeches’ and for part-time positions be defended, when compared to incomes earned in the private sector for a full year of honest work?”
Ortel asked.

Meanwhile, there is yet another burning issue related to the DNC leak.

The question is why the DNC still denies the FBI access to their hacked server. Or maybe it is the FBI that is insisting on not examining the server while relying on a private firm’s findings on the alleged hack?



Related: Hillary’s new book: It’s Never My Fault


“If I were a Democrat, and if I were a Bernie Sanders supporter, I would be furious with the leadership of the Democratic Party - its behavior during 2016 strongly suggests to me that party officials have much to hide, a conclusion that is consistent with their apparent refusal to let the FBI do its work, rigorously,”
the Wall Street analyst emphasized.

“In solving mysteries, one of the oldest questions normally asked is ‘who benefits’?” he highlighted.

“I believe that the Clinton campaign acted as if their candidate had earned the absolute right not simply to win the presidency but to rule the American people with unchecked power. Having lost so badly in 2008, Hillary Clinton and her supporters were determined to win in 2016 at all costs.

So, damaging information was suppressed, and the primaries seem to have been rigged from what we know, so far, in the public domain,”
Ortel elaborated, adding that “Americans deserve to know what really happened during election season.”

“Moreover, those who have been attacked, the Russian government for example, and others who have been charged in the media and even by politicians as having, potentially, meddled in the recent election cycle need either to be proven guilty or cleared,” he added.

The Wall Street analyst believes that “America needs to get its game back.”

“To do so, we need to root out the endemic corruption especially in Washington, D.C. among both political parties, drain the swamp and make examples of the swamp monsters who still believe, even now, that they are above the law,” Ortel concluded.







Related Articles:

US Mainstream Media Totally Misses Clinton’s Collusion Link to Trump-Russia-Gate

Haitian Clinton Foundation Whistleblower Suicided

The improper association of Victor Pinchuk with Hillary, Bill and Chelsea Clinton covered up by the US media, Department of Justice and the IMF

Yes, Bill Clinton Asked Russia to interfere in a US presidential election: Jon Rappoport

Clinton ‘Suicides’: You Can Add Two More Names To That List Of Suspicious Deaths

The Email about Nancy Pelosi Could Bring Her Down for Good



Seth Rich Was Partying With Imran Awan On The Night Of His Murder


Trump confidante claims link between DNC staffer’s death and disgraced Wasserman Schultz aide.

According to Trump confidante Roger Stone, disgraced Debbie Wasserman Schultz aide Imran Awan was with former DNC staffer Seth Rich on the night of his murder.

Related: Seth Rich Mystery: DNC Leaks Came From Inside, Not Russian Hackers

Rich was murdered in an upscale area of Washington DC on July 10 last year but the killer or killers did not steal anything from the victim, rendering the police’s explanation that the incident was a robbery gone wrong doubtful.

Infowars reported on the questions surrounding Seth Rich’s murder multiple times back in August last year, including how there was around an hour and a half of “unaccounted for” time between Rich leaving a bar and being killed.

Brad Bauman, a crisis communications manager for the Democratic Party, was hired by Rich’s family to act as their spokesman. Bauman’s first action was to insist that people stop questioning the unsolved circumstances behind Rich’s murder.

Now Trump confidante Roger Stone claims that Imran Awan, Florida Democrat Rep. Debbie Wasserman Schultz’s information technology (IT) administrator, was with Seth Rich before he was murdered.

“FACT - Wasserman-Schulz “IT consultant” Awan was partying with Seth Rich the night of his murder ! Eat it @TheAtlantic !” Stone tweeted.



Related: Debbie Wasserman Schultz “Absolute Wreck – Barely Able to Function” Since Imran Awan Arrest

Awan reportedly possessed the password to DNC Chair Debbie Wasserman Schultz’s iPad when the DNC emails were leaked to Wikileaks.

Despite the mainstream media continually insisting – with no evidence – that Russia was responsible for the DNC leak – Julian Assange appeared to indicate that the source was Seth Rich during an appearance on Dutch television.

Hard drives recovered from Awan’s home were found to be smashed up with a hammer. Wasserman Schultz later threatened the chief of the U.S. Capitol Police with “consequences” for holding equipment related to the investigation into Awan.

Awan, who got paid 3 times the average Congressional I.T. employee salary, was arrested at Dulles airport after wiring $300,000 to Pakistan and attempting to flee the country.

According to Lt. Col. Anthony Shaffer, Awan was working with and wiring money to the Muslim Brotherhood, a Sunni Islamist organization that is allied with terrorist groups and advocates Shariah law.

Meanwhile in a related development, a lawsuit filed against Fox News by Rod Wheeler claims that, “The Fox News Channel and a wealthy supporter of President Trump worked in concert under the watchful eye of the White House to concoct a story” about the murder of Seth Rich.


Related Articles:

Bombshell from close friend Claudia Kash: 'I know why Seth Rich had to die'

Awan Arrested At Airport As Democrats In Panic

Seth Rich Attended Party with Numerous DC IT Workers the Night He Was Murdered

White House Petition to Investigate Seth Rich Murder Goes Viral as Reward Tops $345K


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

UK Court Decides That Children Belong To The State, Not Their Parents
August 3 2017 | From: TheFederalistPapers

By now, everyone around the world has probably heard of the tragic story of Charlie Gard.



It’s a case where a family in the U.K. was told their son was terminally ill and there was nothing that could be done to save his life; that was, until doctors in the U.S. thought they could save him with experimental treatment.

Related: Walking Your Children Home From School And Driving While Caffeinated Are Now Felony Crimes In Police State America

Charlie’s parents wanted to do everything to save their baby so they raised the money to be able to bring him to the U.S. for that treatment.

And that’s when things got ugly. The government told Charlie’s parents that they couldn’t take their own child from the U.K. to seek experimental treatment elsewhere.

The case was brought to court and the courts refused to order the child be released into his parents’ custody, thus preventing him from receiving any of the care which was offered.



Related: The Violence-Inducing Effects Of Psychiatric Medication & The Psychiatric Agenda Destroys Creative Children

Just this week, Charlie Gard’s parents removed their petition to take Charlie abroad when they realized the “window of opportunity” to treat him had already closed.

What’s most disturbing about this case is that the State believes they know better than parents on what’s best for their own child. What’s even more disturbing is those on the left believe the same thing. As discussed at NewsBusters:


"In a piece for The Guardian entitled “Despite Charlie Gard’s Tragic Story, We Must Respect The Process Of Our Courts,” UCL health professor, Ian Kennedy, expressed sympathy for the plight of Charlie, but ultimately justified it on the basis that “children do not belong to their parents.”

…As a society, we must choose how to decide such heartbreaking cases. Of course each child is different, but do we accept that there should be principles and rules, whatever the circumstances, that guide us as we try to work out what’s best?

These are the steps. The first is to recognise that children do not belong to their parents. Second, when a claim is made that parents have rights over their children, it is important to step back and examine the language used.

We need to remind ourselves that parents do not have rights regarding their children, they only have duties, the principal duty being to act in their children’s best interests.

This has been part of the fabric of our law and our society for a long time. Third, if we are concerned with the language of rights, it is, of course, children who have rights; any rights that parents have exist only to protect their children’s rights."

In other words, parents have no actual rights to make decisions for their children if the State doesn’t agree with those decisions.

Parents are simply guardians of their own children and the State knows better.

This is the society we live in today. The left believes parents aren’t the best “deciders” for their children; rather, the “experts” and the all-knowing bureaucrats know exactly what children really need. And this line of thinking isn’t just in Europe.



Related: Fluoride Officially Classified As A Neurotoxin In World’s Top Medical Journals & Former EPA Senior Scientist
Confirms Fluoride Lowers Children’s IQ


Many on the left do everything possible to interfere with parental rights. You see that in public education on a regular basis when parents have to fight to make decisions they believe are best for their own children, against the ideas of the State.

Until more parents fight back against this outrageous belief, the left will keep pushing this demented view until it becomes more prevalent.

Related: Kennedy, De Niro Challenge: $100,000 To The first Person Who Can Find A Scientific Study Proving Thimerosal (Mercury) Is Safe To Inject Into Children


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

IDF Chief Says Israel Is Becoming Like Nazi Germany, Refuses To Back Down
August 3 2017 | From: GlobalResearch / Various

The outgoing IDF chief has doubled down on his highly controversial comments he made comparing modern-day Israel with that of 1930's Nazi Germany.




Last year, a top Israeli general’s comments during the country’s annual Holocaust Remembrance Day address sparked controversy when he likened the atmosphere in modern day Israel to 1930’s Nazi Germany.

Related: Top Israeli General Speaks Out Against Israel’s Crimes Against Palestinians + Parallels Between Israel & 1930's Germany & Ten Facts Why Netanyahu Is A Criminal And That Israel Is A “Rogue State”


“If there is anything that frightens me in the remembrance of the Holocaust, it is discerning nauseating processes that took place in Europe in general, and in Germany specifically back then, 70, 80 and 90 years ago, and seeing evidence of them here among us in the year 2016,”
Maj. Gen. Yair Golan, the Israeli army’s deputy chief of staff said.

Now, the outgoing IDF Deputy Chief has doubled down on his remarks and in an interview this week, defended his controversial speech.



Related: U.S. Lawmakers Seek to Criminally Outlaw Support for Boycott Campaign Against Israel

As the Times of Israel reports, Golan, speaking in a new video interview produced by the military, said he “didn’t realize it would go to the very political place that it went,” but added that he “doesn’t take back the remarks.”

Golan went on to note that Israel  - “as a light unto the nations” - has a responsibility to maintain “moral superiority.”


“Morality is you compared to you. You compared to your standards, not to those around you. Around [Israel], there are murderous people who don’t hesitate to kill one another in fear-inducing quantities. That should give us no repose,”
he said.

“On this issue, we shouldn’t cut ourselves any slack,” Golan added.

The reaction from Israeli hardliners to Golan’s comments highlighted the deep divisions within Israeli society on what is one of the country’s most solemnly revered days.

Nationalist Jewish home party leader and Israeli Education Minister Naftali Bennett called on Golan to revise his comments or be seen as comparing Israeli soldiers to Nazis. However, he refused and stood strong for over a year - in spite of the backlash.



Related: US Senator Ben Cardin Tries to Make Criticism of Israel a Felony

Sadly, Bennett fails to understand that’s precisely what Maj. Gen. Golan was implying in 2016, as he implored those in power “to fundamentally rethink how we, here and now, behave towards the other.”


“The Holocaust, in my view, must lead us to deep soul-searching about the nature of man,” 
Golan said.

“It must bring us to conduct some soul-searching as to the responsibility of leadership and the quality of our society. It must lead us to fundamentally rethink how we, here and now, behave towards the other.”

“There is nothing easier and simpler than fear-mongering and threatening. There is nothing easier and simpler than in behaving like beasts, becoming morally corrupt, and sanctimoniousness.”

“On Holocaust Remembrance Day, it is worthwhile to ponder our capacity to uproot the first signs of intolerance, violence, and self-destruction that arise on the path to moral degradation,” Golan said

During his original speech, Golan referenced the Hebron incident, in which an IDF soldier was filmed executing an already incapacitated Palestinian assailant that was lying on the ground defenseless.

The soldier in question, Sgt. Elor Azaria, was arrested and brought up on manslaughter charges by a military tribunal for the killing - a move that has been met with ferocious opposition by Zionists who claim that the brazen execution was somehow justified.

Hard-liners accused the military of abandoning the soldier by indicting him for manslaughter, and polls showed most Jewish Israelis shared the sentiment. Many Israeli Jews also now openly oppose the equal rights of the one-fifth of the country’s 8 million citizens who are Arabs - who, in turn, are growing increasingly alienated from the Jewish state, according to the AP.



Related: Will the Federal Government Make It Illegal to Protest Israel?

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu called his defense minister, Moshe Yaalon, after Golan’s speech to express displeasure, according to The Haaretz daily.

The Israeli military then issued a clarification, claiming Golan did not intend to compare Israel and its army to “the horrors” of Nazi Germany.


“This is an absurd and baseless comparison that he never would have made and it was never his intention to criticize the Israeli government,” 
the Israeli military said.

Regardless of how the Israeli government spun Golan’s words or pressured him to rebuke his comments, they clearly reveal a grave concern about the increasingly callous manner in which Palestinians are being treated and the path that these actions will ultimately lead Israeli society down.

Having such rationale and logic, Golan said he was surprised that the political leaders and large chunk of the population reacted the way they did.


“I thought I was saying things that were clear, that every reasonable person would say, ‘Hey, he said what had to be said.’ I didn’t think I was saying something that was blatantly controversial,”
he said

As the Times of Israel reports, eloquent in both Hebrew and English, Golan holds a master’s degree from Harvard University. He was wounded but continued to command during a shootout with Hezbollah fighters in 1997 and is a well-regarded officer in the IDF, holding a number of top positions in his 37-year career.

From ISIS to America, the state is able to convince their enforcers to commit horrid acts in their name - all the while their subjects cheering it on as patriotism. In spite of Golan’s dedication to the IDF, he is still able to see the potential for such destruction and his words should be considered by all countries.



Related: Israel Above All & Gaza Near Collapse

Throughout history, very small groups of humans have been able to convince very large groups of humans to carry out evil and immoral acts of murder and abuse. It’s time to stop this.

While the citizens bash each other over silly issues of right vs. left or Islam vs. Christianity, those at the top get richer, more powerful and more tyrannical.

Race has disconnected us, religion has separated us, politics has divided us, and wealth has classified us. It is time we shatter this paradigm and see each other as humans - not flags, crosses, or classes.

If we don’t, humanity’s short time on this planet will inevitably be brought to a violent end.



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Priebus Out, General Kelly In: Swamp Draining May Start Soon & Is The US Congress Engaged In A Controlled Demolition Of The US?
July 31 2017 | From: Geopolitics / Geopolitics

You’re fired! The Donald just said this to Apprentice Reince Priebus, who was suspected of leaking White House secrets to the Deep State media and Congress.



The latter’s replacement is Homeland Security Chief John Kelly, who is expected to start draining the swamp in earnest.

Related: Pastor: Senior Republican Told Me of Plan to ‘Take Out’ Trump

What this means is that, Trump is officially severing ties with the Republicans who rejected his Obama Repeal bill, rammed the anti-Russian sanctions on his desk, and keep him from fulfilling his campaign and inauguration commitments.

Add to this is both the Bannon and Kushner camps like Gen. Kelly.

Let’s see where this is all going then.


Related Articles:

If No Healthcare Bill Approved Soon – Bailouts for Congress and Insurance Companies will End Soon

POTUS Considering Firing H.R. McMaster, Bringing CIA Director Pompeo Into White House

Obama Operating ‘Secret War Room’ 2 Miles From WH To Destroy POTUS Trump



Is The US Congress Engaged In A Controlled Demolition Of The US?

When you have  nothing else to offer, offer nothing by playing the sanction card – this seems to be the formula that is persistently used by the Deep State-controlled US Congress.



The problem is: the rest of the world can survive without depending on the US economy. If that’s the case, then why are the US legislators behaving in such a way, if not to destroy America itself?

Related: Don't blame Trump, blame Wall Street - Zhirinovsky on Russian Sanctions

So the American bully wants to slap more sanctions on Russia over alleged misdeeds. This is blatant temper tantrums by a frustrated US trying to get “its way or no way."

It’s so absurd. The biggest rogue nation on Earth, illegally bombing and killing civilians in several countries simultaneously, covertly arming terrorist proxies in the Middle East, and a rampant subversive interferer in foreign elections around the world, has the audacity to lecture others about probity, resorting to financial arm twisting that makes a mockery of international laws and trade rules.

Well, after all, the Americans do always declare themselves to be exceptional. Never a truer word was spoken, albeit inadvertently.

This week, the US House of Representatives voted overwhelming to approve tougher new sanctions on Russia. The Senate is expected to rubber-stamp the bill and then President Trump will most probably sign into law. He is becoming a lame duck president due to the rampant Russophobia in the US.



Related: McMaster Caught Privately Communicating WH Internal Politics to Deep State McCabe

Russia’s deputy foreign minister Sergey Ryabkov deplored the latest move to tighten punitive measures on the country’s energy, banking and defense sectors, among others. He said it was a calculated step to destroy any prospect of normalizing ties between the US and Russia.


"It is beyond common sense,”
said Ryabkov, adding that American legislators “know no restraint in their anti-Russia zeal” and that they are “out of control”. In short, collectively insane.

Few sane people – apart from US politicians and media pundits – would welcome a further deterioration in relations between the world’s two nuclear superpowers. And truth be told, Moscow has up to now shown great patience and amenability to try to improve bilateral ties.

But the US political class has shown no interest whatsoever in pursuing any reconciliation. It’s like it has a death-wish.

American lawmakers endorsing the latest sanctions were almost foaming at the mouth, labelling Russia an enemy and citing unhinged accusations against Moscow for meddling in last year’s presidential elections, also for destabilizing Ukraine and, wait for it, “propping up the Assad regime in Syria” – the country where the American CIA has been propping up head-chopping jihadist terrorists for the past six years.



Related: Transgender Surgeries Would Cost Pentagon $1.3 Billion

However, let’s step back a moment. Another way of looking at this geopolitical impasse fomented by the US is that it is actually a good thing. US politicians and large sections of the media are so deranged with anti-Russia hysteria and irrational views on international matters, there is simply no chance of engaging them with normal dialogue.

Better to let the American political class consume itself with its own toxic paranoia and delusions about the world, and toward Russia in particular. Let them destroy themselves politically in their isolated paranoid state and endless duplicity.

A sign of the impending American political self-destruction is the furious reaction from Europe over the latest sanctions. The Europeans are at last waking up to the fact – long overdue – that Washington is acting brazenly for its own selfish interests and is prepared to inflict pain on Europe, if needs be.

The European Commission, which oversees EU trade policy, as well as Germany and Austria have expressed outrage over Washington’s “hidden agenda” which is disguised in the self-righteous and disingenuous rhetoric of sanctioning Russia.

Germany’s foreign ministry sharply criticized America of undermining European energy security and using sanctions as “a tool to advance US industrial interests”.

It’s not Russia being sanctioned so much as America sanctioning its own allies.



Of course, this is what the whole American brouhaha over sanctions on Russia is all about. It’s got nothing to do with “disciplining” Russia over alleged misdeeds. How could such pious rhetoric be taken seriously from the planet’s biggest rogue state?

No, it’s all about foisting American energy gas supplies on to a new European market by displacing Russian exports. When Donald Trump was visiting Poland last month, he made an unvarnished sales pitch to the Poles and other Central European countries to buy American gas. Even though the US supply would be much more expensive than Russia’s.

That’s why Trump will likely sign off on the new anti-Russia sanctions. While the president has at times expressed an interest in normalizing ties with Russian leader Vladimir Putin, Trump’s top priority is to promote American trade interests. He wants to reduce the yawning US trade deficit with Europe by forcing the latter to buy American gas, instead of Russian.

So much for American capitalism obeying the rules of “supply and demand”. And so much for the Americans declaring to be an “ally” of Europe acting always “to protect” it from “Russian aggression”.



Related: Obama Aides Umasked Hundreds During Election Without Justification

The delusional, paranoid Americans would be happy to see Europe freeze to death, being cut off from affordable Russian gas. Washington in its short-sighted stupidity would plunge Europe into economic recession, industrial failure and rising unemployment just to sell the continent more of its own expensive gas.

America’s sanctions policy against Russia is a thermometer of grave political ill-health among its politicians and media. If the Americans want to conduct their government business and foreign policy based on delusional hysteria, then let it be. Sooner or later, a nation driven by such crazed thinking will destroy itself and its supposed allies.

The outbreak of anger among European nations toward American self-entitlement to damage European interests is also a temperature reading indicating fever pitch out of control. It is an astounding display of arrogance when Washington is, in effect, attempting to overhaul European energy and trade policy for the naked benefit of US interests.

American sanctions against Russia are more a cry of desperation by the US political class whose economy is tanking and whose standing in the world is sliding to unprecedented low levels. Scrabbling to offset the historical demise, the idiotic American “leaders” are lashing out with anti-Russia hysteria and damaging blows to even their own supposed allies in Europe.



Related: Al Gore Ominously Warns Americans To Prepare For “Challenging” Event Happening Soon

The much-vaunted “transatlantic bond” between the US and Europe was always an over-rated cover for the Americans to lord it over what they considered to be their European vassals.

Russia, unfortunately, has been vilified to provide an excuse for this hegemony.

But so arrogant, so desperate are the American rulers today that the charade of US-European “partnership” is in danger of unraveling. If such sanctions help cast a light on the decay of America’s once formidable global empire then bring them on.

There’s a big multi-polar world out there. Russia, Iran, China and the Europeans, if the latter get their act together, must learn to walk away from the American sulking bully and let it fester in its own decadence.

The bankrupt US – morally, politically, economically – has nothing worthwhile to offer the world. Its so-called leadership is a lost cause. Attempting to engage with this parasitic wreckage is only a drain on resources.

The US has just approved the bill 98-2, the two being Rand Paul of Kentucky and Bernie Sanders of Vermont.

This means that Donald Trump can sign, or veto, the bill. Let’s see if the incumbent president of the US has the backbone to take on the Deep State directly.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Geoengineering And Weather Modification Exposed
June 30 2017 | From: ClimateViewer / Various

The most extensive research on Geoengineering and Weather Modification experiments worldwide, with articles, maps, and timelines to fully expose the hidden world of Weather Control.


This page is a table of contents for Jim Lee’s research on Geoengineering. All of the information on this page is backed up by references, feared by trolls and geoengineering lobbyists alike, and is the most accurate literature on who’s controlling your weather, why they are doing it, and where.

Related: Chemtrails & Geoengineering

For the uninitiated, prepare yourself to be shocked.  For you veterans of the Climate Engineering activism world, our articles, maps, and timelines will answer many of your burning questions and help you connect the dots.

As the media distributes pro-geoengineering propaganda in a political climate ruled by fear, the Lord’s of Weather (geoengineering lobbyist’s) are suggesting coating our skies with sulfur, aluminum, titanium, and diamond dust to block the sun and cool our planet.

While acknowledging that Geoengineering Solar Radiation Management will alter rainfall patterns worldwide and likely kill people, the Lord’s of Weather ignore the cold hard facts: after 60 years of cloud-seeding, nobody has ever produced any proof of its efficacy.



Related: Epic Video: Three Chemtrail Tankers Filmed Spraying From Above, Air-To-Air & Legal And Governmental
Representatives Speak Out About Geoengineering


Billions of dollars are spent worldwide altering clouds with silver iodide and other chemical nano-particles despite the fact that cloud seeding likely does not work. Even worse, all of the separate cloud seeding programs worldwide could be altering our weather in dangerous ways where the butterfly effects of aggravated clouds destroy property and end lives, even the CIA is worried about weather warfare.

Despite numerous lawsuits over weather modification activities, most losses are blamed on “nature” as there is little transparency or accountability.  With a cloud-seeding’s terrible track record, how could anyone support geoengineering SRM’s uncontrolled global weather manipulations. To make matters worse, Bill Gate’s geoengineering money is also funding Hurricane Hacking efforts blurring the lines between Geoengineering and Weather Modification.

Geoengineering the sky has been a worldwide phenomenon since the start of commercial aviation. Ships and jet aircraft are covering our skies in man-made clouds.  



Related: What Are Chemtrails And How Are They Harming Our Food And Water? + Nuclear Chemist Publishes Paper
Detailing: “Aluminum Poisoning Of Humanity Via Geoengineering”


Despite 60 years of jet planes making clouds, aviation-induced cloudiness, persistent contrails, contrail cirrus, and aerosol-cloud interaction are barely understood with today’s best supercomputers and are not properly accounted for in IPCC models.  

The aviation industry knows this, and jet aircraft-produced contrail cirrus clouds are now being actively experimented on using two main concepts: doping jet fuel with sulfur and cirrus cloud seeding to melt these clouds away.  Contrail cirrus clouds trap heat and likely are a greater threat than CO2 so scientists are experimenting with jet biofuels and flight routing to engineer clouds that cool the planet.

This active experiment goes on everyday, over your heads, with over 100,000 flights a day worldwide and zero accountability.

Space Weather Modification is also gaining more publicity.  When upper atmospheric nuclear explosions were banned back in the 1950’s, the U.S. military still hell bent on replacing our fickle ionosphere with something more reliable decided to dump millions of needles in space to create their own.  



Related: What Is This GWEN Tower Really For? + ELF, GWEN Towers, And HAARP Connection

The West Ford Needles project failed, and to this day millions of needles can be found floating in space or buried in ice at our poles.  Next the military began using sounding rockets and satellites to create heavy ion clouds in space by dumping Barium, Strontium, and Sulfur Hexaflouride into our ionosphere.  

Military radio technicians could heat these chemical releases in space with the ionospheric heater at Arecibo, Puerto Rico and “see” our ionosphere.

 Today, the top ionospheric heater worldwide HAARP fires electromagnetic missiles into our Van Allen belts and scrapes out radiation using the “Christofilos Effect” learned back in the 1950’s nuclear blasts.

Dubbed “radiation belt remediation” ionospheric heaters are sold to politicians and the public as a back up plan for Solar Flares or High Altitude Electromagnetic Pulse attacks, however foreign governments are very concerned about the military capabilities of these ionospheric heaters, with the Russian government going as far as to say HAARP could “have a negative impact on the mental health of people populating entire regions.”



Related: Nurse Testimony On Chemtrail Health Consequences - Cathy Gable Global Chemtrail Summit

Despite these dire warnings, the practice of heating chemical releases in space is just “a conspiracy theory.”

This page is an effort to raise awareness of atmospheric experimentation and to lobby for transparency in the geoengineering and weather modification industries, and hopefully to see an end to weather control efforts, both intentional and unintentional, in hopes that one day my child will see natural weather.

Let one thing in nature stay natural, hand’s off our sky.


Learn the history of weather modification with our Interactive Timeline

Learn about current geoengineering projects check out our map.

Get involved in Ken Caldeira’s Geoengineering Group like I have: read my comments

Tell people about this page and share with your friends!

Spread the word about our solution, “The Clarity Clause” and help us make this law a reality!


Please watch and download the PowerPoint of my explosive presentation given at the Freedom Force International’s 3rd Congress in Phoenix, Arizona. December 3, 2016:


Geoengineering, Weather Modification, and Weaponizing Nature





Who’s Pushing Geoengineering SRM?

Check out ETC Group’s World of Geoengineering spreadsheet.

See this Google Fusion Table



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: Geoengineering Programs


Geoengineering SRM Sponsors & Authors



Related: Geoengineering programs, proposals, experiments, field trials, and weather modification programs worldwide

Oldham P, Szerszynski B, Stilgoe J, Brown C, Eacott B, Yuille A. 2014. Mapping the landscape of climate engineering. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. A 372, 20140065 (doi:10.1098/rsta.2014.0065) [PMC free article] [PubMed]


Weather Modification and Geoengineering Fact Sheets



Related: Geoengineering researchers, universities, companies, and weather modification derivatives trading


Geoengineer Ken Caldeira Gets Caught Lying *Loses Temper*

After lying about weaponizing the weather, has audio played back to him to prove it, then lies again. After being confronted yet again about this fact, he completely loses it and tells the interviewer to shut the f*** up!




Related Articles:

Climate Change and Geoengineering: Artificially Cooling Planet Earth by Thinning Cirrus Clouds

The Clarity Clause: A Solution

Geoengineering with Cirrus Cloud Seeding

A stunning admission from the scientific community

Chemtrails From SPACE! The Past (1950-1978) part 1

Climate change scientists launch geoengineering experiment that may accidentally cause global famine


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

NASA Confirms: Sea Levels Have Been Falling Across The Planet For Two Years - Media Silent & Dr. Tim Ball Crushes Climate Change: The Biggest Deception in History
July 29 2017 | From: NaturalNews / Technocracy / Infowars

As the global warming narrative unravels under revelations of scientific fraud, data alteration and faked “hockey stick” data models, the fake news media remains suspiciously silent over the fact that NASA now confirms ocean levels have been falling for nearly two years.



On a NASA page intended to spread climate alarmism (climate.nasa.gov), NASA’s own data reveal that world-wide ocean levels have been falling for nearly two years, dropping from a variation of roughly 87.5mm to below 85mm.

Related: Research Team Slams Global Warming Data In New Report: “Not A Valid Representation Of Reality… Totally Inconsistent With Credible Temperature Data”

These data, of course, clearly contradict the false narrative of rapid, never-ending rising ocean levels that flood continents and drown cities - a key element of the climate change “boogeyman” fiction that’s used to scare gullible youth into making Al Gore rich.

Check out the sea level chart for yourself, showing the downward trend across 2016 – 2017:



Related: Climate Scientists Move Global Meltdown from 2018 to 2168


Even in the Worst Case, Sea Levels Will Only Rise About a Foot in a Century

Global warming alarmists might say this is only a “pause” in the rising ocean levels, and that the long-term trend is clearly in the direction of rising oceans. However, these people wildly exaggerate the degree of ocean level increases to the point of absurdity.

If you zoom out on the NASA chart, you’ll see a long-term trend of sea levels rising 3.4mm per year on average, according to NASA’s own analysis. This means that over an entire century, the oceans would rise 340mm, or 13.4 inches … a little over a foot.



Related: Weather Channel founder Tells CNN “Climate Change Is A Hoax” - 31,000 Scientists Agree & Al Gore Confuses Tides With Global Warming Ocean Rise Apocalypse, Claims Fish Are “Swimming In The Streets” Of Miami Due To Climate Change

That’s about one foot in a century, a far cry from the doomsday predictions of “science scaremongers” like Al Gore who depict entire cities inundated with a 20-foot wall of water where millions of humans drown to death.

The delusional paranoia of climate change cultists like Al Gore is so far gone beyond rationality that Gore recently declared oceans were rising so fast that fish were already “swimming in the streets of Miami."

Not long before that, Al Gore claimed God told him to fight global warming, so he’s now apparently getting rich off the climate change scam because he was ordered to do so by God himself.

Now, Al Gore says he needs just $15 trillion (yes, trillion) to fight global warming and save humanity from rising ocean levels. Yet NASA tells us that oceans are only rising at 3.4mm per year, or about a foot per century.

This means that a hundred years from now, the beaches in Florida will have about one foot deeper water on them.

That’s hardly a global crisis that threatens human civilization. Cities won’t drown. Billions of humans won’t be displaced. The entire narrative is a total fraud (and NASA’s own data confirm that).



Related: Global warming debunked: NASA report verifies carbon dioxide actually cools atmosphere


Why do Climate Change Alarmists Hate Rainforests? A Wetter, Warmer World is More Lush and “Green”

Finally, there very idea that melting ice is somehow bad for the planet is total hokum and bunk. By what lunacy do climate alarmists arrive at the conclusion that a frozen, dry planet is somehow better than a wet, warm, lush planet with more rainforests and food production?

Planet Earth would actually be far more green with higher CO2 levels and warmer temperatures that promote more continental rainfall. Deserts would be restored to plains or forests. Sparse areas, now devoid of plant life, could become food production areas.

As I explain in these science education videos, “greening” the planet requires higher CO2, warmer temperatures and less ice.



Related: What You’re Not Being Told About The Paris Climate Agreement

That’s not a crisis, it’s a blessing for all plant life and ecosystems across the planet. It makes me wonder: Why do climate change alarmists hate rainforests so much that they want to freeze the planet and turn warm water back into frozen ice?

The answer is because they are all mindless cultists who don’t understand anything at all about climatology, science or botany.

They are nothing more than Programmable Life Forms (PLFs) who have been brainwashed by a wholly dishonest, globalist-run media that uses the climate change baloney to enslave and indoctrinate the masses.

The entire climate change hoax demonstrates just how incredibly stupid and gullible most humans really are, revealing that if they could turn Earth into a lifeless, cold, icy wasteland, they would consider that the ultimate success of the “green” movement.

Stupid beyond belief.

















Dr. Tim Ball Crushes Climate Change: The Biggest Deception in History

President Trump was correct to withdraw from the Paris Climate Agreement. He could have explained that the science was premeditated and deliberately orchestrated to demonize CO2 for a political agenda.



Wisely, he simply explained that it was a bad deal for the United States because it gave a competitive economic edge to other nations, especially China. A majority of Americans think he was wrong, but more would disagree if he got lost in the complexities of the science.

Related: Historic: Trump Rejects Paris Climate Treaty & Globalists Plot Against Trump And Infowars At Bilderberg

I speak from experience having taught a Science credit course for 25 years for the student population that mirrors society with 80 percent of them being Arts students.


Promoters of what is called anthropogenic global warming (AGW) knew most people do not understand the science and exploited it.


With a 50-year academic career focusing on Historical Climatology, Dr. Tim Ball is uniquely qualified to address man-made climate change, and he demonstrates that it is a flat-out hoax. Thinking people everywhere should get multiple copies of this book and hand them out to everyone they know.

The plants need more atmospheric CO2 not less. Current levels of 400 parts per million (ppm) are close to the lowest levels in 600 million years. This contradicts what the world was told by people using the claim that human production of  CO2 was causing global warming.

They don’t know the UN agency, the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), established to examine human-caused global warming, were limited to only studying human causes by the definition they were given by Article 1 of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC).



Related: Ending The Hoax: Team Trump Removes All References To ‘Climate Change’ On Whitehouse.gov Web Site + New York Times 1989: No Global Warming Trend

It is impossible to identify the human cause without understanding and including natural causes. Few know that CO2 is only 4 percent of the total greenhouse gases. They assume that a CO2 increase causes a temperature increase. It doesn’t, in every record the temperature increases before CO2.

The only place where a CO2 increase causes a temperature increase is in the computer models of the IPCC.

This partly explains why every single temperature forecast (they call them projections) the IPCC made since 1990 was wrong. If your forecast is wrong, your science is wrong.

I studied weather as aircrew with the Canadian Air Force, including five years of search and rescue in Arctic Canada. After the Air Force, I went to university to study weather and climate, culminating in a Ph.D., in Historical Climatology from the University of London, England.



Related: Inconvenient Reality: Al Gore’s Global Climate Apocalypse Never Took Place - He Now Says It Did But You Just Couldn’t Tell + Hero EPA Administrator Speaks Out Against Junk Science – Denies CO2 Is Primary Contributor To ‘Global Warming’!

When I began in the late 1960s global cooling was the consensus. I was as opposed to the prediction that it would continue cooling to a mini-Ice Age, as I later was to the runaway AGW claim. I knew from creating and studying long-term records that climate changes all the time and are larger and more frequent than most know.

I also knew changes in CO2 were not the cause.

The Club of Rome (COR), formed in 1968, decided that the world was overpopulated and expanded the Malthusian idea that the population would outgrow the food supply to all resources, especially the developed nations.

COR member Maurice Strong told Elaine Dewar in her book Cloak of Green that the problem for the planet were the industrialized nations and it was everybody’s duty to shut them down. Dewar asked Strong if he planned to seek political office. He effectively said you cannot do anything as a politician, so he was going to the UN because:

He could raise his own money from whomever he liked, appoint anyone he wanted, control the agenda.



Related: Climate Scare Declared Officially Over- Error In Model Calculations Discovered

After five days with him at the UN she concluded:

Strong was using the U.N. as a platform to sell a global environment crisis and the Global Governance Agenda.

He created the crisis that the by-product of industry was causing global warming. Even Obama claimed that 97 percent of scientists agree. If he checked the source of the information, he would find the research was completely concocted.

It is more likely that 97 percent of scientists never read the IPCC Reports. Those who do express their concern in very blunt terms. Consider German meteorologist and physicist Klaus-Eckart Puls experience.


“Ten years ago, I simply parroted what the IPCC told us. One day I started checking the facts and data – first I started with a sense of doubt but then I became outraged when I discovered that much of what the IPCC and the media were telling us was sheer nonsense and was not even supported by any scientific facts and measurements.

To this day, I still feel shame that as a scientist I made presentations of their science without first checking it.”

He discovered what I exposed publicly for years. My challenge to the government version of global warming became increasingly problematic.

They couldn’t say I wasn’t qualified. Attacks include death threats, false information about my qualifications posted on the Internet, and three lawsuits from IPCC members. Most people can’t believe that such things occur about opinions in a democratic society.

Test the idea by telling people that you don’t accept the human-caused global warming idea. The reaction from most, who know nothing about the science, will invariably be dismissive at best.



Related: Things You Know That Ain't So - Carbon Dioxide Is A Pollutant

I documented what went on in a detailed, fully referenced, book titled The Deliberate Corruption of Climate Science. A lawyer commented that it lays out and effectively supports the case, however, it was “a tough slog.”

I recently published a brief ‘non-slog’ handbook (100 pages) for the majority of people, not to insult their intelligence, but to help them understand the science and its misuse for a political agenda. 

Titled, Human Caused Global Warming: The Biggest Deception in History. Presented in the logical form of a criminal or journalistic investigation it answers the basic questions, Who, What, Where, When, Why, and How.

It provides the motive and method for the corruption of science to substantiate and bolster Trump’s decision.


Google Exposé Reveals Scam Behind Climate Change

Professors get funding to push "global warming."



Google’s scheme of paying professors to influence public opinion is also how the “global warming” scam works.


“Google operates a little-known program to harness the brain power of university researchers to help sway opinion and public policy, cultivating financial relationships with professors at campuses from Harvard University to the University of California, Berkeley,”
the WSJ reported.

In a similar fashion, politicians, foundations and corporate magnates also fund professors to perform “research” into “man-made climate change” which almost always reaches the existing consensus that it’s a threat only global government can handle.

The arguments claiming “the science is settled” and “97% of scientists believe in global warming” are appealing to authority fallacies that are easily debunked given the Google revelations.

And those were nearly the same arguments tobacco companies were making decades ago when they were funding scientists to downplay health risks associated with smoking.


“Research and other professional activities are professionally rewarded only if they are channeled in certain directions approved by a politicized academic establishment - funding, ease of getting your papers published, getting hired in prestigious positions, appointments to prestigious committees and boards, professional recognition, etc.,”
revealed climatologist Dr. Judith Curry, who once held a tenured position at Georgia Tech before resigning in disgust.

Simply put, academia is not independent but is rather just one tentacle of a vast network of politicians and conformists in finance, media and entertainment who all work in unison to push agendas that originated from the private meetings of the world’s power players.



Related: Global Warming Alarmists Caught Doctoring '97-Percent Consensus' Claims

They’re motivated by the feelings of prestige that comes with joining the upper echelons of society that, unknown to them, only leads to decline of civilization thanks to the heavy burden this predatory class places on productive people who are the real sources of human innovation.

It’s an inherent maxim of social climbers to abandon independent thought out of fear of public disapproval, and that’s why the elites use them to push “global warming” and other propaganda meant to empower the state despite leading to an empty shell of civilization.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Why The Rust Belt Just Gave Donald Trump A Hero’s Welcome + Jared Kushner Denies Russian Collusion: Trump Won Because He ‘Had A Better Message And Ran A Smarter Campaign’
July 28 2017 | From: NewYorkPost / Breitbart / Various

Youngstown, Ohio - This town was on fire. By 1 in the afternoon on Tuesday, every main thoroughfare downtown was filled with happy people heading toward the Covelli Centre.




Folks dressed in red, white and blue crisscrossed the main grids as vendors sold “Make America Great Again” ball caps, American flags and bottles of water.

Related: Trump takes victory lap on health care vote, tangles with protesters and jokes about being on Mount Rushmore at Ohio rally with support from Melania and pregnant daughter-in-law Lara

Thousands had filled the gravel parking lot to wait until the doors opened at 4, license plates revealing they had traveled from as far as Indiana, Michigan, Pennsylvania and West Virginia to see the president speak directly to them in this Rust Belt city.

Music played on almost every corner as Donald Skowron, a retired Youngstown police officer, drove his green pickup truck up and down Champion Street - in the back, a 6-by-8-foot homemade wooden Trump-Pence sign straddling the bed of the truck, with two large Trump flags flowing from the top.


“I am very happy with the president’s performance so far,”
said Skowron. “He has set the exact tone I was looking for, although I’ll be honest, I wish he didn’t tweet all of the time, but that is hardly anything to complain.”



John Lawrence wears a shirt celebrating Trump's inauguration earlier this year while dancing and waiting for the president to arrive in Youngstown, Ohio, on Tuesday night

Skowron said he is encouraged by reading about Trump’s constant meetings with industry leaders as well as union and trade members in trying to understand how to create jobs:


“We have a president invested in trying to navigate between the people who create jobs and the men and women doing the jobs and how repealing regulations help both.”

Six months after Donald J. Trump was inaugurated as the 45th president of the United States, he received a hero’s welcome in this town. The festive scene made a counter-visual to the daily nonstop press reports about investigations into members of his inner circle, Russian interference in last year’s election and the debate over ObamaCare.

Trump’s approval rating, according to Gallup, is 39 percent. Youngstown is the 39 percent.



Related: Historic: President Trump Will Audit The Fed

On Monday, police said the advance ticket request of over 20,000 had exceeded the 6,000-seat capacity of the center, prompting the event coordinators to put a large screen outside the center for the overflow crowd.

Dave Torrance, from Hermitage, Pa., had left early in the morning with three of his friends to see Trump. Torrance, 71, wore a blue ball cap with “American Patriot” embroidered across the top and a navy T-shirt with an American flag across the front.

Torrance, who is black, says he gets his fair share of criticism from folks when they find out whom he supports. He got more when he told them he was driving to see him in person at the rally.


“They don’t understand why I think he is doing OK,”
he said. “They don’t think because I am black that I should support him. I am polite about it, but I tell them that politics isn’t about color, it is about accomplishments, and I think Trump is doing the right things.”

Torrance finds Trump’s approach to governing “refreshing.” He is disappointed in people’s reaction to Trump’s presidency.


“I don’t care for the hatred directed towards him or the people who supported him. There have been plenty of presidents I did not vote for, but I always want them to be successful so that our country is successful,”
he said.

Exactly six months in, Torrance is happy with the choice of Neil Gorsuch for the Supreme Court, the repeal of regulations that hurt industry and the overall feeling of “being part of something bigger than myself,” he said.



Related: POTUS Trump RIPS Obama – Scouts Chant “We Love Trump!” at National Jamboree

His friend Roxanne Jewell, of Orangeville, Ohio, is tired of all the news focused on Russia.


“Yes, of course we need to look into things, but I am tired of the information being delivered in a way that says to me the only reason you voted for Donald Trump was because the Russians interfered,”
she said. “That is so far from true. I had made my mind up on my own, not by any misleading internet ads.”

Jewell says she too would like to see people give him and his ideas a chance and get past his tough veneer.

“He is exactly who we wanted, someone fresh, different, not a politician. He says things that people don’t want to hear, and that, I think, has been the biggest adjustment for the people who didn’t vote for him,”
she said.

Youngstown is a good representation of the towns that have felt left behind in America for the past few decades. Trump has punctuated that in the three previous visits he has made in Mahoning County since announcing his bid for the Republican nomination.


Internet Goes Wild For Trump’s Relationship To Tesla

Does Trump know secrets of hidden technology? Owen Shroyer takes calls about everyone attacking trump over the silliest things on the net.





Each time he comes here, he has drawn supporters from nearby Ohio cities, as well as West Virginia and Pennsylvania - all areas filled with struggling former manufacturing towns down on their knees but not down for the count.


“Trump has shown that he is interested in these people, they represent the people of the Youngstowns across the country that he connected with during the campaign and still connects with today now that he is president,”
said Paul Sracic, a political science professor at Youngstown State University, who was standing in the crowd watching the festivities.

“This is like a tailgate before a Steelers game,” he said.

“Coming here is not just about Youngstown. This is a small city, but Youngstown symbolizes sort of that blue-collar working-class community that has seen better days. When Trump comes here, he’s not only talking to voters here. He’s talking to similarly situated voters across the country,” Sracic added.






A very similar approach to the one Bruce Springsteen took with his blue-collar ballad “Youngstown” or Billy Joel with “Allentown” - out-of-work steelworkers, their family members and their communities across the country saw themselves in those ballads.


“The struggles of those voters and the theme, the division between the wealthy and Washington and the working class, are universal to those experiencing the impact,”
said Sracic.

The big story in Youngstown goes beyond the loss of jobs. It is the loss of the next generation to remain here and continue the American dream that their parents and grandparents started.



One MAGA-fan of the president's decked out his SUV in American flags and every Trump-themed sticker or sign he could find ahead of Tuesday's rally


“What really bothers people is the connection between jobs and community,”
Sracic added.

The Youngstown community has been falling apart because there aren’t enough jobs here to keep the kids here. In Trump, they finally got somebody who seems to get the fact that this is a problem.”



Related: Something Strange is Happening at MSNBC

Sracic said for Trump, there is no downside to taking time out to give a speech in eastern Ohio.


“This makes complete sense from all aspects of politics; this is the kind of place that Trump needs to be,”
he said. “This is his base of support and these are the voters that he stole from the Democrats in November of 2016.”

Trump did not win Mahoning County last November, but he made it shockingly close; Hillary Clinton received 49.3 percent of the vote to Trump’s 46.4 percent. He didn’t make the country red, but he took a solid blue county and turned it purple.

Barack Obama won here big in both 2008 and 2012; he beat Republican nominee John McCain by 30 percentage points in 2008 and Mitt Romney by 28 points four years later.


“or Trump to come under two points of beating her is an incredible swing away from the Democratic Party in a county that hasn’t gone for a Republican since Richard Nixon was re-elected in 1972,”
said Sracic.

Sandy Gall was spending her 60th birthday at the Trump rally. The Pittsburgher, who lives in an upper-middle-class suburb with her husband, Michael, a financial planner, was huddled with friends inside the Covelli Centre hours before the event started.



A supporter holds up a sign as President Donald Trump speaks at the Covelli Centre


“I was so excited, I have been up since 6 a.m. and ready to get here,”
she said.

The Galls find their support for Trump has only grown. “I can’t believe that I would like him more, but I do,” she said.

Michael Gall concurred.


“I don’t think that people who did not support him understand that. They still haven’t accepted he won, then they watch the news and they think, ‘Oh, well, we have come to our senses,’ ”
he said.

“The truth is, we see him through a different filter than them. We are still hopeful, optimistic and thrilled with his leadership.”

As the last stragglers made their way toward the center, a handful of protesters with loudspeakers shouted in their ears as they passed by. There were no confrontations; in fact, most of the attendees smiled at them.



Related: Trump Must Appoint An AG Who Will Go On The Offensive

One of the last people in line before the event began was Annie Rose, 16, with her mother, Mary.


“We traveled all the way from Defiance, Ohio,”
she said of the four-hour trip across the state.

“My daughter wanted to see the president,” Mary said. “She is so excited about him and politics, I thought it was important.”

They both slipped quickly into the event, the daughter’s jeans hand-decorated neatly with Ohio, America and Trump decals, two broad smiles on their faces.


Related Articles:

Plan To Violently Overthrow Trump Leaked By Congressman

The Conspiracy to Remove Trump from the Presidency

Former CIA Director Calls For Coup Against Trump

Trump's Surprise Military Transgender Order Upends Right and Left



Jared Kushner Denies Russian Collusion: Trump Won Because He ‘Had A Better Message And Ran A Smarter Campaign’

White House senior adviser Jared Kushner denied colluding with Russia Monday afternoon, saying in a rare public statement that his father-in-law Donald Trump won the 2016 presidential election because he “had a better message and ran a smarter campaign.”

Kushner spoke outside the White House after testifying for about two hours at a closed Senate Intelligence Committee hearing, after earlier having denied accusations of Russian conclusions in a statement Monday morning ahead of his testimony.

Related: Anthony Scaramucci Warns WH Communications Staff: ‘Stop the Leaks, or I’ll Stop You’

Jared Kushner Speaks After Senate Intelligence Meeting



Responding to reports of his alleged dealing with Russian ambassador Sergey Kislyak, Kushner had said he was “highly skeptical” such calls with Kislyak took place. In the 11-page statement, he firmly denied any collusion with Russia and made similar remarks in his statement at the White House.


“Let me be clear, I did not collude with Russia, nor do I know of anyone in the campaign who did so,”
Kushner said.

“I had no improper contacts, I have not relied on Russian funds for my businesses, and I have been fully transparent in providing all requested information.”

In the short statement, he said that serving President Trump and the American people “has been the privilege of a lifetime.”



Related: Obama’s DHS Head Admits: Russia Did NOT Rig US Election

He also took a swipe at Democrats, including Hillary Clinton, who have suggested that Trump won in part due to Russian interference in the election.


“Donald Trump had a better message and ran a smarter campaign, and that is why he won. Suggesting otherwise ridicules those who voted for him,”
he said.

Kushner will appear Tuesday to testify at a House Intelligence Committee hearing on the same topic.

Kushner has been in the spotlight partly over his participation in a meeting in June 2016 that also featured Donald Trump Jr. and a Russian lawyer allegedly linked to the Kremlin. Trump Jr. says he took the meeting in the belief that it would provide opposition research about Hillary Clinton - although this turned out not to be the case.



Related: Confirmed: Obama Had His Own ‘Back Channel’ To Moscow & Harvard Analyst Accuses The Clintons Of 'Largest Charity Fraud In History'

Some media outlets also focused on the fact that Kushner’s filings for security clearance required updating to include the number of contacts he had with officials of foreign governments.

In his statement early Monday, he said that his assistant accidentally filed the questionnaire while it was still being prepared. He eventually disclosed more than 100 contacts with officials from over 20 countries.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Elon Musk Unveils Apocalyptic Vision For The World + Bill Gates’ New Population Control Microchip Due For Launch In 2018
July 27 2017 | From: ZeroHedge / TheSleuthJournal / Various

Elon Musk is no stranger to futurecasting a foreboding dystopia ahead for mankind, as we noted recently.



But during a  speech he gave today at the National Governors Association Summer Meeting in Rhode Island, Musk turned up the future-fearmongery amplifier to '11'.

Related: The Reason US Police Murder US Citizens

10 Secrets About America that Will Make You Wonder Where All the Freedom Went
http://www.wakingtimes.com/2017/07/13/10-secrets-america-will-make-wonder-freedom-went/

As a reminder, in the past, when he was asked about whether humans are living inside a computer simulation, Musk made headlines last year by saying he thinks the chances are one in billions that we aren’t.


The strongest argument for us probably being in a simulation I think is the following: 40 years ago we had Pong - two rectangles and a dot,” Musk stated. 

“That’s where we were. Now 40 years later we have photorealistic, 3D simulations with millions of people playing simultaneously and it’s getting better every year. And soon we’ll have virtual reality, we’ll have augmented reality.

If you assume any rate of improvement at all, then the games will become indistinguishable from reality, just indistinguishable.”

Here Musk is referring to the exponential growth of technology, the lynchpin of the Singularity theory.




Vancouver Police Are Using Prediction Technology For Pre Crime Arrests

Remember the film Minority Report? well the Vancouver Police Department has just made that fictional concept a reality for Canadians as they have just become the first police force in all of Canada to implement new crime prediction technology.

In this video Dan Dicks of Press For Truth outlines the lies and contradictions displayed by the VPD as well as the obvious and not so obvious potential areas for abuse with this new technology.







If in 40 years we’ve gone from the two-dimensional pong to the cusp of augmented and virtual reality, imagine where we’ll be in another forty, or a hundred, or 400. And that is where he began today...

But today, Musk discussed a broad range of topics from energy sources in the future...


"It's inevitable," Musk said, speaking of shift to sustainable energy. "But it matters if it happens sooner or later."

As for those pushing some other type of fusion, Musk notes that the sun is a giant fusion reactor in the sky.


"It's really reliable," he said. "It comes up every day. if it doesn't we've got (other) problems)."

To Tesla's share price:

Musk said he has been on record several times as saying its stock price:


"Is higher than we have any right to deserve" especially based on current and past performance.

"The stock price obviously reflects a lot of optimism on where we will be in the future," he said. "Those expectations sometimes get out of control. I hate disappointing people, I am trying really hard to meet those expectations."

Musk added that he won't be selling any stock "unless I have to for taxes," and said "I'm going down with the ship... I'll be the last [to sell]."

Musk addressed government regulation and incentives:


“It sure is important to get the rules right," Musk said. "Regulations are immortal. They never die unless somebody actually goes and kills them. A lot of times regulations can be put in place for all the right reasons but nobody goes back and kills them because they no longer make sense."



Musk also focused on the importance of incentives, saying whatever societies incentivize tends to be what happens. "It's economics 101,"he said.

And what drives him:


"I want to be able to think about the future and feel good about that, to dream what we can to have the future be as good as possible. To be inspired by what is likely to happen and to look forward to the next day. How do we make sure things are great? That's the underlying principle behind Tesla and SpaceX."

Within 20 years, he said driving a car will be like having a horse (i.e. rare and totally optional). "There will not be a steering wheel."


“There will be people that will have non-autonomous cars, like people have horses,”he said.

“It just would be unusual to use that as a mode of transport.”

But what started off as the latest sales pitch for electric cars quickly devolved into a bizarre rant that among other things, touched on Elon Musk's gloomy, apocalyptic vision of how the world could end... (via ReCode)

Musk called on the government to proactively regulate artificial intelligence before things advance too far.


“Until people see robots going down the street killing people, they don’t know how to react because it seems so ethereal,” he said.

“AI is a rare case where I think we need to be proactive in regulation instead of reactive. Because I think by the time we are reactive in AI regulation, it’s too late.”

“Normally the way regulations are set up is a while bunch of bad things happen, there’s a public outcry, and after many years a regulatory agency is set up to regulate that industry,” he continued.

“It takes forever. That, in the past, has been bad but not something which represented a fundamental risk to the existence of civilization. AI is a fundamental risk to the existence of human civilization.”

Musk has been concerned about AI for years, and he’s working on technology that would connect the human brain to the computer software meant to mimic it.

Full interview below (Musk begins talking around 42 minutes in)...


Introducing the New Chair's Initiative "Ahead of the Curve"






Bill Gates’ New Population Control Microchip Due For Launch In 2018

Multi-billionaire Bill Gates has developed a new microchip, along with researchers at MIT, that will allow for adjustments to be made to a person’s hormone levels via remote control, in a bid to reduce the planet’s population.

The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation has been working in conjunction with a small Massachusetts startup to develop the “digital pill” that will enable women’s fertility to be switched on or off, remotely, with the touch of a button.

The new “digital version of the contraceptive” pill will be tested in Africa this year where the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation has spent years developing vaccination and family planning programs.

Following testing, the microchips are due to be rolled out globally in 2018 with “every woman in America” replacing their regular contraceptive pill with the new remote-controlled chips, according to Gates.

According to the Guardian, the chip is implanted under the skin and releases small doses of the contraceptive hormone levonorgestrel on a daily basis, with enough capacity to last 16 years.




Gates And Zuckerberg Push For Breakaway Technocratic Civilization

Top globalists want to enslave humanity using suppressed technology.

Alex Jones breaks down the globalists’ goal of a breakaway civilization after they have successfully gotten rid of the what they consider excess humanity.








About the same size as a Scrabble tile, it houses a series of micro-reservoirs covered by an ultra-thin titanium and platinum seal.The hormone is released by passing a small electric current from an internal battery through the seal, which melts it temporarily, allowing a 30 microgram dose of levonorgestrel to seep out each day.

And it can be simply switched off by a wireless remote, avoiding the clinical procedures needed to deactivate other contraceptive implants.


“The ability to turn the device on and off provides a certain convenience factor for those who are planning their family,” 
says MIT’s Dr. Robert Farra, adding that “the idea of using a thin membrane like an electric fuse was the most challenging and the most creative problem we had to solve.”

But just as hackers can spoof wifi remotes to operate neighbors’ garage doors and flip their TV channels, could a remote-controlled contraceptive open the floodgates for a new form of ovarian hacking?


“Someone across the room cannot reprogramme your implant,”
says Farra.

“Communication with the implant has to occur at skin contact-level distance. Then we have secure encryption. That prevents someone from trying to interpret or intervene between the communications.”

The idea for micro-dispensing chips was first developed in the 1990s by Professor Robert Langer at MIT, the founder of innumerable biotech companies and holder of more than 800 patents, known in the industry as “the most cited engineer in history”.

His lab caught the attention of Bill Gates in 2012, during his search for a revolution in birth control (which has already spawned plans for a graphene condom), and Langer subsequently leased the technology to Microchips, a company already working on a micro-dosing implant for osteoporosis.

Langer says that the implant will be available by 2018, once the coming trials are complete, and that the device will be “competitively priced” in a bid to ensure it replaces conventional contraception.


Bill Gates Admits Vaccines Are Used for Human Depopulation

Bill Gates: "The world today has 6.8 billion people...now if we do a really great job on new vaccines, healthcare, reproductive health services, we could lower that (number) by perhaps 10 or 15%." "Vaccines are something I love".






The New World Order

Bill Gates recently caused controversy after he spoke out about the immigration crisis in Europe saying that the continent will be "devastated by African refugees" unless severe and immediate action is taken to reduce the population in Africa.



This has left many questioning Gates' motives behind his vaccination programs after the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation had previously been accused of secretly sterilizing millions of women in Africa by doctors in Kenya after abortion drugs were discovered in Tetanus vaccines.

The program, which is funded by Bill Gates, has been accused of conducting a mass depopulation experiment on the people of Kenya without their consent.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Gun Control Is Not About Safety - It Is About The Deep State Fascists Controlling The Dumbed-Down Public
July 27 2017 | From: PhiBetaIota

Alert reader points out that gun control death percentage is off by a 4 zeros. It should be 0.009%



There are 30,000 gun related deaths per year by firearms, and this number is not disputed. U.S. population 324,059,091 as of Wednesday, June 22, 2016.

Related: CBS Pushes Gun Control After Somali Cop Shoots White Lady

Do the math: 0.000000925% of the population dies from gun related actions each year. Statistically speaking, this is insignificant!


What is never told, however, is a breakdown of those 30,000 deaths, to put them in perspective as compared to other causes of death:

65% of those deaths are by suicide which would never be prevented by gun laws

15% are by law enforcement in the line of duty and justified

17% are through criminal activity, gang and drug related or mentally ill persons – gun violence

3% are accidental discharge deaths

So technically, “gun violence” is not 30,000 annually, but drops to 5,100. Still too many?


Well, first, how are those deaths spanned across the nation?

480 homicides (9.4%) were in Chicago

344 homicides (6.7%) were in Baltimore

333 homicides (6.5%) were in Detroit

119 homicides (2.3%) were in Washington D.C. (a 54% increase over prior years)


So basically, 25% of all gun crime happens in just 4 cities. All 4 of those cities have strict gun laws, so it is not the lack of law that is the root cause.

This basically leaves 3,825 for the entire rest of the nation, or about 75 deaths per state. That is an average because some States have much higher rates than others. For example, California had 1,169 and Alabama had 1.

Now, who has the strictest gun laws by far? California, of course, but understand, so it is not guns causing this. It is a crime rate spawned by the number of criminal persons residing in those cities and states.



Related: This Story Could Be The Smoking Gun For False-Flag Operations + Santa Monica Terror Suspect Becomes Poster Child For Gun Grabbers

So if all cities and states are not created equally, then there must be something other than the tool causing the gun deaths.

Are 5,100 deaths per year horrific? How about in comparison to other deaths? All death is sad and especially so when it is in the commission of a crime but that is the nature of crime. Robbery, death, rape, assault all is done by criminals and thinking that criminal wills obey laws is ludicrous. That’s why they are criminals.

But what about other deaths each year?

40,000+ die from a drug overdose - THERE IS NO EXCUSE FOR THAT!

36,000 people die per year from the flu, far exceeding the criminal gun deaths

34,000 people die per year in traffic fatalities (exceeding gun deaths even if you include suicide)



Now it gets good:

200,000+ people die each year (and growing) from preventable medical errors. You are safer in Chicago than when you are in a hospital!

710,000 people die per year from heart disease. It’s time to stop the double cheeseburgers! So what is the point? If Obama and the anti-gun movement focused their attention on heart disease, even a 10% decrease in cardiac deaths would save twice the number of lives annually of all gun-related deaths (including suicide, law enforcement, etc.).

A 10% reduction in medical errors would be 66% of the total gun deaths or 4 times the number of criminal homicides. Simple, easily preventable 10% reductions!

So you have to ask yourself, in the grand scheme of things, why the focus on guns? It’s pretty simple.:



The taking away of guns gives control to governments

The founders of this nation knew that regardless of the form of government, those in power may become corrupt and seek to rule as the British did by trying to disarm the populace of the colonies.

It is not difficult to understand that a disarmed populace is a controlled populace.

Thus, the second amendment was proudly and boldly included in the U.S. Constitution. It must be preserved at all costs.

So the next time someone tries to tell you that gun control is about saving lives, look at these facts and remember these words from Noah Webster:


“Before a standing army can rule, the people must be disarmed, as they are in almost every kingdom in Europe.

The supreme power in America cannot enforce unjust laws by the sword, because the whole body of the people are armed and constitute a force superior to any band of regular troops that can be, on any pretense, raised in the United States.

A military force at the command of a Congress can execute no laws, but such as the people perceive to be just and constitutional; for they will possess the power.”

Remember, when it comes to “gun control,” the important word is “control,” not “gun.”

Related: Obama Cites Australia’s Gun Confiscation Program As Example For US


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Former Mainstream Media Journalist Blows Whistle On 9/11 And Fukushima
July 26 2017 | From: TheMindUnleashed

Few have put their lives on the line as journalist Benjamin Fulford has done.



Going from the peak of his journalistic career, a massive salary and access to almost any door he wanted open, the former Asia-Pacific Bureau Chief of Forbes Magazine stepped away in disagreement of massive censoring and has since started reporting on geopolitical events that certain “elites” wish he would not.

Related: Reflecting On The Truth Of 9/11 - What Will Be The Straw That Breaks The Camel's Back?

Blowing the whistle on a wide variety of topics, including 9/11 and Fukushima, Fulford has drawn the attention of many around the world and has even survived 5 assassination attempts.

The Mind Unleashed was fortunate to be able to interview Mr. Fulford.


1. What is your education and journalistic background Benjamin? 

My educational background is varied. I went to grade school in Mexico and Canada and studied in Spanish and English.

My high school was in French. When I was 17 I went to the Amazon and studied under a Shipibo shaman on the banks of the Ucuyali river in Northern Peru. My university education was Sophia University in Tokyo and the University of British Columbia in Vancouver, Canada.

My degree is in Asian studies with a China area specialty. However, since I took about 10 years worth of undergraduate courses I think of myself as a generalist.



2. You also speak multiple languages, yes? 

Yes. Native or near native in English, Japanese, French and Spanish. Conversational ability in Mandarin and the various romance languages.


3. Being with such a well known media company (Forbes), what caused you to leave your job? 

There were many reasons but mainly it had to do with censorship.

When Citibank was kicked out of Japan because they were caught money laundering for crime gangs, Forbes would not run the story even though my sources were Finance Ministry officials speaking on the record.

The final straw was when they asked me to do a story about a computer virus software company.

I went to the Philippines to visit their laboratories and while there I went to visit the creator of the “I love you” virus that caused billions of dollars worth of damage.

He claimed the anti-virus company paid him to make the virus.

I thought I had a big scoop but my editors refused to run the story because they thought I was becoming “unreliable.”

Then Mr. Nakagawa, the business manager in Japan told me the real reason the story was cancelled was because the head of the anti-virus company paid Steve Forbes $500,000 to kill my story. That was the last straw for me.

However, it was a very scary thing to give up that regular fat monthly paycheck and the prestigious name card that opened so many doors. I can understand why many corporate journalists put up with censorship and control just so they can keep up their lifestyles.


4. You’ve stated that the Japanese royal family showed you evidence that 9/11 was an inside job and that this was sort of your big “wake up call.” Can you elaborate on that?

I was planning to publish a book exposing the corruption in Japan. The day after I sent the first two chapters to my agent I got a call from Kaoru Nakamaru, a cousin of Emperor Hirohito who told me “I know a lot about the dark side of Japan but I understand nothing about the dark side of the West.”

We met and she asked me not to publish the book because that is not what I really wanted to do in my heart. Then she gave me a 911 video.

My thought at the time was “this is one of those anti-semitic conspiracy videos I read about in the New York Times.” I was thus reluctant to even look at it. However, when I did, it really opened my eyes and set me on a path of intensive research into the historical truth of false flags over the ages.

5. You wrote a book about 9/11, correct?

Yes I did and it was a best seller in Japan. Here is the link.

6. You’ve also been very vocal about Fukishima being an intentional crime against humanity . Can you please elaborate on that?

First of all the Japanese authorities were warned in advance of March 11, 2011 by an Australian government agent going by the code name Richard Sorge (now Alexander Romanov) that a 500 kiloton nuclear weapon stolen from the Russian submarine Kursk in 2000 had been smuggled into Japan for the purpose of nuclear terror against that country. Sorge also told me and I wrote about it.

Sorge was a drug smuggler into Japan for over 20 years and went to the authorities when a nuclear weapon was sent together with his usual drug shipment.

The bomb was first taken to former Prime Minister Yasuhiro Nakasone’s property in Hinodecho in Western Tokyo. It was then taken to the North Korean citizen’s association building. Later, according to Takamasa Kawase of Japanese military intelligence, the bomb was taken aboard the deep sea drilling ship Chikyu.

Local news reports confirm the Chikyu was drilling deep into the seabed at the exact epicenters of the Fukushima earthquake prior to March 11, 2011 (or 311 as they call it in Japan).

After the Tsunami and nuclear attack on Japan, a Christian Pastor by the name of Paolo Izumi was approached by a member of the Japanese self defense forces who said he was part of a 15 member crew that dismantled the bomb into 5 smaller nuclear devices and that these were drilled into the seabed by the Chikyu prior to 311.

He thought at the time he was paricipating in earthquake research.

After the terrorist attack, his colleagues were all murdered so he sought shelter from his Pastor. The person is now being protected under the witness protection program and is willing to testify in public about what happened.

There is a lot more to this so please do a news search to see my previous articles on the subject. [Editor’s note: Benjamin asked that this book be read and shared by viewers of this interview.]

7. So this is some sort of global elite that have helped to orchestrate 9/11 and Fukushima? 

The forensic trail of evidence led to Peter Hanz Kolvenbach, the former head of the Jesuits and the P2 Freemason lodge in Italy.



Black Popes: Adolpho Nicholas and Peter-Hans Kolvenbach

Related: Former Jesuit Priest Exposes How The Vatican Created Islam

These people are aiming for a fascist world government under their control.

8. You were the first journalist (to my knowledge) to publicly write about what is known as the global collateral accounts. Can you explain what these accounts are and some of their history, well as their intended purpose? 

Again that would require a book on its own.

The short version is that since Roman times the West sent gold and silver to Asia in exchange for silk, ceramics and spices. This meant that about 85% of the world’s precious metals ended up in Asia, mostly under the control of various Asian royal dynasties.

This gold was used to back up the Bretton Woods system. However, when the West broke its promises to have a Marshal plan for the whole world and only applied it to the G7 countries under their control, the gold was cut off.



Related: The Most Important Financial Meeting Since JFK’s Death Just Took Place

The US thus ran out of gold in the early 1970’s which led to the Nixon shock when the US dollar was taken off the gold standard and put on the oil standard.

The petrodollar standard is now being replaced once again with a gold standard but the process is not complete and there is a continuing stand off between the West, who have the Euro, US Dollar and Yen printing presses and the Asians, who have the gold.

9. In August of 2011, you wrote about a meeting that took place off the coast of Monaco between a man named Neil Keenan and 57 financial representatives from various countries around the world. What was that meeting about and why was it so important?



Related: Neil Keenan / Group K | History & Events Timeline

Basically an alliance was formed with backing from US military white hats to try to take control of the global financial system away from the elite Western bloodline families I refer to as the Khazarian mafia.


10. So essentially, there is a large international alliance that is opposing a one world order?

They are not opposed to a world united by friendship and the rule of law. They are opposed to a world fascist dictatorship controlled by Satan worshiping elite bloodlines.



Related: Core Edicts Of The Khazarian Mafia Top Command

The anti-Russian hysteria on the part of the Khazarians is due to the fact they were kicked out of Russia and Russia is now undergoing a big Christian revival.


11. What are some sources that you receive your intelligence from? 

My sources are many and varied but include people in the P2 Freemason lodge, the FSB, the NSA, the Gnostic Illuminati, the CIA, US military Intelligence, the various Japanese crime gangs, Asian secret societies, Japanese military intelligence, the North Koreans, etc.

I have been a reporter here for 30 years which means I have developed a comprehensive set of contacts.


12. So there are many people within the intelligence community around the world who are working quietly and are also part of this international alliance seeking to end the corruptive power systems of our world?

Yes indeed there is.


13. You’ve stated that you’ve had 5 attempts at your life. Clearly, “they” don’t like that you’re putting out such revealing information on a weekly basis.

The five murder attempts include:

Being poisoned in Italy by Vincenzo Mazzara, a cavalier of the teutonic knights and a senior member of the P2 freemason lodge.



Grandmaster of Italy's notorious P2 masonic lodge who was implicated in some of Italy's biggest post-war political and financial scandals

An attempt to shoot me by Japanese gangsters in Sakhalin, Russia.

Multiple attempts to murder me in Osaka by Japanese gangsters paid to do so by Rothschild Agent Michael Greenberg

An attempted attack with a heart attack inducing electronic device on a subway in Tokyo.

Being stabbed with a poison needle by Mutsuaki Okubo, a North Korean agent.


14. Some people say that you’re disinformation because certain things have not come to pass that you’ve written about. However, many things have. Can you talk about some of those big events that have?

When people accuse me of being a disinformation agent they are basically calling me a liar which is slander.

What has happened is that my sources have told me certain things are going to happen and they do not always happen as my sources told me they would. In such cases, I was quoting my sources and they were wrong. For example, senior CIA sources kept insisting to me that Joe Biden would be President but it turned out to be Donald Trump.

However, some of my sources accurately predicted events like the Lehman Shock, the overthrow of the Muslim Brotherhood government in Egypt, the Fukushima nuclear terror attack on Japan, etc.


15. So essentially, good things are happening despite a lack of media attention on it? 

Good things are definitely happening and that is obvious for all to see.



Only 6% of Americans trust the mainstream media which means they have killed themselves with their constant lies and cover ups.


16. Any other messages you’d like to share with the world or anyone in particular?

Yes, the process of creating and distributing money is the process of deciding what humanity does in the future.

This process should be a transparently run public utility not a private monopoly in the hands of gangsters. We are fighting to free humanity from a horrific regime of babylonian debt slavery and we are winning.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Mars Slave Labour Controversy Builds With More Whistleblower Testimony
July 26 2017 | From: Dr. MichaelSalla / Various

Robert David Steele, a former official for both the CIA and US Marine Corps Intelligence, made global headlines when he was interviewed by Alex Jones on June 29, and said that according to his confidential sources, there are slave colonies on Mars using individuals who had been kidnapped from Earth as children.



Steele pointed out that the children were taken to Mars via “a 20 year ride”, the purpose of which was to ensure they were adults who could be put to work upon arrival.

Related: Slave Colony On Mars Claim Goes Mainstream

The idea of slave colonies on Mars was first discussed in Alternative 3, a “fiction based on fact” book authored by a former British journalist, Leslie Watkins, which was published in 1978.

He had investigated the extraordinary claims that had been first presented in Alternative 3, an episode of a British television documentary series called Science Report, which aired on June 20, 1977.


Alternative 3 1977





The Alternative 3 television show described how the deterioration of global environmental conditions had led to the major powers, US and USSR, secretly collaborating behind the scenes to ensure survival of the human species. To this end, the US and USSR had secretly established colonies on Mars in the early 1970’s and were populating it by whatever means possible.

The show was declared to be a hoax intended for release on April Fool’s day, but many viewers thought otherwise. This included Watkins whose investigation uncovered more information that led him to writing the book, Alternative 3.

Watkins says that he met with a deep throat source called “Trojan” who supplied alleged documents revealing that the existence of Mars colonies was very real, and people were being secretly taken there, some by force and kidnapping.

For obvious reasons, we cannot reveal the identity of Trojan. Nor can we give any hint about his function or status in the operation. We are completely satisfied, however, that his credentials are authentic and that, in breaking his oath of silence, he is prompted by the most honourable of motives.



Related: Endgame: Disclosure, The Antarctic Atlantis And NEW Ancient Extra-Terrestrial Ruins

He stands in relation to the Alternative 3 conspiracy in much the same position as the anonymous informant ‘Deep Throat’ occupied in the Watergate affair. [Kindle Locations 269-272].

Watkins described two categories of people being taken to Mars according to Trojan:

These professionals, we have now established, have been classifying people selected for the Alternative 3 operation into two categories: those who are picked as individuals and those who merely form part of a ‘batch consignment.’

There have been several ‘batch consignments’ and it is the treatment meted out to most of these men and women which provides the greatest cause for outrage. [Kindle Locations 300-303].

Watkins describes how people taken as part of a “batch consignment” to Mars become a pool of slave labor. He gave as an example a small group of 20 individuals who were forcibly taken there:

Most of the missing 20 were described as being ‘hippy types’ although there were some older people among them.

People of this calibre, we have now discovered, have been what is known as ‘scientifically adjusted’ to fit them for a new role as a slave species.  Watkins, Leslie (2015-12-14T22:58:59). ALTERNATIVE 3: The 1978 Cult Sci-Fi Classic Republished with New Material (Kindle Locations 352-354].



Related: Secret Space Program Disclosure: Founders Of Solar Warden SSP With William Tompkins

In the foreword to the 2015 republished version of his book, Watkins’ son, Graham, provided statistics to help substantiate Watkins’ claim of kidnapped children being taken to Mars in large numbers:

In 2010, 692,941 people were reported missing in the USA alone – 531, 928 under the age of 18 and it must be realised that, if any were destined for Mars, ‘catching ‘em young’ would make sense. The extra working years they had ahead of them more than justified the costs of getting them in the right condition. [Kindle Locations 49-52].

The next researcher to discuss a base on Mars that may have involved slave labor was William Cooper who had served on the intelligence briefing team of the Commander in Chief of the Pacific Fleet from 1970 to 1973. He was given an honorable discharge in 1975, after a 14 year military career with both the US Air Force and Navy.

Cooper said that he had access to U.S. Navy intelligence files and based on what he had seen was able to confirm in a 1989 paper that Alternative 3 was very real, and that a joint US-USSR space program had been set up to ensure continuity of Government.

Cooper said that May 22, 1962 was the date of the first US/USSR landing on Mars, but said he was unable to confirm or deny that batch assignments of human slaves were occurring!


Milton William Cooper about Alternative 3





Also in 1989, an electrics contractor, Al Bielek, came forward to allege that he and another individual (Duncan Cameron) were taken to Mars through a jump room or teleportation device located at Montauk, Long Island, New York. In interviews, Bielek confirmed the accuracy of the Alternative 3 scenario involving the establishment of bases on the surface of Mars for a continuity of species program involving the US and possibly the USSR.

Bielek said he and Cameron were sent by teleportation technology into ancient bases in the interior of Mars on multiple occasions. He described these bases as approximately 20,000 years, built by human looking extraterrestrials and long ago deserted.

Bielek discusses how missing children were used in the Montauk experiments as test subjects. Some of the children were given away as slaves to some extraterrestrial groups. This suggested slave labor was in widespread usage in secret space programs, just as the Alternative 3 book claimed.



Related: Evidence Grows For Secret Space Program Disclosures & Crimes Against Humanity Trials

The next significant researcher to discuss slave labor being used on Mars was a Bulgarian engineer, Vladimir Terziski, who had gained access to many intelligence documents released during the collapse of communism in Eastern Europe.

During this time, many former Warsaw Pact intelligence officials sold classified documents to make ends meet during a difficult transition period from communism to capitalist societies.

In the early 1990’s, Terziski began giving lectures in the US in which he shared the contents of Nazi SS files that referred to Germany’s secret space program in occupied Europe and Antarctica.

Terziski described how in 1942 the most advanced aerospace technologies were relocated to Antarctica, leaving behind the less developed turbo-jet flying saucer prototypes that had failed to be weaponized for the war effort.

Terziski shared what he learned about Nazi Germany’s secret missions to the Moon and Mars, including the large Haunebu III spacecraft that made the first trip to Mars in April 1945, and was followed by other missions that eventually established German colonies on Mars.



Alleged Nazi SS Document showing Haunebu III Specifications

Terziski refers to slave labor eventually being taken to Mars, just as the Germans had earlier taken thousands of slave laborers to their Antarctica redoubt. Indeed, it was out of Antarctica that the German secret space program reached its fullest potential and the Fourth Reich became a powerful covert force in global affairs.

The scenario described by Terziski is very different to that described in Alternative 3. Those responsible for slave labor on Mars were a German breakaway group operating out of Antarctica, rather than the US/USSR kidnapping people in a feverish attempt to establish a Mars colony out of fear of imminent planetary devastation on Earth.

If Terziski’s account is accurate, then Alternative 3 was designed to reveal part of the truth about slave labor on Mars, but hide the existence of a German breakaway civilization using flying saucer technologies with bases on the Moon, Mars and elsewhere in our solar system.

It’s also possible that the situations described in the Alternative 3 book and Terziski were occurring simultaneously. This would mean that a highly advanced German space program was the first to establish a foothold on Mars in the 1940’s, and was followed two decades later by a joint US/USSR program. Both of these space programs used slave labor, but the German program was presumably the older and more advanced program.



Related: Boeing's "You Just Wait" Ad Reveals 100 Year Partial Disclosure Timeline - Analysis: Disproving Partial Disclosure, Insider Testimony, And Steering Collective Consciousness Toward The Full Disclosure Timeline

Bielek was followed over a decade later by others making similar claims of being teleported to Mars in secret space program run by US entities. The list includes Michael Relfe (2000), Arthur Neumann (2006), Andy Basiago (2010) and William “Brett” Stillings (2011).

None of these individuals say they witnessed or were exploited as slave labor on Mars. All reported working at or seeing bases on Mars, but none witnessed a German presence.

It was another whistleblower, Corey Goode, in early 2015 who started describing slave labor on Mars that he had directly witnessed during a “20 and back” program from 1987 to 2007 on several occasions when he visited Martian facilities to conduct repairs.



Corey Goode with David Wilcock

Goode says that he took part in an inspection tour of Mars on June 20, 2015 where he saw evidence of abusive treatment of workers who were treated as slave labor.

This coincided with meetings conducted by the British Interplanetary Society discussing such a situation, and the passage of legislation by the US Congress which effectively gave legal protection to companies and officials involved in off-planet slave labor until 2022.

According to Goode, the slave labor practices used on Martian bases was a carry-over from the earlier German colonies.



Related: Snowden Reveals First Ever Public Disclosure Of Secret Black Budget Programs

He says that as a result of secret agreements between the Eisenhower administration and the Germans in Antarctica, the German Mars facilities were transformed into a joint venture led by leading German companies associated with the Fourth Reich, that worked closely with US corporations who provided personnel and resources.

These transnational corporate off-planet projects would in time evolve into what Goode describes as the “Interplanetary Corporate Conglomerate“. The U.S. military would covertly supply personnel to the corporate conglomerate on Mars and elsewhere, similar to how Special Forces personnel are contracted out the CIA for clandestine operations.

The possibility that corporations are deeply involved in secret space programs that use millions of people as slave labor was boosted by the testimony of William Pawelec, a computer operations and programming expert who gave permission for a video interview only to be released after his death – it was posthumously published on December 14, 2010.

Pawelec was involved in the development of RFID tracking chips that could be used to protect children from kidnapping as he described in his video interview:


“At the time in the security industry, a lot of us had a lot of concerns about tracking and locating people that had been kidnapped. Particularly what was going on in Europe at the time where we were having NATO officers, even the Prime Minister of Italy, kidnapped …

These people were drained [of information] or they were brutalized or both… One of the goals of the industry was to develop technology that would allow us to track these people or locate them quickly."

Pawelec described how the Siemens Corporation, a company that used slave labor in Nazi Germany for its weapons programs, produced billions of RFID tracking chips in the early 1980’s.

Siemens set up a Silicon Valley front-company to produce these tracking chips in a manner designed to hide their true purpose – tracking slave labor used in secret space programs by the Interplanetary Corporate Conglomerate, of which Siemens is a very prominent member.


Siemens secret hoard of Human Microchips - USAF contractor William Pawelec





Related:
Siemens Implicated In Tracking Forced Labour & Slaves In Space

This finally brings us back to Steele’s statement about slave labor on Mars where three confidential sources revealed to him that this really exists, and that children are kidnapped with the intent of eventually being taken to Mars as slave labor. Steele’s information helps corroborate the growing body of research and testimonies which suggests that a flourishing off-planet slave trade exists.

Steele is currently exposing global pedophilia rings that exploit children in schemes used to entrap high level officials so they can be easily controlled by the “Deep State”, or what others describe as the Cabal or Illuminati. It should therefore not come as a great surprise that such exploitation also extends out into deep space and is run by an “Interplanetary Corporate Conglomerate”, as Goode contends.

Secret bases on Mars and elsewhere exploit millions of children and adults as forced labor. Exposing such programs, and corporations such as Siemens involved in them, is a major step in stopping such injustices, bringing the perpetrators to justice, and beginning the process of compensating the many victims of these crimes in space.


Related Articles:

Mission to Mars investigates claims of slave labor at secret corporate base

US Congress Passes Bill Protecting Slave Labor on Mars & Corporate Space Colonies

Computer hacking linked to extraterrestrial disclosure & future War Crimes trials

Overthrowing a Mars Colony Dictator: British Elite Prepare for the Real Thing

Galactic Human Slave Trade & AI threat to End with Full Disclosure of ET Life

Corporate bases on Mars and Nazi infiltration of US Secret Space Program



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Americans Protest ‘Very Fake News’ CNN Outside Of Atlanta Headquarters & “Dying CIA Agent Confesses To Demolition Of WTC-7” Is Actual Fake News
July 25 2017 | From: Breitbart / VeteransToday / Various

More than 150 protesters charged the CNN headquarters in Atlanta, Georgia to share their disgust with the network’s peddling of “fake news” against President Trump’s administration.




With signs reading “FNN #FakeNewsNetwork” and others targeting the networks’ advertisers such as AT&T and Microsoft, protesters chanted “CNN fake news!” directly in front of the CNN Centers’ signature logo.

Related: Selected Articles: Fake News? What the Mainstream Media Is Not Telling You

Protesters told Breitbart News that the rally against CNN was an effort to call out the media corporation for its unbalanced coverage of the Trump administration and its targeting of Americans, most specifically the creator of the anti-CNN wrestling match meme that the President tweeted out.



Related: Trump Finally Stops Arming Terrorists in Syria - Corporate Media Says It’s a Russian Conspiracy


“We are standing up and fighting back against the real damage that CNN is doing to this country today,”
Brian Maloney with the Media Equalizer told Breitbart News.

“There are real victims of their smear campaigns … they have an entire team of smear merchants employed for the express purpose of deny this current President any appointees or nominees whatsoever.”

“[Americans’] lives are being destroyed when they are unfairly smeared and targeted, falsely accused of plagiarism, and everything else that has been going on,” Maloney said.


Breitbart News with Brian Maloney of Media Equalizer Outside CNN




Brian Crabtree, a local talk radio show host in Atlanta, told Breitbart News that not only does CNN target the Trump administration unfairly, but he said the network is “destroying” American culture.


“They’re destroying our culture,”
Crabtree said. “They’re taking people who consume five to ten minutes of news a day, the average American citizen, they’re filling them full of fake news, fake innuendos, bad information, leading them to a conclusion that this President is something that he’s not.”

“They don’t report that illegal border crossings are down 70 to 80 percent,” Crabtree told Breitbart News of CNN.

“They don’t report that there’s $65 to $80 billion regulations that have evaporated…”


Brietbart News with ATL Radio Host Brian Crabtree outside CNN




The protest against CNN came after the media corporation was slammed for a multitude of scandals. Most recently, three CNN employees were forced to resign, as Breitbart News reported, after releasing a Trump-Russia collusion story that ended up being unfounded.



CNN hosts and reporters were also caught claiming that during the recent G20 Summit in Hamburg, Germany, Trump and Russian President Vladimir Putin held a “secret dinner,” Breitbart News reported. That narrative was repeated by CNN’s Brooke Baldwin, among others, despite not being true.





“Dying CIA Agent Confesses To Demolition Of WTC-7” Is Actual Fake News

Today’s False Flag Weekly News did NOT cover the “bombshell” story of the supposed WTC-7 demolition confession by a dying CIA agent. Why not? Because it’s OBVIOUS BULLSHIT.



If you can’t tell that this is a made-up story from the way it’s written, you need to take your BS detector in for a tune-up. That’s right, Jim Fetzer, this means you!

Related: False Flag Weekly News

When Jim was my co-host at FFWN, he occasionally got taken in by hoaxes like this. The “Dying CIA agent confesses to WTC-7” story is just a rewrite of a previous article by the same hoaxer, Jay Greenberg.



Dying CIA Agent Makes Deathbed Confession: ‘We Blew Up WTC7 On 9/11’ is a rewrite of Dying Mi5 Agent Admits to Killing Princess Diana in Deathbed Confession

How much do they pay Greenberg to crank out this low-grade garbage? Nice work if you can get it, I guess.

These pathetic frauds constitute psychological warfare against the truth-seeking community. As Cass Sunstein explained, the 9/11 perps need to spread “beneficial cognitive diversity” among “conspiracy theorists” in order to prevent “conspiracy theorists” from exposing the 9/11 false flag crime against humanity.


Fake News Triples Down On Photoshopped Trump Picture

GOP Republican used a fake image to show he’s friendly with Trump.

In what is one of the strangest developments you will ever see in a Senate race, Republican candidates are sparring over a photoshopped picture, an argument that can only be disastrous for the creator of the fake photo and anyone who endorsed it as real.




These fake news stories catapult the “surely someone would have confessed” anti-truth propaganda meme. Any suckers who might actually believe that the world’s most successful criminals will surely confess to their crimes, for no particular reason except a bad conscience (as if the high-IQ psychopaths hired for these crimes had consciences) will be left holding the bag.

Deathbed (and non-deathbed) confessions do sometimes happen. E. Howard Hunt did confess to helping the CIA murder JFK. And a US Army Col. did confess to William Pepper his role in helping orchestrate the assassination of Martin Luther King, Jr.

But don’t expect the MSM to tell you about that.



Google-Owned YouTube Launches Worst Censorship Yet

Top globalist corporation looks to shut down Infowars.

Google targets Infowars yet again, this time they’re attempting to shut down The Alex Jones Channel on YouTube.





Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Bombshell Conspiracy Theories Confirmed As Former Presidential Candidate Warns President Trump: 'They Are Coming For You' & Brennan, Rice, Power - Lock Them Up
July 25 2017 | From: AllNewsPipeliine / LewRockwell / Various

While most Americans likely completely missed it, several bombshell 'conspiracy theories' have been confirmed as true over the last few days that should help to clarify where America has been and where we're going despite the intentionally 'muckied waters'. 




The hugely overlooked story from Glenn Greenwald over at The Intercept on July 17th reported "one of the most under-discussed yet consequential changes in the American political landscape is the reunion between the Democratic Party and the country’s most extreme and discredited neocons." Long argued by independent news writers and readers that there was very little difference between the two, we read they're now 'getting back together' in the 'age of President Trump'.

Related: Glenn Greenwald: Donald Trump Jr.’s Emails Aren’t a “Smoking Gun” or Evidence of Criminal Collusion

Proving to us what we've long argued, that the 'D' and 'R' have largely been a 'front' to the untrained eye, as we hear in the first video below featuring Dr. Ron Paul along with Infowars, these groups still have their eyes upon taking down President Trump and by taking down him, complete their dreams of taking down America. First, from Greenwald: 


While the rise of Donald Trump, whom neocons loathe, has accelerated this realignment, it began long before the ascension of Trump and is driven by far more common beliefs than contempt for the current president.

A newly formed and, by all appearances, well-funded national security advocacy group, devoted to more hawkish U.S. policies toward Russia and other adversaries, provides the most vivid evidence yet of this alliance.


Calling itself the Alliance for Securing Democracy, the group describes itself as “a bipartisan, transatlantic initiative” that “will develop comprehensive strategies to defend against, deter, and raise the costs on Russian and other state actors’ efforts to undermine democracy and democratic institutions,” and also “will work to publicly document and expose Vladimir Putin’s ongoing efforts to subvert democracy in the United States and Europe.”

While the msm continues to destroy itself by claiming every Russian 'nothing burger' is 'the end of the world' for President Trump, we also see what many have long called 'fake news' being confirmed before our eyes with President Trump's decision to end the US's support of Syrian rebels as reported by the Washington Examiner

While it had long been confirmed that Obama was arming the so-called 'moderate' rebels in Syria, it was lost on many that in so doing, he was also putting weapons and money into the hands of ISIS and the same terrorists who've declared their intentions to slaughter Americans.




Spy Master: Trump’s Foreign Policy is Being Run by True Masters

An insider’s take on the deep state and Trump.

Dr. Steve Pieczenik and Alex Jones break down why the globalists really hate president Trump and how they will try to control him from within.






As we'd argued time and again, if Obama would simply stop arming them, so much death and destruction could be avoided in Syria and across the world. Many argued the program didn't even exist. Fake news some called it. We hear more about Trump's decision to stop arming the so-called 'moderate' rebels in the 2nd video below. 

As the NY Times reported, this was supposed to be 'covert aid' to the Syrian rebels yet anybody following independent news knew about it.

And while the Dems and msm call out 'treason' any time that another 'nothing burger' is served, it's easy to see that the only 'burgers' there are their own shadows. While Tulsi Gabbard's 'stop arming terrorists' bill in Congress got very little support, it turns out it didn't need any as President Trump has come out and shut them down anyways.

While fake news the Washington Post reports 'this is a momentous decision, Putin won in Syria', we say the world won  and common sense won as its not our place to determine what happens in Syria. The mess that Syria became was clearly a 'new world order' decision, an Obama decision, a Hillary Clinton decision and a 'neocon' decision.

What President Trump did yesterday was make a decision that helps to restore sanity to a world long in need of it.



Related: Jackie Mason Rips ‘Filthy, Low-Life’ Anti-Trump Celebrities: ‘Nobody in America Cares’ What You Think

And yes, to the many who truly believed that the US would never arm the very rebels who are slaughtering people around the world and who long called such a statement 'fake news', Trump's move to end support to the rebels in Syria, to end what was once a 'covert program' that everybody knew about might come as a major shock.

No more tinfoil hats needed, a 'conspiracy theory' confirmed.  

With it now quite obvious to those paying attention that for many, many years, there has been no real differences between most of the Democrats and Republicans who were clearly on the 'same team' but wearing 'different uniforms', the fact that Trump has almost single-handedly taken down both sides during the election, causing them to 'regroup' as Greenwald reports, while now shutting down an Obama-era program that armed our enemies shows 'winship' all around

And we shouldn't be surprised that the msm will label this a 'win for Russia' as they've long pushed the Russia narrative until they've left readers running for the hills.

Yet as we hear from Ron Paul and we read in this new story from Jeremiah Johnson over at SHTFPlan, we shouldn't just expect them all to go away.

As we hear in this 1st video, while President Trump isn't perfect, he's proven to us that he's a fighter for America and judging by the enemies he's made, it's clear his fight is real.



Former Congressman and ex-Presidential Candidate Dr.Ron Paul

Related: Complete List of President Trump’s Major Accomplishments in His First Six Months #MAGA

Paul warns us and President Trump that the neocons and globalists are struggling desperately to hold on to their power over the world and the American people and as we read in Johnson's story, there's long been a plan to take down America and if they can't collapse us internally, they'll attack us externally.

We can see Congressman Paul's and Johnson's warnings coming true before our very eyes:


From within and from without. Before our very eyes, we are seeing actions taking place both within the U.S. domestically and outside of it. The scripted plans were set into motion decades ago, and are seeing fruition now, with increases in activities leading toward the planned downfall of the U.S.

The architects follow a very “Orwellian” pattern: it isn’t important who takes the reins of power, if that power is used to promulgate the continually leftward-moving paradigm shift and the continuance of power. These oligarchs are globalists who wish to remove the national boundaries except to use the governments in an administrative fashion to control the masses.


First the U.S. Any country that has a Constitution such as ours that recognizes the rights of its citizens to be armed…. oh, that country has to go.

They’re collapsing the economy, and shaping it to be more interdependent with Europe and the rest of the world.

The President is under attack from every angle, as the Marxists force him up against the ropes, never able to come forth with an attack of his own.

They are checkmating him at every angle. In the meantime, the policies of Obama are still in place outside of the country.

We are still bolstering ISIS and trying to oust Assad in Syria (Written before Trump's recent announcement). The New Cold War is forming, and we have flashpoints in Syria, Ukraine, and North Korea that could lead to a war with the drop of a hat. If they can’t collapse it internally, they’ll attack the U.S. externally.


Civil unrest, economic collapse, and an attack on the current administration are the vehicles used to promote the fall of the U.S. domestically. Warfare (initiated by a foreign nation or by the U.S.) is used outside of the country.

Both use different approaches to work toward the goal of the United States coming to an end. Read history, especially Solzhenitsyn to see how this occurs. Before a nation comes to an end, its citizens are in denial that it truly has reached that point.

The United States is in its final days, now. It will come to an end. Whether it remains that way and is absorbed by the NWO, or has a new beginning will be up to us.
"

And while President Trump takes on left and right and globalists for America, we owe it to him to let him know that Americans will have his back in time of need.

Related: President Trump Revokes CIA Covert Operation in Syria


Ron Paul Warns Trump: The Neocons Are Coming For You


Former Congressman Ron Paul joins Alex Jones to discuss President Donald Trump's battle against the neo-cons and globalists who still struggle to maintain their grip on the American people.







Brennan, Rice, Power - Lock Them Up


We frequently hear people say they have nothing to hide - so surrendering privacy and constitutional rights to the Surveillance State may not be such a big deal if it helps catch a terrorist or two. But with each passing day in the RussiaGate drama we are learning that this superficial exoneration is dangerously beside the point.



We are referring here to the unrelenting witch hunt that has been unleashed by Imperial Washington against the legitimately elected President of the United States, Donald J. Trump. This campaign of lies, leaks and Russophobia is the handiwork of Obama’s top national security advisors, who blatantly misused Washington’s surveillance apparatus to discredit Trump and to effectively nullify America’s democratic process.

Related: Rand Paul Grateful for Trump: “Everyday I wake up and say, ‘It could have been Hillary'”

That is, constitutional protections and liberties were systematically breached, but not simply to intimidate, hush or lock up citizens one by one as per the standard totalitarian modus operandi. Instead, what has happened is that the entire public debate has been hijacked by the shadowy forces of the Deep State and their partisan and media collaborators.

The enabling culprits are Obama’s last CIA director, John Brennan, his national security advisor Susan Rice and UN Ambassador Samantha Power.

There is now mounting evidence that it was they who illegally “unmasked” NSA intercepts from Trump Tower; they who confected the Russian meddling narrative from behind the protective moat of classified intelligence; and they who orchestrated a systematic campaign of leaks and phony intelligence reports during the presidential transition - all designed to delegitimize Trump before he even took the oath of office.



Related: Globalism Is In Free Fall Collapse: World government is in danger thanks to President Trump

So all three of them should be locked­up - that’s for sure. But the more urgent solution would be to unlock and make public all the innuendo, surmises, assessments, half-truths and boilerplate intelligence chatter on which the entire false narrative about Russian meddling and collusion is based.

Stated differently, without the nation’s massive intelligence apparatus and absurd system of secrecy and classified information to hide behind, the RussiaGate witch hunt would have never gotten off the ground.

In truth, as we will essay below, there is no there, there. So what this new chapter in McCarthyite hysteria actually demonstrates is that the Imperial City’s far-flung, 17-agency, $75 billion Intelligence Behemoth is a plenary threat not just to individual liberty, but to the very constitutional democracy on which the latter depends.

To appreciate the severity of the threat, it is necessary to recognize that the post-9/11 Deep State has lowered a double whammy on our system.

That is, it unconstitutionally collects the entirety of all internet based communications of America’s 325 million citizen, while at the same time it has effectively disenfranchised 98% of the 535 members of the House and Senate who have been elected to represent them.



Related: Transcript of Phone Call Between POTUS and UK PM May LEAKED to the Press

Accordingly, behind the Surveillance State’s vast wall of secrecy and so-called “classified” information, there operates a Dark Government that is unaccountable to the public and largely unconstrained by normal constitutional limits, which the Patriot Act and secret FISA courts have more or less suspended.

In the realm of this Dark Government, the heart of American democracy - the US Congress - has been completely usurped. Almost everything behind the secrecy wall is off limits to the rank and file. Only a handful of intelligence committee members and the House and Senate leadership gets sworn into the classified intelligence.

Yet just consider the hideous asymmetry of this arrangement. The so-called “Gang of Eight,” comprising the heads of the intelligence oversight committees and their respective party leadership, gets orally briefed in a secure “vault”, where they can’t take notes or carry-out any documents.

Moreover, this select handful of legislators consists of the incessantly mobilized and frazzled potentates of Capitol Hill who are always knee-deep in a thousand other distractions - including a heavy quotient of politicking, fund-raising, and campaign trail excursions.



Related: Supreme Court Backs ‘Strict Enforcement’ of Trump Travel Ban

On the inside of the Surveillance State wall, by contrast, there are 600,000 employees or contractors with “top secret” security clearances alone; and more than 4 million total operatives who spend night and days feasting on the $75 billion Intelligence Community (IC) budget and carrying out projects and missions designed to justify their existence and keep the budgetary gravy train flowing.

For example, in the National Security Agency (NSA) there is a subsidiary entity called TAO (Targeted Access Operations) with a budget of several billions and more than 1,000 employees.

The latter predominately consist of high-powered civilian and military hackers, computer geeks, intelligence analysts, targeting specialists, computer hardware and software designers and electrical engineers - whose job it is to do exactly what Russia is being accused of.

Namely, to hack and electronically infiltrate the communications and operations of nearly every government on the planet, and most especially those of IC designated enemies and adversaries such as Russia and Iran.Indeed, TAOs motto says it all:

“Your data is our data, your equipment is our equipment ­ anytime, any place, by any legal means.”

In any given 24-hour day, the TAO hacks and deposits more disinformation and malware into its targeted foreign networks than all the low level Russian probes that were intercepted by NSA during the entire Presidential campaign.



Related: Does Wall Street Bully or Bribe Prosecutors? Revolving Doors At The DOJ

In other words, Washington is the mother of all hackers and cyber-warfare operations, and what Russia and other nations do is only a small potatoes version of the same. Yet the overwhelming share of these digital cloak and dagger operation by all sides is a huge waste of national resources; and most especially it is of no value at all to the safety of the American people.

That because Russia, China and Iran - the principal targets of the IC’s massive surveillance and cyber warfare activities - are no threats whatsoever to America’s security.

Iran has zero military capacity to attack the American homeland, and the claim that it is the leading sponsor of terrorism is pure bunkum. That hoary claim has been concocted by the Washington neocons and the Netanyahu political machine - both of which need demonized enemies in order to nurture the public fears on which their power is based.

Likewise, Russia has one 40-year old smoke-belching aircraft carry and a fleet of rowboats - neither of which are capable of launching an assault on the New Jersey shores. True, it does have about 1,00o nuclear warheads; but where is the evidence that cool-hand Vlad is contemplating national suicide by using them against the US or Europe?



Related: Russian Foreign Minister Lavrov Sets NBC Straight

The purported Chinese threat is even more ludicrous. Notwithstanding the fertile imaginations of the Deep State fear-mongers who believe the South China Sea is actually an American Lake, the Red Suzerains of Beijing know fully well that without the continuous custom of Wal-Mart and Amazon warehouses, the Red Ponzi would collapse in a heartbeat.

And that they would be hung by angry mobs from the CCTV (China Central Television) Tower shortly thereafter.

In fact, we don’t need the $75 billion Surveillance State to deal with the Taliban, the jihadist warlords of Somalia or any of the warring Sunni vs. Shiite (Houthis) parties of Yemen, either. They do not threaten America’s security in the slightest.

Nor did the government of Khadafy in Libya after he turned in his nukes. Likewise, the Assad regime has never, ever threatened to harm America - despite the non-stop vilification from Washington.

At most, Washington needs modest local and theatre level capacity to monitor the fading remnants of the Islamic State - a temporary scourge in the mostly the impoverished Sunni villages of the Upper Euphrates, which would not even exist in the first place had it not been fostered and armed with the weapons the US Army left behind in the fiasco of Iraq.



Related: President Trump Reverses Barack Obama’s Discriminatory Anti-Christian Refugee Policy

So consider the contrafactual. In the absence of a vast Warfare State apparatus and associated Surveillance State wall of secrecy what would RussiaGate amount to?

The answer is straight-forward: It was nothing more than a politically motivated plot orchestrated by former CIA director Brennan to undermine the Presidential campaign of a rambunctious outsider.

That is, the Donald was unschooled in the groupthink of the Imperial City and had enough common sense to realize that Putin is not our enemy, that NATO is obsolete, that regime change has been a fiasco and that foreign policy should be based on homeland security first, not the perpetuation of an American Empire abroad

Those inchoate impulses were the Donald’s original sin, and it was unverified and self-serving “intelligence” from the Latvian security service - of all things - that provided the pretext for Brennan to launch the Deep State’s own version of jihad against Trump.



Related: US Special Ops Chief Confirm End of CIA Support of Anti-Assad Forces

What this dubious intelligence did was to finger Vlad Putin himself and that was crucial. It permitted Brennan to puff-up the evidence of run-of-the-mill cyber intrusions by the Russian security services - or even unconnected Russian hackers and profiteers - into a sweeping but phony narrative about an attack on American democracy with Putin at the very center.

As Scott Ritter - the weapons expert who blew the whistle on the IC’s trumped up claims about Saddam’s WMDs - succinctly explained in a recent article, Brennan proceeded to turn a dubious molehill into a vertiable mountain:


According to reporting from the Washington Post, sometime during this period, CIA Director John Brennan gained access to a sensitive intelligence report from a foreign intelligence service.

This service claimed to have technically penetrated the inner circle of Russian leadership to the extent that it could give voice to the words of Russian President Vladimir Putin as he articulated Russia’s objectives regarding the 2016 U.S. Presidential election - to defeat Hillary Clinton and help elect Donald Trump, her Republican opponent.

This intelligence was briefed to President Barack Obama and a handful of his closest advisors in early August, with strict instructions that it not be further disseminated.

The explosive nature of this intelligence report, both in terms of its sourcing and content, served to drive the investigation of Russian meddling in the American electoral process by the U.S. intelligence community.

The problem, however, was that it wasn’t the U.S. intelligence community, per se, undertaking this investigation, but rather (according to the Washington Post) a task force composed of “several dozen analysts from the CIA, NSA and FBI,” hand­picked by the CIA director and set up at the CIA Headquarters who “functioned as a sealed compartment, its work hidden from the rest of the intelligence community.”

The result was a closed­circle of analysts who operated in complete isolation from the rest of the U.S. intelligence community.

The premise of their work - that Vladimir Putin personally directed Russian meddling in the U.S. Presidential election to tip the balance in favor of Donald Trump - was never questioned in any meaningful fashion, despite its sourcing to a single intelligence report from a foreign service.

President Obama ordered the U.S. intelligence community to undertake a comprehensive review of Russian electoral meddling.

As a result, intelligence analysts began to reexamine old intelligence reports based upon the premise of Putin’s direct involvement, allowing a deeply disturbing picture to be created of a comprehensive Russian campaign to undermine the American electoral process.
"

Here’s the thing. Vlad didn’t do it. The only interference in the electoral process that he has been associated with is with respect to what Imperial Washington did next door while he was basking in glory at the Sochi Olympics in February 2014.



Related: Eric Holder Gets Savaged on Twitter For Attacking Trump For Corruption

The violent coup on the streets of Kiev was organized by agents and organs of the US government; overthrew a constitutionally elected President who had decided to make an economic and security deal with Russia rather than Europe and NATO in keeping with Ukraine’s economic propinquity to the former and its 700- years of history as an integral part of Greater Russia; and which imposed a new government, hand-picked by the Obama State Department, which was dominated by Ukrainian nationalists and neo-Nazis who were demonstrably hostile to the Russian speaking populations of Crimea and the Donbas region of eastern Ukraine.

Stated differently, Imperial Washington is the world champion meddler in other peoples’ politics and elections. Since the CIA sponsored coup against the Mosaddegh government in Iran in 1953, it has sponsored more than eighty incidents ranging from election bag money to military coups.

By contrast, the putative Russian attack on American democracy consists of three specific accusations - all of which are readily refutable.



President Trump's Six Months of America First






In the first place, Podesta’s password was “password” and could have been hacked by any fat guy, or not, on any computer plugged into the worldwide web anywhere.

Moreover, Julian Assange of Wikileaks, who makes a living disclosing the truth, not propagating lies as does the IC, says it did not come from Russian state agents; and that it was in fact leaked, not hacked, by disgruntled Democrat insiders.

In any event, if it had actually been hacked by either Russian agents or the proverbial fat guy, there would be a digital imprint stored in NSA’s vast server farms.

The fact that it hasn’t leaked amidst all the rest of the anti-Russian innuendo and intelligence hearsay proves beyond much doubt that no such record exists and no such Russian intrusion ever happened.

As for the DNC emails, the smoking gun there still smolders in plain sight. The FBI apparently never even took custody of the DNC computer - farming out the job to an outfit named Crowdstrike. A

las, the latter is a DNC contractor and wannabe silicon valley IPO run by some fanatical Russian ex-pats looking for fame and fortune.

It’s no wonder they didn’t want the FBI second guessing their conclusions.



Related: On Friday the Head of the US National Press Club Slandered and Smeared The Gateway Pundit and Breitbart on CSPAN

Finally, there is the Latvian “intelligence” morsel about Putin’s personal direction of the election meddling campaign.

But never mind. It surely doesn’t exist anyway - or it too would have leaked long ago.

And that’s all she wrote. The rest is pure spin leaked by Trump’s enemies in the Deep State and canonized by its collaborators in the main stream media.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
"Linkin Park's Chester Bennington Was Murdered" - And Soundgarden's Chris Cornell Was Also Likely To Have Been 'Suicided' In Illuminati Ritual Killings
July 24 2017 | From: YourNewsWire / Various

The website YourNewsWire claims that 'Police have reportedly launched a murder investigation into Chester Bennington’s death with insiders believing it is “extremely likely” the Linkin Park frontman was killed in eerily similar circumstances to his close friend Chris Cornell'
- And on his own birthday.



Comment: While no sources can be confirmed, even if this story as they claim it may not be provable, this very much reeks of another ritual celebrity killing to those who understand how the 'illuminati' operate. With the cabal now being more desperate than ever to appease their dark lord with sacrifices in offerings towards their agenda as it faces inevitable exposure and downfall...

Related: Chester Bennington was About to Expose the Truth Behind Chris Cornell's Death

"Detectives are looking into whether Chester Bennington was murdered, with the death scene later arranged to resemble a suicide. They have put a team of investigators in place and are refusing to rule out a criminal homicide charge."

The Los Angeles County Medical Examiner’s office confirmed the 41-year-old nu-metal icon was found dead, but refused to provide details, with the agency’s chief of operations, Brian Elias, remaining tight-lipped about whether media reports of suicide are accurate.

We are investigating all angles,” he said.




Comment: Chester Bennington’s death echoes that of friend Chris Cornell


Suspicious Circumstances Confirmed

Bennington, who sang at Chris Cornell’s recent funeral after becoming close to the Soundgarden frontman in recent years, was reportedly working with Cornell’s foundation to prevent the sexual exploitation of vulnerable children.

The Linkin Park frontman, who was the father of six children, and was also the godfather to Chris Cornell’s son, was on record talking about the long-term emotional fallout of being sexually abused by an older male as a child.


Murders are sometimes made to look like suicides. We think he was murdered, we just have to find out who was behind it,”
said a police source.

Now investigators believe that the deaths of Cornell and Bennington – who died on Cornell’s birthday – may be linked.

The parallels between the two deaths are astonishing. The close friends, who were working on exposing notorious entertainment industry pedophiles, died in the same way – with Bennington’s death taking place on what would have been Cornell’s 53rd birthday.



"Police believe that the murders of Chris Cornell and Chester Bennington may be linked"

Comment: Paris Jackson Interview: Michael Jackson Was “Absolutely” Murdered


History Repeats - Same Old Dirty Tricks

Close friends of Cornell say that he was shown a “black book” that included the name of one of his professional associates. After setting up his foundation and investigating further, Cornell was close to exposing a network of pedophiles working within the entertainment industry – a dangerous job that he considered his “duty.”



Cornell and his wife Vicky, started the foundation in 2012 in an effort to raise funds and partner with charitable organizations that support children facing problems such as homelessness, poverty, abuse, and neglect. The foundation appears to have disappeared

Comment: Study Says Human Sacrifices Were Used To Exert Control By Elite

But his friends believe he was taken out before he finished the job.



Comment: The Fight to Save America From Satan's Subliminal Rock Messages

The official investigation into Chris Cornell’s death is closed, but his widow and many of his fans are unsatisfied with the ruling by police and medical examiners that the Soundgarden frontman committed suicide.

Detroit police wrapped up their investigations quickly and the Wayne County Medical Examiner’s Office ruled the death a suicide, but investigators are claiming that unexplained gaps in the official timeline of Cornell’s final moments and suspicious inconsistencies in the records suggest that Cornell’s death was not suicide at all, but a premeditated homicide and cover up.



Comment: Devil Music: A History Of The Occult In Rock & Roll

Investigator Randy Cody is among those questioning the suicide ruling. He points to perceived timeline gaps, forensic questions and what he says are two signs that Cornell had a head wound that was not mentioned in autopsy reports.

Speaking to Detroit Free Press, he referenced Detroit police scanner audio in which a medic is heard saying: “patient did have an exercise rubber band around his neck, suggestions of possible strangulation, trauma to the back of the head, history of depression. Patient is cool to the touch in all areas at this time.”

Cody also questions whether medics really broke so many of Cornell’s ribs in efforts to resuscitate him.


You mean these medics did nine rib fractures (during CPR)? I’m not buying it,” 
said Cody, who also believes Cornell was killed because he was about to expose a child sex ring.



Comment: 238 Arrested In Major Hollywood Pedophile Ring Bust & The UN Is Normalising Pedophilia: The Deep State Is Free To Prey Upon Your Children


Unanswered Questions

In May, Chester Bennington tweeted:


As of today, my life’s purpose is one of love and understanding. The world needs to change and that change comes from within. Hate, pride, vengeance and fear are the plague of the earth. Love, kindness, compassion, empathy and service to others are the cure.”

He added a challenge to his followers on Twitter:


Let’s all choose to be a part of the cure. If we look outside ourselves to find love and peace we will ultimately fail. It has to come from within. Lead by example.”

Chester Bennington was a mature, well-adjusted man who had exorcised his demons and had dedicated the rest of his life to fighting for others – including his six children and his godson, Christopher Cornell – and exposing the pedophile ring in entertainment industry.



Comment: Demons Behind The Music Industry (Ex Illuminati Explains) & Illuminati - The Music Industry Exposed

However evil forces seem determined to shut these kind of people down. As details of his death emerge, it is worth keeping an eye on who pushes hardest with the suicide angle and attempts to shut down anyone who raises questions. They may be involved in the cover-up.


Related Articles:

Chester Bennington: Another Celebrity Suicided By Hanging - Was he the biological son of John Podesta?

Unlawful Killing - The Murder Of Princess Diana And Why It Matters

NY Times Reporter Found Murdered After Exposing MKUltra?

Murder On Queen Elizabeth II's Orders

JFK Jr. Told The World Who Murdered His Father - But Nobody Was Paying Attention

Nicole Kidman’s Father Dies Amid Pedophile, Child Murder Ring Allegations

Mainstream Media Finally Admits 72 Mass Banker ‘Suicides’ Were Likely A Vast Criminal Conspiracy

Fear, Bloodshed And Human Sacrifices Before Winter Solstice

Linkin Park Singer 'Commits Suicide' By Hanging

Lawmaker Calls For Federal Investigation Of Seth Rich Murder + Liberal Media In Panic! Latest #FakeNews Accuses
Kim Dotcom Of Hacking Into Seth Rich’s Gmail - Kim DotCom Responds



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Declassified Documents Reveal Pentagon’s 1950's Planned Nuclear Holocaust: “Systemic Destruction” And Annihilation Of Prague, Warsaw, Budapest, Moscow, Beijing - More Than 1000 Cities
July 24 2017 | From: GlobalResearch

Atomic bombs eight times the destructive force of that dropped by the US on Hiroshima.




Related: Washington Has Been At War For 16 Years: Why?

Publicly available military documents confirm that pre-emptive nuclear war is still on the drawing board  of the Pentagon.

Compared to the 1950s, the nuclear weapons are more advanced. The delivery system is more precise. In addition to China and Russia, Iran, Syria and North Korea are targets for pre-emptive nuclear war.

Let us be under no illusions, the Pentagon’s plan to blow up the planet using advanced nuclear weapons is still on the books. 

Should we be concerned?  Blowing up the planet through the use of nuclear weapons is fully endorsed by presidential candidate Hillary Clinton, who believes that nuclear weapons are instruments of peace-making. Her campaign is financed by the corporations which produce WMDs. 



Related: Rare Nuclear Test Films Saved, Declassified, and Uploaded to YouTube

Scientists on contract to the Pentagon have endorsed the use of tactical nuclear weapons: they are “harmless to civilians because the explosion is underground.”

The people at the highest levels of government who make the decision regarding the use of nuclear weapons haven’t  the foggiest idea as to the implications of their actions. 

Recently-declassified nuclear targeting documents from 1959 describe how Washington planned to obliterate the capital cities of what are now America’s NATO allies in Eastern and Central Europe.

The revelation casts doubt on Washington’s Cold War commitment to the protection of what it referred to as «captive nations» in Europe. The documents are contained in a report titled, «SAC (Strategic Air Command) Atomic Weapons Requirements Study for 1959».

The US Air Force study called for the «systematic destruction» of such major population centers as Warsaw, East Berlin, Prague, Bucharest, Tallinn, and others, as well as Peiping (Beijing), Leningrad (St. Petersburg), and Moscow.



Excerpt of list of 1200 cities targeted for nuclear attack in alphabetical order

Atomic bombs eight times to destructive force of that dropped by the United States on Hiroshima were trained on a number of targets in Moscow and St. Petersburg. There were 179 «designated ground zeros» for atomic bombs in Moscow and 145 in St. Petersburg.

US atomic weapons would have laid waste to Wittstock, just upwind of German Chancellor Angela Merkel’s hometown of Templin in Brandenburg in the former East Germany.

It is most certain that had the US launched an atomic attack on Europe, Merkel, her parents Horst and Herlind Kasner, and brother Marcus would have been vaporized in the massive pre-targeted strike on East Berlin and the regions surrounding it.

Budapest would have been completely destroyed after the US hit the Tokol military airfield on the banks of the Danube River with one of its «city-busting» nuclear weapons.



Related: US nuclear arsenal controlled by 1970s computers with 8in floppy disks

The blast would have rendered the Danube a radioactive drainage ditch and anyone exposed to the poisonous Danube waters downriver would have succumbed to an agonizing death from radiation sickness.

Adding to the misery of anyone living alongside the Danube was the fact that Bratislava, also on the banks of the Danube, was also targeted for nuclear annihilation.

The first major urban center casualties outside of Hungary and then-Czechoslovakia from the radioactive Danube would have been in Belgrade, the capital of neutral Yugoslavia.

The nuclear targeting of Vyborg on the Finnish border would have brought death and destruction to the border region of neutral Finland. Four atomic bombs were targeted on the former Finnish city: Koyvisto, Uras, Rempeti airfield, and Vyborg East.

Nuclear weapons, as the United States knew in 1959 and very well knows today, are not «precision-guided munitions

For all of its propaganda beamed to Eastern Europe on Radio Free Europe and Radio Liberty, the United States was willing to sacrifice the very peoples it proclaimed to want to «free» from the Soviet bloc.

America’s «mutually assured destruction&ra